Western Australian Bills

[Index] [Search] [Download] [Related Items] [Help]


This is a Bill, not an Act. For current law, see the Acts databases.


MENTAL HEALTH BILL 2013

                   Western Australia


          Mental Health Bill 2013

                        Contents

      Part 1 -- Preliminary matters
1.    Short title                                          2
2.    Commencement                                         2
3.    Act binds Crown                                      2
      Part 2 -- Terms and concepts
      Division 1 -- Definitions and notes
4.    Terms used                                           3
5.    Notes and examples not part of Act                  11
      Division 2 -- Mental illness
6.    When a person has a mental illness                  11
      Division 3 -- Best interests of a person
7.    Matters relevant to decision about person's best
      interests                                           12
      Division 4 -- Wishes of a person
8.    Matters relevant to ascertaining person's wishes    13
      Division 5 -- Communicating with a person
9.    Language, form of communication and terms to be
      used                                                14
      Part 3 -- Objects
10.   Objects                                             15
      Part 4 -- Charter of Mental Health
           Care Principles
11.   Regard to be had to Charter                         16
12.   Compliance with Charter by mental health services   16




                        41--2                              page i
Mental Health Bill 2013



Contents



               Part 5 -- Decision making capacity
                    and informed consent
               Division 1 -- Decision making capacity
                     generally
      13.      Capacity of adult to make decisions                  17
      14.      Capacity of child to make decisions                  17
      15.      Determining capacity to make decisions               17
               Division 2 -- Informed consent to treatment
      16.      Requirements for informed consent                    18
      17.      People who can give informed consent                 18
      18.      Determining capacity to make treatment decision      19
      19.      Explanation of proposed treatment must be given      19
      20.      Sufficient time for consideration                    20
               Part 6 -- Involuntary patients
               Division 1 -- When a person will be an
                      involuntary patient
      21.      Involuntary patient                                  21
      22.      Inpatient treatment order                            21
      23.      Community treatment order                            21
      24.      Making involuntary treatment order                   22
      25.      Criteria for involuntary treatment order             22
               Division 2 -- Referrals for examination
               Subdivision 1 -- Person suspected of needing
                     involuntary treatment order
      26.      Referral for examination at authorised hospital or
               other place                                          24
      27.      Person to be taken to authorised hospital or other
               place as soon as practicable                         25
      28.      Detention to enable person to be taken to
               authorised hospital or other place                   25
      29.      Making transport order                               28
      30.      Effect of referral on community treatment order      28
      31.      Revoking referral                                    29
               Subdivision 2 -- Voluntary inpatient admitted by
                     authorised hospital
      32.      Application of this Subdivision                      30
      33.      Effect of admission on community treatment order     30
      34.      Person in charge of ward may order assessment        31

page ii
                                              Mental Health Bill 2013



                                                            Contents



35.   Revoking order for assessment                            32
36.   Referral for examination at authorised hospital          33
37.   Revoking referral                                        33
      Subdivision 3 -- Requirements for referral
38.   Application of this Subdivision                          34
39.   No referral without assessment                           34
40.   Time limit for making referral                           35
41.   Form of referral                                         35
42.   Providing information contained in referral to
      person referred                                          36
43.   Copy of referral must be filed                           36
44.   Period of referral made under s. 26(2) or (3)(a)         36
45.   Extending referral made outside metropolitan area        37
46.   Changing place where examination will be
      conducted                                                38
      Subdivision 4 -- Conduct of assessment
47.   Application of this Subdivision                          39
48.   How assessment must be conducted                         40
49.   Information to which practitioner may have regard        41
50.   Assessment of person of Aboriginal or Torres
      Strait Islander descent                                  41
      Division 3 -- Examinations
      Subdivision 1 -- Examination at authorised hospital
51.   Application of this Subdivision                          42
52.   Detention for examination on referral made under
      s. 26(2)                                                 42
53.   Detention for examination on referral made under
      s. 36(2)                                                 43
54.   Conducting examination                                   43
55.   What psychiatrist must do on completing
      examination                                              44
56.   Effect of order for continuation of detention            45
      Subdivision 2 -- Examination at place that is not
            authorised hospital
57.   Application of this Subdivision                          46
58.   Detention for examination                                46
59.   Detention at place outside metropolitan area             47
60.   Conducting examination                                   49



                                                              page iii
Mental Health Bill 2013



Contents



      61.      What psychiatrist must do on completing
               examination                                            49
      62.      Detention to enable person to be taken to hospital     50
      63.      Making transport order                                 52
               Subdivision 3 -- Inpatient treatment order
                     authorising detention at general hospital
      64.      Application of this Subdivision                        52
      65.      Treating psychiatrist must report regularly to Chief
               Psychiatrist                                           53
      66.      Transfer from general hospital to authorised
               hospital                                               53
      67.      Making transport order                                 54
      68.      Confirmation of inpatient treatment order              54
               Subdivision 4 -- Order for further examination at
                     authorised hospital
      69.      Application of this Subdivision                        55
      70.      Detention at authorised hospital                       56
      71.      Conducting examination at authorised hospital          56
      72.      What psychiatrist must do on completing
               examination                                            57
               Subdivision 5 -- Examination without referral
      73.      Application of this Subdivision                        57
      74.      Conducting examination                                 58
      75.      What psychiatrist may do on completing
               examination                                            58
      76.      Confirmation of community treatment order              58
               Subdivision 6 -- Conduct of examination
      77.      Application of this Subdivision                        59
      78.      Referring psychiatrist cannot conduct examination      60
      79.      How examination must be conducted                      60
      80.      Information to which examiner may have regard          62
      81.      Examination of person of Aboriginal or Torres
               Strait Islander descent                                62
               Part 7 -- Detention for examination
                    or treatment
               Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
      82.      Application of this Part                               63



page iv
                                               Mental Health Bill 2013



                                                              Contents



       Division 2 -- Detention at authorised hospital
             or other place for examination
83.    Detention authorised                                     63
       Division 3 -- Detention at hospital under
             inpatient treatment order
84.    Application of this Division                             64
85.    Terms used                                               65
86.    Detention authorised                                     65
87.    Period that must be specified in inpatient treatment
       order                                                    66
88.    Period for which detention is authorised                 66
89.    Examination before end of each detention period          66
90.    Changing involuntary inpatient's status                  68
91.    Transfer between authorised hospitals                    68
92.    Making transport order                                   69
93.    Involuntary inpatient to be advised of expiry            70
       Division 4 -- Release from hospital or other
             place
94.    Application of this Division                             70
95.    Person must be allowed to leave                          71
96.    Delivery into custody under another law                  71
       Division 5 -- Absence without leave from
             hospital or other place
97.    Persons who are absent without leave                     72
98.    Making apprehension and return order                     73
99.    Operation of apprehension and return order               73
100.   Period of apprehension and return order                  74
101.   Revocation of apprehension and return order              74
102.   Return of person to place where apprehended              75
       Division 6 -- Leave of absence from detention
             at hospital under inpatient treatment
             order
       Subdivision 1 -- Preliminary matters
103.   Application of this Division                             75
104.   Term used: leave of absence                              76
       Subdivision 2 -- Grant, extension, variation or
             cancellation of leave
105.   Granting leave                                           76
106.   Extending or varying leave granted                       79

                                                               page v
Mental Health Bill 2013



Contents



      107.     Involuntary inpatient must comply with conditions
               of leave                                            79
      108.     Monitoring involuntary inpatient on leave           80
      109.     Changing involuntary inpatient's status while
               inpatient on leave                                  80
      110.     Cancelling leave                                    80
               Subdivision 3 -- Transport to and from hospital
      111.     Application of this Subdivision                     81
      112.     Making transport order                              82
               Part 8 -- Community treatment
                    orders
               Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
      113.     Terms used                                          83
               Division 2 -- Making order
      114.     Things psychiatrist must be satisfied of before
               making order                                        83
      115.     Terms of order                                      84
               Division 3 -- Operation of order
      116.     Duration of order                                   85
      117.     Advice about when and where treatment to be
               provided                                            86
      118.     Monthly examination of patient                      86
      119.     Supervising psychiatrist may request practitioner
               to examine involuntary community patient            88
      120.     What supervising psychiatrist may do after
               examination                                         88
      121.     Continuation order                                  90
      122.     Varying order                                       91
      123.     Making inpatient treatment order or revoking
               community treatment order                           92
      124.     Confirmation of inpatient treatment order           94
      125.     Involuntary community patient to be advised of
               expiry                                              95
               Division 4 -- Breach of order
      126.     When involuntary community patient will be in
               breach                                              95
      127.     What supervising psychiatrist must do if order
               breached                                            96


page vi
                                             Mental Health Bill 2013



                                                           Contents



128.   Order to attend if non-compliance continues            97
129.   Making transport order                                 97
130.   Detention at place specified in order to attend        98
131.   Other action that may be taken if non-compliance       99
       Division 5 -- Transport to hospital
132.   Application of this Division                          101
133.   Making transport order                                101
       Division 6 -- Supervising psychiatrist and
             treating practitioner
134.   Supervising psychiatrist                              102
135.   Change of supervising psychiatrist                    102
136.   Treating practitioner                                 103
137.   Change of treating practitioner                       103
       Part 9 -- Notifiable events
       Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
138.   Application of this Part                              104
       Division 2 -- Notification of carers, close family
              members and other personal support
              persons
139.   Right of any carer, close family member or other
       personal support person to be notified                104
140.   Person responsible required to notify any carer,
       close family member or other personal support
       person                                                104
141.   Reasonable efforts to notify carer, close family
       member or other personal support person               105
142.   Notification not in person's best interests           106
143.   Advising nominated person, carer or close family
       member of decision                                    106
144.   Revocation of decision                                107
       Division 3 -- Notification of other persons and
              bodies
145.   Making, revocation or expiry of involuntary
       treatment order                                       108
       Part 10 -- Transport orders
146.   Application of this Part                              110
147.   Transport officers                                    111


                                                            page vii
Mental Health Bill 2013



Contents



      148.     Making transport order                                111
      149.     Operation of transport order                          112
      150.     Period of transport order                             112
      151.     Extension of transport order made under s. 29(1) if
               referral extended                                     113
      152.     Extension of other transport orders                   114
      153.     Revocation of transport order if referral revoked     115
      154.     Revocation of transport order if no longer needed     115
      155.     Return of person if transport order expires or is
               revoked                                               115
               Part 11 -- Apprehension, search and
                    seizure powers
               Division 1 -- Apprehension powers
      156.     Apprehension by police officer of person suspected
               of having mental illness                              117
      157.     Assessment of person arrested                         118
      158.     Police must be notified when person leaves            118
      159.     Apprehension of other persons                         119
               Division 2 -- Search and seizure powers
      160.     Term used: approved form                              120
      161.     Authorised persons                                    120
      162.     Search of person while detained or admitted           120
      163.     Conduct of search                                     121
      164.     Seizure of articles                                   123
      165.     Record of search and seizure                          123
      166.     Dealing with articles seized when person
               apprehended                                           125
      167.     Return of articles given to or seized by mental
               health service                                        126
      168.     Return of articles given to medical practitioner or
               authorised mental health practitioner                 128
      169.     Approval of forms for use by police officers under
               this Division                                         128
               Part 12 -- Exercise of certain powers
               Division 1 -- Detention powers
      170.     Principles relating to detention                      129




page viii
                                              Mental Health Bill 2013



                                                            Contents



       Division 2 -- Ancillary powers: reasonable
             assistance and force and directions
171.   Term used: prescribed provision                        129
172.   Reasonable assistance and reasonable force
       authorised                                             130
173.   Duty to obey directions                                130
174.   Other written laws not affected                        130
       Part 13 -- Provision of treatment
            generally
       Division 1 -- Voluntary patients
175.   Informed consent necessary                             131
176.   Informed consent must be filed                         131
       Division 2 -- Involuntary patients and mentally
             impaired accused
177.   Application of this Division                           132
178.   Informed consent not necessary                         132
179.   Patient's psychiatrist must ensure regard had to
       patient's wishes                                       133
180.   Requirements for ascertaining patient's wishes         134
181.   Record of treatment to be filed                        135
182.   Further opinion may be requested                       135
183.   Request for additional opinion may be refused          137
184.   Chief Psychiatrist may request reconsideration of
       treatment                                              139
       Division 3 -- Treatment, support and discharge
             planning
185.   Application of this Division                           139
186.   Treatment, support and discharge plan                  140
187.   Preparation and review of plan                         140
188.   Involvement in preparation and review of plan          142
       Division 4 -- Provision of treatment to patients
             of Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander
             descent
189.   Provision of treatment to patient of Aboriginal or
       Torres Strait Islander descent                         144
       Division 5 -- Compliance with standards and
             guidelines
190.   Mental health service must comply with standards       144

                                                              page ix
Mental Health Bill 2013



Contents



      191.     Mental health service must take guidelines into
               account                                              144
               Part 14 -- Regulation of certain
                    kinds of treatment and other
                    interventions
               Division 1 -- Electroconvulsive therapy
      192.     Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT): meaning             145
      193.     ECT offence                                          145
      194.     ECT on child under 14 years prohibited               145
      195.     ECT on child over 14 years who is voluntary
               patient                                              145
      196.     ECT on child over 14 years who is involuntary
               patient or mentally impaired accused                 146
      197.     ECT on adult voluntary patient                       146
      198.     ECT on adult involuntary patient or mentally
               impaired accused                                     147
      199.     Emergency ECT on adult involuntary patient or
               mentally impaired accused                            148
      200.     Report to Mentally Impaired Accused Review
               Board                                                149
      201.     Statistics about ECT                                 149
               Division 2 -- Emergency psychiatric treatment
      202.     Emergency psychiatric treatment: meaning             151
      203.     Informed consent not required                        151
      204.     Record of emergency psychiatric treatment            152
               Division 3 -- Psychosurgery
      205.     Psychosurgery: meaning                               152
      206.     Psychosurgery offence                                153
      207.     Psychosurgery on child under 16 years prohibited     153
      208.     Psychosurgery on adult or child over 16 years old    153
      209.     Report to Chief Psychiatrist and Mentally Impaired
               Accused Review Board                                 154
               Division 4 -- Deep sleep and insulin coma
                      therapy
      210.     Deep sleep and insulin coma therapy prohibited       154
               Division 5 -- Seclusion
      211.     Terms used                                           154
      212.     Seclusion: meaning                                   155

page x
                                              Mental Health Bill 2013



                                                             Contents



213.   Seclusion must be authorised                           155
214.   Giving oral authorisation                              155
215.   Making seclusion order                                 157
216.   Criteria for authorising seclusion                     159
217.   Treating psychiatrist (if any) to be informed          160
218.   Extending seclusion order                              160
219.   Revoking seclusion order                               161
220.   Release of person on revocation or expiry of
       seclusion order                                        161
221.   Record of seclusion order expiring                     161
222.   Requirements relating to seclusion                     162
223.   Examination of person released from seclusion          163
224.   Report to Chief Psychiatrist and Mentally Impaired
       Accused Review Board                                   163
225.   Reasonable assistance and force authorised             164
       Division 6 -- Bodily restraint
226.   Terms used                                             165
227.   Bodily restraint: meaning                              165
228.   Principles relating to use of bodily restraint         166
229.   Bodily restraint must be authorised                    166
230.   Giving oral authorisation                              166
231.   Making bodily restraint order                          168
232.   Criteria for authorising bodily restraint              171
233.   Treating psychiatrist (if any) must be informed        172
234.   Varying bodily restraint order                         172
235.   Revoking bodily restraint order                        173
236.   Release of person on revocation or expiry of bodily
       restraint order                                        174
237.   Record of bodily restraint order expiring              174
238.   Requirements relating to bodily restraint              174
239.   Examination of person when released                    175
240.   Report to Chief Psychiatrist and Mentally Impaired
       Accused Review Board                                   176
       Part 15 -- Health care of people in
            hospitals
       Division 1 -- Examination to assess person's
             physical condition
241.   Physical examination on arrival at hospital            178



                                                              page xi
Mental Health Bill 2013



Contents



               Division 2 -- Urgent non-psychiatric treatment
                      for involuntary inpatients and mentally
                      impaired accused
      242.     Provision of urgent non-psychiatric treatment:
               report to Chief Psychiatrist                         179
               Part 16 -- Protection of patients'
                    rights
               Division 1 -- Patients' rights generally
               Subdivision 1 -- Explanation of rights
      243.     Application of this Subdivision                      181
      244.     Rights to be explained to person                     182
      245.     Person's rights to be explained to another person    182
      246.     Person responsible for ensuring explanation is
               provided                                             182
               Subdivision 2 -- Access to records about patients
                     and former patients
      247.     Term used: relevant document                         183
      248.     Right to access medical record and other
               documents                                            183
      249.     Restrictions on access                               184
      250.     Providing access to medical practitioner or legal
               practitioner                                         184
      251.     Disclosure by medical practitioner or legal
               practitioner                                         185
               Subdivision 3 -- Duties of staff of mental health
                     services toward patients
      252.     Term used: mental health service                     185
      253.     Duty not to ill-treat or wilfully neglect patients   185
      254.     Duty to report certain incidents                     185
               Division 2 -- Additional rights of inpatients in
                     hospitals
               Subdivision 1 -- Admission of voluntary inpatients
                     by authorised hospitals
      255.     Admission by medical practitioner                    186
      256.     Confirmation of admission by psychiatrist            186
      257.     Reasons for refusing to admit or confirm
               admission                                            186



page xii
                                               Mental Health Bill 2013



                                                             Contents



       Subdivision 2 -- Rights of inpatients generally
258.   Application of this Subdivision                         187
259.   Personal possessions                                    187
260.   Interview with psychiatrist                             189
261.   Freedom of lawful communication                         189
262.   Restrictions on freedom of communication                190
       Division 3 -- Nominated persons
       Subdivision 1 -- Purpose and effect of nomination
263.   Role of nominated person                                192
264.   Effect of nomination                                    192
       Subdivision 2 -- Right to information, and to be
             involved in matters, relating to patient's
             treatment and care
265.   Application of this Subdivision                         193
266.   Rights of nominated person                              193
267.   Responsibility of patient's psychiatrist                195
268.   Contacting nominated person                             195
269.   Provision of information or involvement not in
       patient's best interests                                196
270.   Advising nominated person of decision                   196
271.   Revocation of decision                                  197
272.   Rights in another capacity not affected                 197
       Subdivision 3 -- Making and ending nomination
273.   Who can make nomination                                 198
274.   Who can be nominated                                    198
275.   Formal requirements                                     198
276.   Only one nominated person                               199
277.   Revocation of nomination                                199
278.   Resignation of nominated person                         199
279.   Notification of revocation or resignation               199
       Part 17 -- Recognition of rights of
            carers and families
       Division 1 -- Role of carers and families
280.   Carers                                                  201
281.   Close family members                                    201
282.   Acknowledgment of and respect for role of carers
       and close family members                                202
283.   More than one carer or close family member              202


                                                              page xiii
Mental Health Bill 2013



Contents



               Division 2 -- Information about and
                     involvement in patient's treatment and
                     care
      284.     Application of this Division                         203
      285.     Rights of carers and close family members            203
      286.     Voluntary patient with capacity to consent           205
      287.     Voluntary patient with no capacity to consent        205
      288.     Involuntary patient or mentally impaired accused
               with capacity to consent                             205
      289.     Involuntary patient or mentally impaired accused
               with no capacity to consent                          206
      290.     Responsibility of patient's psychiatrist             206
      291.     Contacting carer or close family member              207
      292.     Provision of information or involvement not in
               patient's best interests                             208
      293.     Advising carer or close family member of decision    208
      294.     Revocation of decision                               209
      295.     Rights in another capacity not affected              210
               Division 3 -- Identifying carer or close family
                     member
      296.     When being admitted or received                      210
      297.     While being provided with treatment or care          211
      298.     Person can withdraw consent, or can consent, at
               any time                                             212
               Part 18 -- Children who have a
                    mental illness
      299.     Best interests of child is a primary consideration   213
      300.     Child's wishes                                       213
      301.     Views of child's parent or guardian                  213
      302.     Child who is a voluntary patient                     213
      303.     Segregation of children from adult inpatients        214
      304.     Off-label treatment provided to child who is
               involuntary patient                                  215
               Part 19 -- Complaints about mental
                    health services
               Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
      305.     Terms used                                           217


page xiv
                                              Mental Health Bill 2013



                                                            Contents



306.   Making complaint to service provider or Director
       of Complaints Office                                   218
307.   Divisions 3 and 4 to be read with Health and
       Disbility Services (Complaints) Act 1995               219
       Division 2 -- Complaints to service providers
308.   Service provider must have complaints procedure        219
309.   Prescribed service providers must provide Director
       with information about complaints                      219
       Division 3 -- Complaints to Director of
              Complaints Office
       Subdivision 1 -- Preliminary matters
310.   Parties themselves may resolve complaint               220
311.   Things done by or in relation to complainant           220
       Subdivision 2 -- Director of Complaints Office
312.   Functions of Director                                  221
313.   Directions by Minister                                 222
314.   Minister to have access to specified information
       about Director's functions                             223
       Subdivision 3 -- Right to complain
315.   Who may complain                                       224
316.   Representative of person with mental illness or
       carer                                                  225
317.   Representative must not be paid                        226
318.   Service provider may complain on behalf of person
       with mental illness or carer                           227
319.   Registration board may complain on behalf of
       person with mental illness or carer                    227
320.   Who and what can be complained about                   228
321.   Time for complaining                                   229
       Subdivision 4 -- Initial procedures
322.   How to complain                                        229
323.   Referral of complaint about excluded mental health
       service                                                230
324.   Withdrawal of complaint                                230
325.   Complainant should try to resolve matter               230
326.   Complaint that is not to be dealt with by National
       Board under Health Practitioner Regulation
       National Law (Western Australia)                       231



                                                             page xv
Mental Health Bill 2013



Contents



      327.     Complaint that is being dealt with by National
               Board under Health Practitioner Regulation
               National Law (Western Australia)                    231
      328.     Preliminary decision by Director                    231
      329.     Rejection, deferral or referral of complaints       234
      330.     Response by respondent                              235
               Subdivision 5 -- Negotiated settlements and
                     conciliation
      331.     Resolving complaints by negotiation                 236
      332.     Conciliation of complaints                          237
               Subdivision 6 -- Investigations
      333.     Conduct generally                                   239
      334.     Power to require information and records            240
      335.     Warrant to enter and inspect premises               242
      336.     Conciliator cannot investigate                      242
               Subdivision 7 -- Consequences of investigation
      337.     What Director must do on completing investigation   243
      338.     Respondent or other person to report on remedial
               action                                              244
      339.     Report not provided or remedial action not taken:
               report to Parliament                                244
               Subdivision 8 -- Other matters relating to
                     investigations
      340.     Director to stop if other proceedings begun         245
      341.     Minister may refer matters for investigation        246
      342.     Confidentiality                                     246
               Division 4 -- Miscellaneous matters
      343.     Reports to Parliament                               247
      344.     False or misleading information or documents        247
      345.     Person must not be penalised because of complaint
               or investigation                                    248
      346.     Registers: complaints, matters directed to be
               investigated                                        249
      347.     Delegation by Director                              249
               Part 20 -- Mental health advocacy
                    services
               Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
      348.     Terms used                                          251


page xvi
                                                Mental Health Bill 2013



                                                              Contents



       Division 2 -- Mental health advocates:
             appointment or engagement, functions
             and powers
       Subdivision 1 -- Appointment or engagement,
             functions and powers
349.   Chief Mental Health Advocate                             252
350.   Other mental health advocates                            252
351.   Functions of Chief Mental Health Advocate                252
352.   Functions of mental health advocates                     253
353.   Powers generally                                         255
354.   Directions to Chief Mental Health Advocate about
       general matters                                          255
355.   Directions to Chief Mental Health Advocate to
       report on particular issues                              256
       Subdivision 2 -- Contacting identified person or
             person with sufficient interest
356.   Request to contact identified person                     257
357.   Duty to contact identified person                        258
358.   Contact on mental health advocate's own initiative       260
       Subdivision 3 -- Specific powers of mental health
             advocates
359.   Specific powers of mental health advocates               261
360.   Documents to which access is restricted                  262
361.   Disclosure by mental health advocate                     263
362.   Interfering with exercise of powers                      263
363.   Issues arising out of inquiries and investigations       264
       Division 3 -- Terms and conditions of
              appointment or engagement
       Subdivision 1 -- Chief Mental Health Advocate
364.   Terms and conditions of appointment                      266
365.   Remuneration                                             266
366.   Resignation                                              266
367.   Removal from office                                      266
368.   Acting Chief Mental Health Advocate                      267
       Subdivision 2 -- Other mental health advocates
369.   Terms and conditions of engagement                       268
370.   Remuneration                                             268
371.   Resignation                                              268
372.   Removal from office                                      268


                                                              page xvii
Mental Health Bill 2013



Contents



               Division 4 -- Other matters relating to mental
                     health advocates
      373.     Conflict of interest                            269
      374.     Delegation by Chief Mental Health Advocate      270
               Division 5 -- Staff and facilities
      375.     Advocacy services staff                         271
      376.     Use of government staff and facilities          271
               Division 6 -- Annual reports
      377.     Annual report: preparation                      271
      378.     Annual report: tabling                          272
               Part 21 -- Mental Health Tribunal
               Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
      379.     Terms used                                      273
               Division 2 -- Establishment, jurisdiction and
                       constitution
      380.     Establishment                                   274
      381.     Jurisdiction                                    274
      382.     Constitution specified by President             274
      383.     Constitution generally                          274
      384.     Constitution for psychosurgical matters         275
      385.     Contemporaneous exercise of jurisdiction        275
               Division 3 -- Involuntary treatment orders:
                       review
      386.     Initial review after order made                 276
      387.     Periodic reviews while order in force           277
      388.     Involuntary patient for continuous period       278
      389.     Review period may be extended                   279
      390.     Application for review                          280
      391.     Review on Tribunal's own initiative             281
      392.     Suspending order pending review                 282
      393.     Parties to proceeding                           282
      394.     Things to which Tribunal must have regard       282
      395.     What Tribunal may do on completing review       283
      396.     Review of direction given to psychiatrist       284
               Division 4 -- Involuntary treatment orders:
                       validity
      397.     Application of this Division                    284
      398.     Declaration about validity of treatment order   285

page xviii
                                             Mental Health Bill 2013



                                                           Contents



399.   Consequences of declaring treatment order invalid     285
400.   Application for declaration                           286
401.   Failure to comply with this Act                       287
       Division 5 -- Review of admission of long-term
              voluntary inpatients
402.   Application of this Division                          287
403.   Application for review                                287
404.   Parties to proceeding                                 288
405.   Things to which Tribunal must have regard             288
406.   What Tribunal may do on completing review             289
       Division 6 -- Electroconvulsive therapy
              approvals
407.   Application of this Division                          289
408.   Application for approval                              290
409.   Parties to proceeding                                 290
410.   Things Tribunal must be satisfied of                  291
411.   Tribunal must have regard to Chief Psychiatrist's
       guidelines                                            291
412.   Other things to which Tribunal must have regard       291
413.   Decision on application                               293
       Division 7 -- Psychosurgery approvals
414.   Application of this Division                          293
415.   Application for approval                              293
416.   Parties to proceeding                                 294
417.   Things Tribunal must be satisfied of                  294
418.   Things to which Tribunal must have regard             295
419.   Decision on application                               295
       Division 8 -- Compliance notices for
              non-clinical matters
420.   Terms used                                            295
421.   Tribunal may issue service provider with
       compliance notice                                     296
422.   Application for service of compliance notice          297
423.   Parties to proceeding                                 297
424.   Compliance notices to be reported on in annual
       report                                                298
       Division 9 -- Review of orders restricting
              freedom of communication
425.   Application for review                                298

                                                            page xix
Mental Health Bill 2013



Contents



      426.     Parties to proceeding                                298
      427.     Decision on application                              299
               Division 10 -- Jurisdiction in relation to
                      nominated persons
      428.     Application for decision                             299
      429.     Declaration about validity of nomination             299
      430.     Revocation of nomination                             300
      431.     Parties to proceeding                                300
               Division 11 -- Review of decisions affecting
                      rights
      432.     Application for review                               300
      433.     Parties to proceeding                                301
      434.     What Tribunal may do on completing review            301
               Division 12 -- Procedural matters
               Subdivision 1 -- Proceedings generally
      435.     Lodgment of documents                                301
      436.     Sittings                                             301
      437.     Conduct of proceedings                               302
      438.     Presiding member                                     302
      439.     Deciding questions in proceedings                    302
      440.     Assistance from persons with relevant knowledge
               or experience                                        302
      441.     No fees payable                                      303
      442.     Each party to bear own costs                         303
      443.     Frivolous, vexatious or improper proceedings         303
               Subdivision 2 -- Notice of proceedings
      444.     Notice of applications                               303
      445.     Notice of hearings                                   305
      446.     Tribunal may request information from SAT about
               person's guardian                                    306
               Subdivision 3 -- Appearance and representation
      447.     Party is an adult                                    307
      448.     Party is a child with capacity to consent            307
      449.     Party is a child with no capacity to consent         308
      450.     Tribunal may make arrangements for
               representation                                       309
      451.     Legal representation of person with mental illness   309
      452.     Representative must not be paid                      309



page xx
                                               Mental Health Bill 2013



                                                             Contents



       Subdivision 4 -- Hearings and evidence
453.   Nature of review proceedings                            310
454.   Closed hearings                                         311
455.   Conduct of hearing in absence of party                  311
456.   Person chosen by person concerned may be present        311
457.   Right to be heard                                       312
458.   Evidence generally                                      312
459.   Oral evidence about restricted information              313
460.   Summons to give evidence or produce documents           313
461.   Self-incrimination                                      314
462.   Powers in relation to documents produced                314
463.   Offences relating to evidence and documents             314
464.   Evidence and findings in other proceedings              315
465.   Hearings to be recorded                                 315
466.   Publication of information about proceedings            316
       Subdivision 5 -- Decisions in proceedings
467.   Reasons for decision                                    319
468.   Extension of time to request reasons                    320
469.   Giving effect to Tribunal's decisions                   320
       Division 13 -- Rules
470.   Power to make                                           321
471.   Content                                                 321
472.   Publication and tabling                                 322
       Division 14 -- Tribunal members
473.   President of Tribunal                                   322
474.   Other members                                           322
475.   Terms and conditions of appointment                     323
476.   Remuneration                                            323
477.   Resignation                                             324
478.   Removal from office                                     324
479.   Acting members                                          324
480.   Delegation by President                                 325
       Division 15 -- Registrar and other staff
481.   Registrar                                               326
482.   Functions of registrar                                  326
483.   President may give registrar directions                 327
484.   Registry staff                                          327
485.   Delegation by registrar                                 327



                                                              page xxi
Mental Health Bill 2013



Contents



               Division 16 -- Annual reports
      486.     Annual report: preparation                          328
      487.     Annual report: tabling                              328
               Division 17 -- Miscellaneous matters
      488.     Seal                                                329
      489.     Judicial notice of certain matters                  329
      490.     Meetings of members                                 329
               Part 22 -- Review by State
                    Administrative Tribunal
               Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
      491.     Terms used                                          331
               Division 2 -- Jurisdiction
      492.     Review of decisions of Mental Health Tribunal       331
      493.     Determination of questions of law before Mental
               Health Tribunal                                     332
               Division 3 -- Constitution
      494.     Constitution generally                              332
      495.     Constitution for psychosurgical matters             332
      496.     Constitution for determining questions of law       333
               Division 4 -- Procedural matters
      497.     No fees payable                                     333
      498.     Appearance and representation                       334
      499.     Closed hearings                                     334
      500.     Publication of information about proceedings        335
               Division 5 -- Appeals to Supreme Court
      501.     Appeals against SAT's decisions                     339
      502.     Grounds of appeal                                   339
      503.     Time for appeal or leave to appeal                  339
      504.     Certain parties must be represented                 340
               Part 23 -- Administration
               Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
      505.     Term used: mental health service                    341
               Division 2 -- Chief Psychiatrist
               Subdivision 1 -- Appointment, terms and conditions
      506.     Appointment                                         341
      507.     Terms and conditions of appointment                 341


page xxii
                                                Mental Health Bill 2013



                                                              Contents



508.   Remuneration                                             341
509.   Resignation                                              342
510.   Removal from office                                      342
511.   Acting Chief Psychiatrist                                342
       Subdivision 2 -- Functions and powers generally
512.   Functions generally                                      343
513.   Responsibility for treatment and care                    343
514.   Directions by Minister                                   344
515.   Minister may request report about any matter             345
516.   CEO of Health Department may request report
       about treatment and care of patients                     345
517.   Powers generally                                         345
       Subdivision 3 -- Specific powers relating to
             treatment and care
518.   Review of treatment                                      346
519.   Visits to mental health services                         347
520.   Offence to interfere with visit to mental health
       service                                                  348
521.   Directions to mental health services to disclose
       information                                              349
       Subdivision 4 -- Notifiable incidents
522.   Application of this Subdivision                          349
523.   Term used: notifiable incident                           349
524.   Reporting notifiable incidents                           350
525.   Action that Chief Psychiatrist may take                  351
526.   Notification of decision to take action                  351
527.   Chief Psychiatrist's powers of investigation             352
528.   Notification of outcome of investigation                 352
       Subdivision 5 -- Staff and facilities
529.   Chief Psychiatrist's staff                               352
530.   Use of government staff and facilities                   352
       Subdivision 6 -- Annual reports
531.   Annual report: preparation                               353
532.   Annual report: tabling                                   354
       Subdivision 7 -- Miscellaneous matters
533.   Request for information about patient or person
       detained                                                 354
534.   Request for list of mentally impaired accused            355
535.   Delegation by Chief Psychiatrist                         355


                                                              page xxiii
Mental Health Bill 2013



Contents



               Division 3 -- Mental health practitioners and
                     authorised mental health practitioners
      536.     Mental health practitioners                          356
      537.     Authorised mental health practitioners               356
      538.     Register of authorised mental health practitioners   357
               Division 4 -- Authorised hospitals
      539.     Authorised hospital: meaning                         358
      540.     Authorisation of public hospitals                    358
      541.     Patients to be transferred if hospital no longer
               authorised                                           359
               Division 5 -- Mental health services approved
                     for electroconvulsive therapy
      542.     Chief Psychiatrist to approve mental health
               services                                             359
               Division 6 -- Approved forms
      543.     Chief Psychiatrist to approve forms                  360
      544.     Publication of approved forms and related
               guidelines                                           360
               Division 7 -- Guidelines and standards
      545.     Publication of guidelines and standards              360
      546.     Application, adoption or incorporation of other
               documents                                            361
      547.     Publication on Agency's website                      361
               Division 8 -- Miscellaneous matters
      548.     Delegation by Minister or CEO                        362
               Part 24 -- Interstate arrangements
               Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
      549.     Terms used                                           363
               Division 2 -- Intergovernmental agreements
      550.     Agreements with other States and Territories         364
      551.     Agreement must be in place                           364
      552.     Performance of functions under corresponding
               laws or intergovernmental agreements                 364
               Division 3 -- Transfer to or from interstate
                     mental health service
      553.     Transfer from hospital to interstate mental health
               service                                              365


page xxiv
                                               Mental Health Bill 2013



                                                             Contents



554.   Making transport order                                  366
555.   Transfer from interstate mental health service to
       hospital                                                366
556.   Transport of interstate inpatient to hospital           367
       Division 4 -- Community treatment orders
557.   Treatment interstate under State order                  368
558.   Making transport order                                  368
559.   Treatment in State under interstate order               369
560.   Supervision in State under interstate order             369
       Part 25 -- Ministerial inquiries
561.   Appointment of person to conduct inquiry                370
562.   Powers of investigation                                 370
563.   Interfering with investigation                          371
564.   Conduct of inquiry generally                            372
565.   Evidence generally                                      372
566.   Summons to give evidence or produce documents           373
567.   Self-incrimination                                      373
568.   Powers in relation to documents produced                373
569.   Offences relating to evidence and documents             374
       Part 26 -- Information
       Division 1 -- Voluntary disclosure of
             information by public authorities and
             mental health services
570.   Powers of Agency's CEO                                  375
571.   Powers of CEOs of prescribed State authorities          377
572.   Powers of CEOs of mental health services                378
573.   Delegation by CEO of prescribed State authority         379
       Division 2 -- Miscellaneous matters
574.   Confidentiality                                         380
575.   Authorised recording, disclosure or use of
       information                                             381
576.   Receipt and storage of, and access to, information
       disclosed                                               382
       Part 27 -- Miscellaneous matters
577.   Restrictions on powers of medical practitioners and
       mental health practitioners                             383



                                                             page xxv
Mental Health Bill 2013



Contents



      578.     Obstructing or hindering person performing
               functions                                         384
      579.     Amendment of referrals and orders                 385
      580.     Medical record to be kept by mental health
               services                                          385
      581.     Protection from liability when performing
               functions                                         386
      582.     Protection from liability when detaining person
               with mental illness                               387
      583.     Relationship with Freedom of Information
               Act 1992                                          387
      584.     Regulations                                       387
      585.     Review of this Act after 5 years                  388
               Schedule 1 -- Charter of Mental
                   Health Care Principles
               Schedule 2 -- Notifiable events
               Defined terms




page xxvi
                           Western Australia


                     LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY

              (As amended during consideration in detail)

                  Mental Health Bill 2013

                               A Bill for


An Act --
•  to provide for the treatment, care, support and protection of
    people who have a mental illness; and
•  to provide for the protection of the rights of people who have a
    mental illness; and
•  to provide for the recognition of the role of carers and families in
    providing care and support to people who have a mental illness,
and for related purposes.




The Parliament of Western Australia enacts as follows:




                                                                page 1
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 1          Preliminary matters

     s. 1



1                     Part 1 -- Preliminary matters
2    1.       Short title
3             This is the Mental Health Act 2013.

4    2.       Commencement
5             This Act comes into operation as follows --
6              (a) sections 1 and 2 -- on the day on which this Act
7                    receives the Royal Assent;
8              (b) the rest of the Act -- on a day fixed by proclamation,
9                    and different days may be fixed for different provisions.

10   3.       Act binds Crown
11            This Act binds the State and, so far as the legislative power of
12            the State permits, the Crown in all its other capacities.




     page 2
                                                      Mental Health Bill 2013
                                        Terms and concepts             Part 2
                                        Definitions and notes     Division 1
                                                                          s. 4



1                 Part 2 -- Terms and concepts
2                Division 1 -- Definitions and notes
3    4.   Terms used
4         In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears --
5         admission, of a patient, means the admission of the patient by a
6         mental health service, whether the patient is admitted as an
7         inpatient or otherwise;
8         adult means a person who has reached 18 years of age;
9         advance health directive means any of the following --
10          (a) an advance health directive made under the GAA Act
11                Part 9B;
12          (b) an instrument recognised as such under the GAA Act
13                section 110ZA;
14          (c) a directive given by a patient under the common law
15                containing treatment decisions in respect of the patient's
16                future treatment;
17        Agency means the agency (as defined in the Public Sector
18        Management Act 1994 section 3(1)) principally assisting the
19        Minister in administering this Act;
20        approved form means a form approved by the Chief Psychiatrist
21        under section 543(1);
22        authorised hospital has the meaning given in section 539;
23        authorised mental health practitioner means an authorised
24        mental health practitioner designated as such by an order in
25        force under section 537;
26        bodily restraint has the meaning given in section 227;
27        carer, of a person, has the meaning given in section 280(1);
28        CEO means the chief executive officer of the Agency;
29        CEO of the Health Department means the chief executive
30        officer of the Health Department;


                                                                       page 3
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 2          Terms and concepts
     Division 1      Definitions and notes
     s. 4



1             Charter of Mental Health Care Principles means the Charter of
2             Mental Health Care Principles in Schedule 1;
3             Chief Mental Health Advocate means the Chief Mental Health
4             Advocate appointed under section 349;
5             Chief Psychiatrist means the Chief Psychiatrist appointed under
6             section 506(1);
7             child means a person who is under 18 years of age;
8             child and adolescent psychiatrist means a psychiatrist who has
9             qualifications and clinical training in the treatment of mental
10            illness in children;
11            close family member, of a person, has the meaning given in
12            section 281(1);
13            community mental health service means a service that conducts
14            assessments or examinations for the purposes of this Act or
15            provides treatment in the community, but does not include the
16            private practice of a medical practitioner or mental health
17            practitioner;
18            community treatment order has the meaning given in
19            section 23(1);
20            Director of the Complaints Office means the Director as
21            defined in section 305;
22            discharge, of a patient, means the discharge of the patient by a
23            mental health service, whether the patient was admitted as an
24            inpatient or otherwise;
25            document has the meaning given in the Evidence Act 1906
26            section 79B;
27            electroconvulsive therapy has the meaning given in section 192;
28            emergency psychiatric treatment has the meaning given in
29            section 202;
30            enduring guardian, of an adult, means the person's enduring
31            guardian as defined in the GAA Act section 3(1);




     page 4
                                                 Mental Health Bill 2013
                                   Terms and concepts             Part 2
                                   Definitions and notes     Division 1
                                                                     s. 4



1    enduring power of guardianship means --
2       (a) an enduring power of guardianship made under the
3              GAA Act Part 9A; or
4      (b) an instrument recognised as such under the GAA Act
5              section 110O;
6    file, in relation to an order, record or other document relating to
7    a patient or other person, means to put the order, record or other
8    document on the patient's or other person's medical record;
9    GAA Act means the Guardianship and Administration
10   Act 1990;
11   general hospital means a hospital (as defined in the Hospitals
12   and Health Services Act 1927 section 2(1)) where overnight
13   accommodation is provided to patients other than any of these
14   hospitals --
15      (a) an authorised hospital;
16     (b) a maternity home;
17      (c) a nursing home;
18   guardian, of an adult, means the person's guardian as defined in
19   the GAA Act section 3(1);
20   Health Department means the agency (as defined in the Public
21   Sector Management Act 1994 section 3(1)) principally assisting
22   the Health Minister in the administration of the Health
23   Legislation Administration Act 1984;
24   Health Minister means the Minister responsible for the
25   administration of the Health Legislation Administration
26   Act 1984;
27   hospital means --
28      (a) an authorised hospital; or
29     (b) a general hospital;
30   informed consent, to the provision of treatment, means consent
31   to the provision of the treatment given in accordance with Part 5
32   Division 2;


                                                                  page 5
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 2          Terms and concepts
     Division 1      Definitions and notes
     s. 4



1             inpatient treatment order has the meaning given in
2             section 22(1);
3             involuntary community patient means a person who is under a
4             community treatment order;
5             involuntary inpatient means a person who is under an inpatient
6             treatment order;
7             involuntary patient means a person who is under an involuntary
8             treatment order;
9             involuntary treatment order means --
10              (a) an inpatient treatment order; or
11              (b) a community treatment order;
12            legal practitioner means an Australian legal practitioner as
13            defined in the Legal Profession Act 2008 section 3;
14            medical practitioner means a person registered under the
15            Health Practitioner Regulation National Law (Western
16            Australia) in the medical profession;
17            mental health advocate means --
18              (a) the Chief Mental Health Advocate; or
19              (b) a mental health advocate engaged under section 350(1);
20            mental health practitioner has the meaning given in
21            section 536;
22            mental health service --
23              (a) means any of these services --
24                       (i) a hospital, but only to the extent that the hospital
25                            provides treatment or care to people who have or
26                            may have a mental illness;
27                      (ii) a community mental health service;
28                     (iii) any service, or any service in a class of service,
29                            prescribed by the regulations for this definition;
30                    and




     page 6
                                               Mental Health Bill 2013
                                 Terms and concepts             Part 2
                                 Definitions and notes     Division 1
                                                                   s. 4



1     (b)    does not include --
2               (i) a private psychiatric hostel; or
3              (ii) a declared place as defined in the MIA Act
4                    section 23;
5    Mental Health Tribunal means the Mental Health Tribunal
6    established by section 380;
7    mental illness has the meaning given in section 6;
8    mentally impaired accused has the meaning given in the
9    MIA Act section 23;
10   Mentally Impaired Accused Review Board means the Mentally
11   Impaired Accused Review Board established by the MIA Act
12   section 41;
13   metropolitan area means an area of the State prescribed by the
14   regulations as a metropolitan area;
15   MIA Act means the Criminal Law (Mentally Impaired Accused)
16   Act 1996;
17   Minister means the Minister responsible for the administration
18   of this Act;
19   neurosurgeon means a person --
20     (a) whose name is contained in the register of specialist
21           surgeons kept by the Medical Board of Australia under
22           the Health Practitioner Regulation National Law
23           (Western Australia) section 223; and
24     (b) who has clinical training in neurosurgery;
25   nominated person, of a person, means the person nominated
26   under section 273(1) to be the person's nominated person;
27   nomination means a nomination made under section 273(1);
28   nurse means a person who is registered under the Health
29   Practitioner Regulation National Law (Western Australia) in
30   the nursing and midwifery profession --
31     (a) whose name is entered on Division 1 of the Register of
32           Nurses kept under that Law as a registered nurse; or


                                                                page 7
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 2          Terms and concepts
     Division 1      Definitions and notes
     s. 4



1               (b)   whose name is entered on Division 2 of the Register of
2                     Nurses kept under that Law as an enrolled nurse;
3             occupational therapist means a person registered under the
4             Health Practitioner Regulation National Law (Western
5             Australia) in the occupational therapy profession;
6             parent or guardian, of a child, means the person who has
7             parental responsibility (as defined in the Family Court Act 1997
8             section 68) for the child;
9             patient means --
10              (a) an involuntary patient; or
11              (b) a mentally impaired accused required under the
12                    MIA Act to be detained at an authorised hospital; or
13              (c) a voluntary patient;
14            patient's psychiatrist means --
15              (a) if the patient is a voluntary patient -- the treating
16                    psychiatrist; or
17              (b) if the patient is an involuntary patient who is under an
18                    inpatient treatment order -- the treating psychiatrist; or
19              (c) if the patient is an involuntary patient who is under a
20                    community treatment order -- the supervising
21                    psychiatrist; or
22              (d) if the patient is a mentally impaired accused required
23                    under the MIA Act to be detained at an authorised
24                    hospital -- the treating psychiatrist;
25            personal information has the meaning given in the Freedom of
26            Information Act 1992 in the Glossary clause 1;
27            personal support person, of a person, means a person referred
28            to in section 7(2)(b)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v);
29            private hospital has the meaning given in the Hospitals and
30            Health Services Act 1927 section 2(1);
31            private psychiatric hostel has the meaning given in the
32            Hospitals and Health Services Act 1927 section 26P;


     page 8
                                                Mental Health Bill 2013
                                  Terms and concepts             Part 2
                                  Definitions and notes     Division 1
                                                                    s. 4



1    psychiatrist means a medical practitioner --
2      (a) who is a fellow of the Royal Australian and New
3            Zealand College of Psychiatrists; or
4      (b) who holds specialist registration under the Health
5            Practitioner Regulation National Law (Western
6            Australia) in the specialty of psychiatry; or
7      (c) who holds limited registration under the Health
8            Practitioner Regulation National Law (Western
9            Australia) that enables the medical practitioner to
10           practise in the specialty of psychiatry;
11   psychologist means a person registered under the Health
12   Practitioner Regulation National Law (Western Australia) in
13   the psychology profession;
14   psychosurgery has the meaning given in section 205;
15   public hospital has the meaning given in the Hospitals and
16   Health Services Act 1927 section 2(1);
17   registration board has the meaning given in the Health and
18   Disability Services (Complaints) Act 1995 section 3(1);
19   remuneration has the meaning given in the Salaries and
20   Allowances Act 1975 section 4(1);
21   seclusion has the meaning given in section 212;
22   social worker means a person who is a member of, or is eligible
23   for membership of, the Australian Association of Social
24   Workers;
25   staff member, of a mental health service (however defined in
26   this Act) or a private psychiatric hostel, means a person --
27     (a) who is employed in the mental health service or private
28           psychiatric hostel under a contract of employment or
29           contract of training; or
30     (b) who provides services to the mental health service or
31           private psychiatric hostel under a contract for services;
32   supervising psychiatrist has the meaning given in section 113;



                                                                 page 9
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 2          Terms and concepts
     Division 1      Definitions and notes
     s. 4



1              traditional healer, in relation to an Aboriginal or Torres Strait
2              Islander community, means a person of Aboriginal or Torres
3              Strait Islander descent who --
4                 (a) uses traditional (including spiritual) methods of healing;
5                       and
6                 (b) is recognised by the community as a traditional healer;
7              transport officer means a person, or a person in a class of
8              person, authorised under section 147 to a carry out a transport
9              order;
10             treating psychiatrist, in relation to a patient, means the
11             psychiatrist who is in charge of the patient's treatment;
12             treatment means the provision of a psychiatric, medical,
13             psychological or psychosocial intervention intended (whether
14             alone or in combination with one or more other therapeutic
15             interventions) to alleviate or prevent the deterioration of a
16             mental illness or a condition that is a consequence of a mental
17             illness, and does not include bodily restraint, seclusion or
18             sterilisation;
19             treatment decision, in relation to a person, means a decision to
20             give consent, or to refuse to give consent, to treatment being
21             provided to the person;
22             treatment in the community means treatment that can be
23             provided to a patient without detaining the patient at a hospital
24             under an inpatient treatment order;
25             treatment, support and discharge plan has the meaning given
26             in section 186;
27             voluntary inpatient means a voluntary patient who is admitted
28             by a mental health service as an inpatient;
29             voluntary patient means a person to whom treatment is being,
30             or is proposed to be, provided by a mental health service but
31             who is not --
32                (a) an involuntary patient; or




     page 10
                                                                   Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                       Terms and concepts           Part 2
                                                             Mental illness    Division 2
                                                                                       s. 5



1                 (b)     a mentally impaired accused required under the
2                         MIA Act to be detained at an authorised hospital.
3               Note for the definition of voluntary patient:

4               A voluntary patient can also be --

5               (a)     a person who is referred under section 26(2) or (3)(a) or 36(2) or is
6                       under an order made under section 55(1)(c) or 61(1)(c); or

7               (b)     a mentally impaired accused who is released from an authorised
8                       hospital (whether unconditionally or on conditions) under a release
9                       order made under the MIA Act section 35.

10   5.         Notes and examples not part of Act
11              A note or example set out at the foot of a provision of this Act is
12              provided to assist understanding and does not form part of this
13              Act.

14                             Division 2 -- Mental illness
15   6.         When a person has a mental illness
16        (1)   A person has a mental illness if the person has a condition
17              that --
18                (a) is characterised by a disturbance of thought, mood,
19                     volition, perception, orientation or memory; and
20                (b) significantly impairs (temporarily or permanently) the
21                     person's judgment or behaviour.
22        (2)   A person does not have a mental illness merely because one or
23              more of these things apply --
24               (a) the person holds, or refuses or fails to hold, a particular
25                     religious, cultural, political or philosophical belief or
26                     opinion;
27               (b) the person engages in, or refuses or fails to engage in, a
28                     particular religious, cultural or political activity;
29               (c) the person is, or is not, a member of a particular
30                     religious, cultural or racial group;


                                                                                        page 11
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 2          Terms and concepts
     Division 3      Best interests of a person
     s. 7



1                (d)     the person has, or does not have, a particular political,
2                        economic or social status;
3                 (e)    the person has a particular sexual preference or
4                        orientation;
5                (f)     the person is sexually promiscuous;
6                (g)     the person engages in indecent, immoral or illegal
7                        conduct;
8                (h)     the person has an intellectual disability;
9                 (i)    the person uses alcohol or other drugs;
10                (j)    the person is involved in, or has been involved in,
11                       personal or professional conflict;
12               (k)     the person engages in anti-social behaviour;
13                (l)    the person has at any time been --
14                          (i) provided with treatment; or
15                         (ii) admitted by or detained at a hospital for the
16                               purpose of providing the person with treatment.
17        (3)   Subsection (2)(i) does not prevent the serious or permanent
18              physiological, biochemical or psychological effects of the use of
19              alcohol or other drugs from being regarded as an indication that
20              a person has a mental illness.
21        (4)   A decision whether or not a person has a mental illness must be
22              made in accordance with internationally accepted standards
23              prescribed by the regulations for this subsection.

24                      Division 3 -- Best interests of a person
25   7.         Matters relevant to decision about person's best interests
26        (1)   This section applies whenever a person or body is required
27              under this Act to decide what is or is not in the best interests of
28              a person.




     page 12
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                Terms and concepts            Part 2
                                                 Wishes of a person      Division 4
                                                                                 s. 8



1         (2)   The person or body making the decision must have regard to
2               these things --
3                 (a) the person's wishes, to the extent that it is practicable to
4                       ascertain those wishes;
5                 (b) the views of each of these people --
6                          (i) if the person has an enduring guardian or
7                               guardian -- the enduring guardian or guardian;
8                         (ii) if the person is a child -- the child's parent or
9                               guardian;
10                       (iii) if the person has a nominated person -- the
11                              nominated person;
12                       (iv) if the person has a carer -- the carer;
13                        (v) if the person has a close family member -- the
14                              close family member;
15                (c) any other matter that the person or body considers
16                      relevant to making the decision.

17                       Division 4 -- Wishes of a person
18   8.         Matters relevant to ascertaining person's wishes
19        (1)   This section applies whenever a person or body is required
20              under this Act to ascertain the wishes of a person in relation to a
21              matter.
22        (2)   For the purposes of ascertaining those wishes, the person or
23              body must have regard to the following --
24                (a) any treatment decision in an advance health directive
25                      made by the person that is relevant to the matter;
26               (b) any term of an enduring power of guardianship made by
27                      the person that is relevant to the matter;
28                (c) anything that the person says or does that is relevant to
29                      the matter if it is said or done at a time that is reasonably
30                      contemporaneous with when those wishes are required
31                      to be ascertained;

                                                                             page 13
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 2          Terms and concepts
     Division 5      Communicating with a person
     s. 9



1                (d)   any other things that the person or body considers
2                      relevant to ascertaining those wishes.

3                 Division 5 -- Communicating with a person
4    9.         Language, form of communication and terms to be used
5         (1)   For this section, communication with a person includes the
6               provision to a person of any advice, explanation, information,
7               notification or reasons.
8         (2)   Any communication with a person under this Act must be in a
9               language, form of communication and terms that the person is
10              likely to understand using any means of communication that is
11              practicable and using an interpreter if necessary and practicable.




     page 14
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                         Objects          Part 3

                                                                           s. 10



1                               Part 3 -- Objects
2    10.         Objects
3          (1)   The objects of this Act are as follows --
4                 (a) to ensure people who have a mental illness are provided
5                       the best possible treatment and care --
6                          (i) with the least possible restriction of their
7                                freedom; and
8                         (ii) with the least possible interference with their
9                                rights; and
10                       (iii) with respect for their dignity;
11                (b) to recognise the role of carers and families in the
12                      treatment, care and support of people who have a mental
13                      illness;
14                (c) to recognise and facilitate the involvement of people
15                      who have a mental illness, their nominated persons and
16                      their carers and families in the consideration of the
17                      options that are available for their treatment and care;
18                (d) to help minimise the effect of mental illness on family
19                      life;
20                (e) to ensure the protection of people who have or may have
21                      a mental illness;
22                 (f) to ensure the protection of the community.
23         (2)   A person or body performing a function under this Act must
24               have regard to those objects.




                                                                        page 15
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 4          Charter of Mental Health Care Principles

     s. 11



1      Part 4 -- Charter of Mental Health Care Principles
2    11.         Regard to be had to Charter
3                A person or body performing a function under this Act must
4                have regard to the principles set out in the Charter of Mental
5                Health Care Principles.

6    12.         Compliance with Charter by mental health services
7          (1)   In this section --
8                mental health service includes a private psychiatric hostel.
9          (2)   A mental health service must make every effort to comply with
10               the Charter of Mental Health Care Principles when providing
11               treatment, care and support to patients.




     page 16
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                     Decision making capacity and informed consent           Part 5
                                Decision making capacity generally      Division 1
                                                                               s. 13



1                 Part 5 -- Decision making capacity and
2                           informed consent
3                Division 1 -- Decision making capacity generally
4    13.         Capacity of adult to make decisions
5          (1)   For the purposes of this Act, an adult is presumed to have the
6                capacity to make a decision about a matter relating to himself or
7                herself unless the adult is shown not to have that capacity.
8          (2)   For the purposes of this Act, if an adult does not have the
9                capacity to make a decision about a matter relating to himself or
10               herself, the person who is authorised by law to do so may make
11               the decision on the adult's behalf.

12   14.         Capacity of child to make decisions
13         (1)   For the purposes of this Act, a child is presumed not to have the
14               capacity to make a decision about a matter relating to himself or
15               herself unless the child is shown to have that capacity.
16         (2)   For the purposes of this Act, if a child does not have the
17               capacity to make a decision about a matter relating to himself or
18               herself, the child's parent or guardian may make the decision on
19               the child's behalf.

20   15.         Determining capacity to make decisions
21         (1)   For the purposes of this Act, a person has the capacity to make a
22               decision about a matter relating to himself or herself if another
23               person who is performing a function under this Act that requires
24               that other person to determine that capacity is satisfied that the
25               person has the capacity to --
26                 (a) understand any information or advice about the decision
27                       that is required under this Act to be provided to the
28                       person; and
29                 (b) understand the matters involved in the decision; and


                                                                           page 17
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 5          Decision making capacity and informed consent
     Division 2      Informed consent to treatment
     s. 16



1                     (c)     understand the effect of the decision; and
2                     (d)     weigh up the factors referred to in paragraphs (a), (b)
3                             and (c) for the purpose of making the decision; and
4                     (e)     communicate the decision in some way.
5          (2)   For the purposes of this Act, a decision made by a person about
6                a matter relating to himself or herself must be made freely and
7                voluntarily.

8                     Division 2 -- Informed consent to treatment
9    16.         Requirements for informed consent
10         (1)   A person gives informed consent to the provision of treatment
11               to a patient (whether he or she or another person is the patient)
12               only if --
13                 (a) the requirements of this Division in relation to making a
14                       treatment decision about the provision of the treatment
15                       are satisfied; and
16                 (b) the consent is given freely and voluntarily.
17         (2)   Failing to offer resistance does not by itself constitute giving
18               consent.

19   17.         People who can give informed consent
20               Informed consent to the provision of treatment to a patient can
21               be given by --
22                 (a) the patient; or
23                 (b) if the patient does not have the capacity to make a
24                      treatment decision about the provision of the treatment
25                      to himself or herself -- the person who is authorised by
26                      law to make the treatment decision on the patient's
27                      behalf.
28               Notes for section 17:

29               1.         An adult can give informed consent by making an advance health
30                          directive (see the GAA Act section 110ZJ(2)).


     page 18
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                      Decision making capacity and informed consent           Part 5
                                      Informed consent to treatment      Division 2
                                                                                s. 18



1                2.   An adult's enduring guardian or guardian, or the person responsible for
2                     an adult, can give informed consent on the adult's behalf (see the GAA
3                     Act section 110ZJ(3) to (5)).

4                3.   A child's parent or guardian can give informed consent on the child's
5                     behalf unless the child has the capacity to give informed consent (see
6                     section 302(3)).

7    18.         Determining capacity to make treatment decision
8                A person has the capacity to make a treatment decision about
9                the provision of treatment to a patient if another person who is
10               performing a function under this Act that requires that other
11               person to determine that capacity is satisfied that the person has
12               the capacity to --
13                 (a) understand the things that are required under section 19
14                       to be communicated to the person about the treatment;
15                       and
16                 (b) understand the matters involved in making the treatment
17                       decision; and
18                 (c) understand the effect of the treatment decision; and
19                 (d) weigh up the factors referred to in paragraphs (a), (b)
20                       and (c) for the purpose of making the treatment
21                       decision; and
22                 (e) communicate the treatment decision in some way.

23   19.         Explanation of proposed treatment must be given
24         (1)   Before a person is asked to make a treatment decision about the
25               provision of treatment to a patient, the person must be provided
26               with a clear explanation of the treatment --
27                 (a) containing sufficient information to enable the person to
28                       make a balanced judgment about the treatment; and
29                 (b) identifying and explaining any alternative treatment
30                       about which there is insufficient knowledge to justify it
31                       being recommended or to enable its effect to be
32                       predicted reliably; and



                                                                                    page 19
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 5          Decision making capacity and informed consent
     Division 2      Informed consent to treatment
     s. 20



1                  (c)    warning the person of any risks inherent in the
2                         treatment.
3          (2)   The extent of the information required under subsection (1) to
4                be provided to a person is limited to information that a
5                reasonable person in the person's position would be likely to
6                consider significant to the treatment decision unless the person
7                providing the information knows, or could reasonably have been
8                expected to know, that the person is likely to consider other
9                information to be significant to the treatment decision.
10         (3)   Subsection (1) applies despite any privilege claimed by a
11               person.
12               Note for section 19:

13               Any explanation provided under section 19(1) must be provided in accordance
14               with section 9(2).

15   20.         Sufficient time for consideration
16               A person cannot be asked to make a treatment decision about
17               the provision of treatment to a patient unless the person is
18               given --
19                 (a) sufficient time to consider the matters involved in the
20                       treatment decision; and
21                 (b) a reasonable opportunity to discuss those matters with
22                       the medical practitioner or other health professional who
23                       is proposing the provision of the treatment; and
24                 (c) a reasonable opportunity to obtain any other advice or
25                       assistance in relation to the treatment decision that the
26                       person wishes.




     page 20
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                Involuntary patients          Part 6
                         When a person will be an involuntary patient    Division 1
                                                                                s. 21



1                       Part 6 -- Involuntary patients
2      Division 1 -- When a person will be an involuntary patient
3    21.         Involuntary patient
4          (1)   An involuntary patient is a person who is under an involuntary
5                treatment order.
6          (2)   An involuntary treatment order is --
7                 (a) an inpatient treatment order; or
8                 (b) a community treatment order.

9    22.         Inpatient treatment order
10         (1)   An inpatient treatment order is an order in force under this Act
11               under which a person can be admitted by a hospital, and
12               detained there, to enable the person to be provided with
13               treatment without informed consent being given to the provision
14               of the treatment.
15         (2)   An inpatient treatment order authorising a person's detention at
16               an authorised hospital may be made under section 55(1)(a),
17               56(1)(a)(i), 72(1)(a), 120(2)(a), 123(1)(a) or 131(2)(a).
18         (3)   An inpatient treatment order authorising a person's detention at
19               a general hospital may be made under section 61(1)(a)
20               or 131(2)(a).

21   23.         Community treatment order
22         (1)   A community treatment order is an order in force under this Act
23               under which a person can be provided with treatment in the
24               community without informed consent being given to the
25               provision of the treatment.
26         (2)   A community treatment order may be made under
27               section 55(1)(b), 56(1)(a)(ii), 61(1)(b), 72(1)(b), 75(1), 89(2)(b)
28               or 90(1)(a).


                                                                            page 21
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 1      When a person will be an involuntary patient
     s. 24



1    24.         Making involuntary treatment order
2          (1)   Only a psychiatrist may make an involuntary treatment order.
3          (2)   A psychiatrist cannot make an involuntary treatment order
4                except in accordance with this Act.
5          (3)   A psychiatrist cannot make an inpatient treatment order in
6                respect of a person unless satisfied, having regard to the criteria
7                specified in section 25(1), that the person is in need of an
8                inpatient treatment order.
9          (4)   Before deciding whether or not to make an inpatient treatment
10               order in respect of a person, a psychiatrist must consider
11               whether the objects of this Act would be better achieved by
12               making a community treatment order in respect of the person.
13         (5)   A psychiatrist cannot make a community treatment order in
14               respect of a person unless satisfied, having regard to the criteria
15               specified in section 25(2), that the person is in need of a
16               community treatment order.
17         (6)   An involuntary treatment order made in respect of a person
18               must --
19                (a) be in force for as brief a period as practicable; and
20                (b) be reviewed regularly; and
21                (c) be revoked as soon as practicable after the person no
22                      longer meets the criteria for the order.

23   25.         Criteria for involuntary treatment order
24         (1)   A person is in need of an inpatient treatment order only if all of
25               these criteria are satisfied --
26                 (a) that the person has a mental illness for which the person
27                       is in need of treatment;
28                 (b) that, because of the mental illness, there is --
29                          (i) a significant risk to the health or safety of the
30                                person or to the safety of another person; or


     page 22
                                                       Mental Health Bill 2013
                                          Involuntary patients          Part 6
                   When a person will be an involuntary patient    Division 1
                                                                          s. 25



1                   (ii)   a significant risk of serious harm to the person or
2                          to another person;
3            (c)   that the person does not demonstrate the capacity
4                  required by section 18 to make a treatment decision
5                  about the provision of the treatment to himself or
6                  herself;
7           (d)    that treatment in the community cannot reasonably be
8                  provided to the person;
9            (e)   that the person cannot be adequately provided with
10                 treatment in a way that would involve less restriction on
11                 the person's freedom of choice and movement than
12                 making an inpatient treatment order.
13   (2)   A person is in need of a community treatment order only if all
14         of these criteria are satisfied --
15           (a) that the person has a mental illness for which the person
16                 is in need of treatment;
17           (b) that, because of the mental illness, there is --
18                    (i) a significant risk to the health or safety of the
19                          person or to the safety of another person; or
20                   (ii) a significant risk of serious harm to the person or
21                          to another person; or
22                  (iii) a significant risk of the person suffering serious
23                          physical or mental deterioration;
24           (c) that the person does not demonstrate the capacity
25                 required by section 18 to make a treatment decision
26                 about the provision of the treatment to himself or
27                 herself;
28           (d) that treatment in the community can reasonably be
29                 provided to the person;
30           (e) that the person cannot be adequately provided with
31                 treatment in a way that would involve less restriction on
32                 the person's freedom of choice and movement than
33                 making a community treatment order.


                                                                      page 23
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 2      Referrals for examination
     s. 26



1          (3)     A decision whether or not a person is in need of an inpatient
2                  treatment order or a community treatment order must be made
3                  having regard to the guidelines published under
4                  section 545(1)(a) for that purpose.
5                  Note for Division 1:

6                  Part 21 Division 3 confers jurisdiction on the Mental Health Tribunal to
7                  conduct reviews relating to involuntary patients.

8                        Division 2 -- Referrals for examination
9                Subdivision 1 -- Person suspected of needing involuntary
10                                  treatment order

11   26.           Referral for examination at authorised hospital or other
12                 place
13         (1)     A medical practitioner or authorised mental health practitioner
14                 may refer a person under subsection (2) or (3)(a) for an
15                 examination conducted by a psychiatrist if, having regard to the
16                 criteria specified in section 25, the practitioner reasonably
17                 suspects that --
18                   (a) the person is in need of an involuntary treatment order;
19                          or
20                   (b) if the person is under a community treatment order --
21                          the person is in need of an inpatient treatment order.
22         (2)     The practitioner may refer the person for an examination to be
23                 conducted by a psychiatrist at an authorised hospital.
24         (3)     The practitioner --
25                  (a) may refer the person for an examination to be conducted
26                        by a psychiatrist at a place that is not an authorised
27                        hospital if, in the practitioner's opinion, it is an
28                        appropriate place to conduct the examination having
29                        regard to the guidelines published under
30                        section 545(1)(b) for that purpose; and



     page 24
                                                                       Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                          Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                                     Referrals for examination     Division 2
                                                                                          s. 27



1                     (b)     if the practitioner refers the person under
2                             paragraph (a) -- must make any arrangements that are
3                             necessary to enable the examination to be conducted at
4                             that place.
5          (4)   Subdivision 3 applies in relation to the referral of a person under
6                subsection (2) or (3)(a).
7          (5)   Sections 27 to 30 apply in relation to a person who is referred
8                under subsection (2) or (3)(a).
9                Notes for section 26:

10               1.         A person who is referred under section 26(2) or (3)(a) can be detained
11                          under an order made under section 28(1) or (2) to enable the person to
12                          be taken to the authorised hospital or other place and can be detained
13                          there under section 52(1)(b) or 58(1)(b) to enable the person to be
14                          examined.

15               2.         Part 7 Division 4 applies in relation to the release of a person who is
16                          detained under section 28(1) or (2), 52(1)(b) or 58(1)(b).

17               3.         Part 7 Division 5 applies if a person who is detained under
18                          section 28(1) or (2), 52(1)(b) or 58(1)(b) is absent without leave from
19                          the authorised hospital or other place where the person is be detained.

20   27.         Person to be taken to authorised hospital or other place as
21               soon as practicable
22               The person must be taken to the authorised hospital or other
23               place as soon as practicable and, in any event, before the referral
24               expires, whether or not a transport order is made under
25               section 29(1) in respect of the person.

26   28.         Detention to enable person to be taken to authorised
27               hospital or other place
28         (1)   A medical practitioner or authorised mental health practitioner
29               may make an order authorising the person's detention for up to
30               24 hours from the time when the referral is made if satisfied
31               that, because of the person's mental or physical condition, the
32               person needs to be detained to enable the person to be taken to
33               the authorised hospital or other place.


                                                                                            page 25
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 2      Referrals for examination
     s. 28



1       (2)    A medical practitioner or authorised mental health practitioner
2              may, immediately before the end of the period of detention
3              authorised under subsection (1) or any further period of
4              detention authorised under this subsection in respect of the
5              person, make an order authorising the continuation of the
6              person's detention for up to 24 hours from the end of that period
7              to enable the person to be taken to the authorised hospital or
8              other place.
9       (3)    The person cannot be detained under orders made under this
10             section for a continuous period of more than --
11               (a) if the place where the referral is made is in a
12                     metropolitan area -- 72 hours; or
13               (b) if the place where the referral is made is outside a
14                     metropolitan area -- 144 hours.
15      (4)    A practitioner cannot make an order under subsection (2) in
16             respect of the person unless --
17               (a) immediately before making the order, the practitioner
18                     assesses the person; and
19               (b) as a consequence, the practitioner is satisfied that,
20                     because of the person's mental or physical condition, the
21                     person still needs to be detained to enable the person to
22                     be taken to the authorised hospital or other place.
23      (5)    Subdivision 4 applies in relation to an assessment required by
24             subsection (4)(a).
25      (6)    An order made under this section must be in the approved form
26             and must include the following --
27               (a) the date and time when it is made;
28               (b) the date and time when it expires;
29               (c) the reasons for making it;
30               (d) the name, qualifications and signature of the practitioner
31                    making it.



     page 26
                                                        Mental Health Bill 2013
                                           Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                      Referrals for examination     Division 2
                                                                           s. 28



1     (7)   A practitioner who makes an order under this section in respect
2           of the person must, as soon as practicable, file it and give a copy
3           to the person.
4     (8)   The making of an order under this section is an event to which
5           Part 9 applies and the practitioner who makes the order is the
6           person responsible under that Part for notification of that event.
7     (9)   A practitioner who makes an order under this section in respect
8           of the person must ensure that the person has the opportunity
9           and the means to contact any carer, close family member or
10          other personal support person of the person, the person's
11          psychiatrist and the Chief Mental Health Advocate --
12            (a) as soon as practicable after the order is made; and
13            (b) at all reasonable times while the person is detained
14                  under the order.
15   (10)   The person cannot continue to be detained if, by the end of a
16          period of detention authorised under this section in respect of
17          the person --
18            (a) the person has not been taken to the authorised hospital
19                  or other place; and
20            (b) an order under subsection (2) authorising the
21                  continuation of the person's detention from the end of
22                  the period has not been made or, because of
23                  subsection (3), cannot be made; and
24            (c) the person has not been apprehended under a transport
25                  order made under section 29(1).
26   (11)   The person cannot continue to be detained if the referral expires
27          before the person is taken to the authorised hospital or other
28          place.
29   (12)   The release of a person because of subsection (10) or (11) is an
30          event to which Part 9 applies and a medical practitioner or
31          authorised mental health practitioner is the person responsible
32          under that Part for notification of that event.


                                                                       page 27
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 2      Referrals for examination
     s. 29



1    29.         Making transport order
2          (1)   A medical practitioner or authorised mental health practitioner
3                may make a transport order in respect of the person.
4          (2)   The practitioner cannot make the transport order unless satisfied
5                that --
6                  (a) because of the person's mental or physical condition, the
7                       person needs to be taken to the authorised hospital or
8                       other place; and
9                  (b) no other safe means of taking the person is reasonably
10                      available.
11         (3)   Part 10 applies in relation to the transport order.
12         (4)   The making of a transport order under subsection (1) is an event
13               to which Part 9 applies and the practitioner who makes the order
14               is the person responsible under that Part for notification of that
15               event.

16   30.         Effect of referral on community treatment order
17               A community treatment order that is in force in respect of a
18               person who is referred under section 26(2) or (3)(a) is
19               suspended for the period --
20                 (a) beginning when the referral is made; and
21                 (b) ending when the first of these things occurs --
22                         (i) a psychiatrist makes an order under
23                              section 55(1)(a) or (d), 56(1)(a)(i) or (iii),
24                              61(1)(a) or (d) or 72(1)(a) or (c) in respect of the
25                              person;
26                        (ii) the referral is revoked under section 31(1);
27                       (iii) the person cannot continue to be detained
28                              because section 28(10) or (11), 52(4), 58(4)
29                              or 70(4) applies.




     page 28
                                                                   Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                      Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                                 Referrals for examination     Division 2
                                                                                      s. 31



1                Notes for section 30:

2                1.     A community treatment order that the patient is under is automatically
3                       revoked under section 116(b) if a psychiatrist makes an inpatient
4                       treatment order under section 55(1)(a), 56(1)(a)(i), 61(1)(a) or 72(1)(a)
5                       in respect of the involuntary community patient.

6                2.     A community treatment order is no longer suspended if a psychiatrist
7                       makes an order under section 55(1)(d), 56(1)(a)(iii), 61(1)(d)
8                       or 72(1)(c) that the involuntary community patient cannot continue to
9                       be detained.

10               3.     A community treatment order remains suspended until the period of
11                      the suspension ends under section 30(b), or until the community
12                      treatment order is revoked under section 120(2)(b) or 131(2)(b), if a
13                      psychiatrist makes an order under section 61(1)(c) in respect of the
14                      involuntary community patient.

15   31.         Revoking referral
16         (1)   A medical practitioner or authorised mental health practitioner
17               may make an order revoking a referral made under section 26(2)
18               or (3)(a) if satisfied that the person who is referred is no longer
19               in need of an involuntary treatment order.
20         (2)   The practitioner cannot revoke the referral if it was made by
21               another practitioner unless --
22                 (a) the practitioner has consulted the other practitioner
23                      about whether or not to revoke the referral; or
24                 (b) despite reasonable efforts to do so, the other practitioner
25                      could not be contacted.
26         (3)   The order must be in the approved form and must include the
27               following --
28                 (a) the date and time when it is made;
29                 (b) the reasons for making it;
30                 (c) if the other practitioner was consulted -- a record of the
31                      consultation;
32                 (d) if the other practitioner could not be contacted -- a
33                      record of the efforts made to do so;



                                                                                        page 29
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 2      Referrals for examination
     s. 32



1                  (e)   the name, qualifications and signature of the
2                        practitioner.
3          (4)   The practitioner must, as soon as practicable, file the order and
4                give a copy to the person.
5          (5)   The practitioner must, as soon as practicable --
6                 (a) advise the transport officer or police officer responsible
7                       for carrying out any transport order made under
8                       section 29(1) in respect of the person that the referral
9                       has been revoked under subsection (1) and that therefore
10                      the transport order has been revoked under section 153;
11                      and
12                (b) file a record of that advice.
13         (6)   The person cannot continue to be detained if the referral is
14               revoked under subsection (1).
15         (7)   The release of a person because of subsection (6) is an event to
16               which Part 9 applies and the practitioner who revokes the
17               referral is the person responsible under that Part for notification
18               of that event.

19                Subdivision 2 -- Voluntary inpatient admitted by
20                              authorised hospital

21   32.         Application of this Subdivision
22               This Subdivision applies in relation to a voluntary inpatient who
23               is admitted by an authorised hospital.

24   33.         Effect of admission on community treatment order
25               Any community treatment order in force in respect of the
26               voluntary inpatient is suspended for the period --
27                 (a) beginning when the voluntary inpatient is admitted as an
28                      inpatient by the authorised hospital; and




     page 30
                                                                      Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                         Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                                    Referrals for examination     Division 2
                                                                                         s. 34



1                     (b)     ending when the first of these things occurs --
2                               (i) a psychiatrist makes an order under
3                                    section 55(1)(a) or 56(1)(a)(i);
4                              (ii) the voluntary inpatient is discharged as an
5                                    inpatient by the authorised hospital.
6                Notes for section 33:

 7               1.         A community treatment order is automatically revoked under
 8                          section 116(b) if a psychiatrist makes an inpatient treatment order
 9                          under section 55(1)(a) or 56(1)(a)(i) in respect of the voluntary
10                          inpatient.

11               2.         A community treatment order can be revoked under section 120(2)(b)
12                          or 131(2)(b).

13   34.         Person in charge of ward may order assessment
14         (1)   The person in charge of the voluntary inpatient's ward may
15               make an order for an assessment of the voluntary inpatient by a
16               medical practitioner or authorised mental health practitioner at
17               the authorised hospital if --
18                 (a) the voluntary inpatient wants to leave the authorised
19                       hospital against medical advice; and
20                 (b) having regard to the criteria specified in section 25, the
21                       person in charge reasonably suspects that the voluntary
22                       inpatient is in need of an involuntary treatment order.
23         (2)   The order must be in the approved form and must include the
24               following --
25                 (a) the date and time when it is made;
26                 (b) the reasons for making it;
27                 (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the person in
28                      charge.
29         (3)   The voluntary inpatient can be detained under the order at the
30               authorised hospital for up to 6 hours from the time when the
31               order was made to enable the assessment to be conducted.



                                                                                           page 31
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 2      Referrals for examination
     s. 35



1          (4)   The person in charge of the voluntary inpatient's ward must, as
2                soon as practicable, file the order and give a copy to the
3                voluntary patient.
4          (5)   The person in charge of the voluntary inpatient's ward must
5                ensure that the inpatient has the opportunity and the means to
6                contact any carer, close family member or other personal
7                support person of the inpatient, the inpatient's psychiatrist and
8                the Chief Mental Health Advocate --
9                  (a) as soon as practicable after the order is made; and
10                 (b) at all reasonable times while the voluntary inpatient is
11                       detained under the order.
12         (6)   Subdivision 4 applies in relation to an assessment ordered under
13               subsection (1).
14         (7)   The voluntary inpatient cannot continue to be detained if, by the
15               end of the 6-hour period referred to in subsection (3) --
16                 (a) the assessment has not been completed; or
17                 (b) the assessment has been completed but a referral has not
18                       been made under section 36(2) in respect of the
19                       voluntary inpatient.

20   35.         Revoking order for assessment
21         (1)   The person who makes an order under section 34(1) for an
22               assessment of a voluntary inpatient may, at any time before the
23               assessment is commenced, make an order revoking the order for
24               an assessment if satisfied that the patient is no longer in need of
25               an involuntary treatment order.
26         (2)   The order must be in the approved form and must include the
27               following --
28                 (a) the date and time when it is made;
29                 (b) the reasons for making it;
30                 (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the person.



     page 32
                                                                   Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                      Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                                 Referrals for examination     Division 2
                                                                                      s. 36



1          (3)   The person who makes the order must, as soon as practicable,
2                file it and give a copy to the voluntary patient.
3          (4)   The voluntary inpatient cannot continue to be detained if the
4                order for an assessment is revoked under subsection (1).

5    36.         Referral for examination at authorised hospital
6          (1)   This section applies if the voluntary inpatient is assessed by a
7                medical practitioner or authorised mental health practitioner --
8                 (a) because of an order made under section 34(1); or
9                 (b) in the course of the voluntary inpatient's treatment while
10                      admitted by the authorised hospital.
11         (2)   The practitioner may refer the voluntary inpatient for an
12               examination to be conducted by a psychiatrist at the authorised
13               hospital if, having regard to the criteria specified in section 25,
14               the practitioner reasonably suspects that the inpatient is in need
15               of an involuntary treatment order.
16         (3)   Subdivision 3 applies in relation to the referral of a voluntary
17               inpatient under subsection (2).
18               Notes for section 36:

19               1.     A voluntary patient who is referred under section 36(2) can be detained
20                      at the authorised hospital under section 53(1) to enable the voluntary
21                      patient to be examined.

22               2.     Part 7 Division 4 applies in relation to the release of a voluntary patient
23                      who is detained under section 53(1).

24               3.     Part 7 Division 5 applies if a voluntary patient who is detained under
25                      section 53(1) is absent without leave from the authorised hospital
26                      where the voluntary patient is detained.

27   37.         Revoking referral
28         (1)   A medical practitioner or authorised mental health practitioner
29               may make an order revoking a referral made under section 36(2)
30               if satisfied that the voluntary inpatient who is referred is no
31               longer in need of an involuntary treatment order.


                                                                                         page 33
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 2      Referrals for examination
     s. 38



1          (2)   The practitioner cannot revoke the referral if it was made by
2                another practitioner unless --
3                  (a) the practitioner has consulted the other practitioner
4                       about whether or not to revoke the referral; or
5                  (b) despite reasonable efforts to do so, the other practitioner
6                       could not be contacted.
7          (3)   The order must be in the approved form and must include the
8                following --
9                  (a) the date and time when it is made;
10                 (b) the reasons for the revocation;
11                 (c) if the other practitioner was consulted -- a record of the
12                      consultation;
13                 (d) if the other practitioner could not be contacted -- a
14                      record of the efforts made to do so;
15                 (e) the name, qualifications and signature of the practitioner
16                      making it.
17         (4)   The practitioner must, as soon as practicable, file the order and
18               give a copy to the voluntary patient.
19         (5)   The voluntary inpatient cannot continue to be detained if the
20               referral is revoked under subsection (1).

21                   Subdivision 3 -- Requirements for referral

22   38.         Application of this Subdivision
23               This Subdivision applies in relation to the referral of a person
24               for an examination conducted by a psychiatrist that is made by a
25               medical practitioner or authorised mental health practitioner
26               under section 26(2) or (3)(a) or 36(2).

27   39.         No referral without assessment
28         (1)   A practitioner cannot refer a person unless the practitioner has
29               assessed the person.


     page 34
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                                               Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                          Referrals for examination     Division 2
                                                                               s. 40



1          (2)   Subdivision 4 applies in relation to an assessment required by
2                subsection (1).

3    40.         Time limit for making referral
4          (1)   A referral cannot be made under section 26(2) or (3)(a) more
5                than 48 hours after the time when the assessment required by
6                section 39(1) is completed.
7          (2)   A referral can only be made under section 36(2) immediately
8                after the time when the assessment required by section 39(1) is
9                completed.

10   41.         Form of referral
11               A referral must be in the approved form and must --
12                (a) include the following --
13                          (i) the date and time when it is made;
14                         (ii) the date and time when it will expire;
15                        (iii) the place where it is made;
16                        (iv) whether or not it can be extended under
17                               section 45 and, if it can, the process for
18                               extending it;
19                         (v) the place where the examination will be
20                               conducted;
21                        (vi) the date and time when the assessment required
22                               by section 39(1) was completed;
23                       and
24                (b) certify that, having regard to the criteria specified in
25                       section 25, the practitioner making it reasonably
26                       suspects that the person who is referred is in need of an
27                       involuntary treatment order; and
28                (c) include the information on which the suspicion is based;
29                       and




                                                                           page 35
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 2      Referrals for examination
     s. 42



1                 (d)    in respect of so much of that information as was
2                        obtained during the assessment by the practitioner
3                        making the referral, distinguish between --
4                           (i) the information obtained from the person who is
5                                referred, including by observing the person and
6                                asking the person questions; and
7                          (ii) the information obtained from another person or
8                                from the person's medical record;
9                        and
10                 (e)   include the name, qualifications and signature of the
11                       practitioner making the referral.

12   42.         Providing information contained in referral to person
13               referred
14         (1)   The practitioner must provide the person who is referred with
15               the information referred to in section 41(a) and (b) and, unless
16               subsection (2) applies, the information referred to in
17               section 41(c).
18         (2)   The practitioner cannot provide the person who is referred any
19               information referred to in section 41(c) that was provided to the
20               practitioner by someone other than the person on condition that
21               the information not be provided to the person.
22         (3)   The information provided under subsection (1) must be in the
23               approved form.

24   43.         Copy of referral must be filed
25               The practitioner must file a copy of the referral.

26   44.         Period of referral made under s. 26(2) or (3)(a)
27               A referral made under section 26(2) or (3)(a) remains in force
28               for 72 hours from the time when the referral was made unless
29               the referral is extended under section 45.



     page 36
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                           Referrals for examination     Division 2
                                                                                s. 45



1    45.         Extending referral made outside metropolitan area
2          (1)   This section applies if --
3                 (a) the place where a referral is made under section 26(2)
4                       or (3)(a) is outside a metropolitan area; and
5                 (b) the person responsible for taking the person who is
6                       referred to the place where the examination will be
7                       conducted forms the opinion that the referral is likely to
8                       expire before the person is received into the hospital or
9                       other place.
10         (2)   The person responsible --
11                (a) may orally request an extension of the referral from --
12                         (i) the medical practitioner or authorised mental
13                             health practitioner who made the referral; or
14                        (ii) if the practitioner referred to in subparagraph (i)
15                             is not reasonably available -- another medical
16                             practitioner or authorised mental health
17                             practitioner who is at the same place as the
18                             practitioner referred to in subparagraph (i); or
19                       (iii) if neither the practitioner referred to in
20                             subparagraph (i) nor a practitioner referred to in
21                             subparagraph (ii) is reasonably available --
22                             another medical practitioner or authorised mental
23                             health practitioner;
24                      or
25                (b) may extend the referral himself or herself if --
26                         (i) there is no medical practitioner or authorised
27                             mental health practitioner reasonably available to
28                             whom an application could be made under
29                             paragraph (a); and
30                        (ii) the person responsible is a medical practitioner
31                             or authorised mental health practitioner.




                                                                            page 37
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 2      Referrals for examination
     s. 46



1          (3)   The practitioner or person responsible may extend the referral if
2                satisfied that the referral is likely to expire before the person is
3                received into the authorised hospital or other place.
4          (4)   The referral may be extended for a further period of 72 hours
5                from the time when the 72-hour period referred to in section 44
6                ends.
7          (5)   The person who extends the referral must, as soon as
8                practicable --
9                  (a) record the extension in the approved form, specifying
10                       the following --
11                          (i) the date and time when the referral was
12                               extended;
13                         (ii) the date and time when, because of the extension,
14                               the referral will expire;
15                        (iii) the reasons for the extension;
16                       and
17                 (b) file the record and give a copy to the person who is
18                       referred.
19         (6)   The referral cannot be extended more than once.

20   46.         Changing place where examination will be conducted
21         (1)   A medical practitioner or authorised mental health practitioner
22               may make an order changing the place specified in a referral
23               made under section 26(2) or (3)(a) as the place where the
24               examination will be conducted.
25         (2)   The practitioner cannot change the place specified in the referral
26               unless the practitioner has consulted a medical practitioner or
27               authorised mental health practitioner at the place where, if the
28               change is made, the examination will be conducted.




     page 38
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                           Referrals for examination     Division 2
                                                                                s. 47



1          (3)   The practitioner must, as soon as practicable --
2                 (a) advise the person responsible for taking the person who
3                       is referred to the place where the examination will be
4                       conducted of the change; and
5                 (b) record the change in the approved form, specifying --
6                          (i) the date and time when the change was made;
7                               and
8                         (ii) the place where the examination was to have
9                               been conducted; and
10                       (iii) the place where, because of the change, the
11                              examination will be conducted;
12                      and
13                (c) file the record and give a copy to the person who is
14                      referred.
15         (4)   If, because of the change, the examination will be conducted at
16               an authorised hospital instead of a place that is not an authorised
17               hospital, this Act applies as if the referral had been made under
18               section 26(2) instead of section 26(3)(a).
19         (5)   If, because of the change, the examination will be conducted at
20               a place that is not an authorised hospital instead of an authorised
21               hospital, this Act applies as if the referral had been made under
22               section 26(3)(a) instead of section 26(2).

23                     Subdivision 4 -- Conduct of assessment

24   47.         Application of this Subdivision
25               This Subdivision applies in relation to the conduct of an
26               assessment by a medical practitioner or authorised mental health
27               practitioner that is required by, or has been ordered under,
28               section 28(4)(a), 34(1), 39(1) or 62(4)(a).




                                                                            page 39
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 2      Referrals for examination
     s. 48



1    48.         How assessment must be conducted
2          (1)   In this section --
3                prescribed health professional means --
4                  (a) a medical practitioner; or
5                  (b) a nurse; or
6                  (c) an occupational therapist; or
7                  (d) a psychologist; or
8                  (e) a social worker; or
9                   (f) if the person being assessed is of Aboriginal or Torres
10                        Strait Islander descent --
11                          (i) a health professional listed in paragraphs (a)
12                                 to (e); or
13                         (ii) an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander mental
14                                 health worker.
15         (2)   The assessment must be conducted in the least restrictive way,
16               and the least restrictive environment, practicable.
17         (3)   Unless subsection (4) applies, the practitioner and the person
18               being assessed --
19                 (a) must be in one another's physical presence; or
20                 (b) if that is not practicable -- must be able to hear one
21                      another without using a communication device (for
22                      example, by being able to hear one another through a
23                      door).
24         (4)   The practitioner may conduct the assessment using audiovisual
25               communication if --
26                 (a) the person being assessed is outside a metropolitan area;
27                      and
28                 (b) it is not practicable for the practitioner to comply with
29                      subsection (3)(a) or (b); and




     page 40
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                 Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                            Referrals for examination     Division 2
                                                                                 s. 49



1                  (c)   a prescribed health professional and the person being
2                        assessed --
3                          (i) are in one another's physical presence; or
4                         (ii) if that is not practicable -- are able to hear one
5                               another without using a communication device
6                               (for example, by being able to hear one another
7                               through a door).
8          (5)   For the purposes of this Act, an assessment conducted using
9                audiovisual communication is taken to be conducted, and any
10               referral made as a result is taken to be made, at the place where
11               the person assessed is when the assessment is conducted.
12   49.         Information to which practitioner may have regard
13         (1)   The practitioner may have regard to any information about the
14               person being assessed that is obtained by the practitioner --
15                 (a) from --
16                        (i) the person, including information obtained by
17                              observing the person and asking the person
18                              questions; or
19                       (ii) any other person;
20                      and
21                 (b) from the person's medical record.
22         (2)   The practitioner cannot conclude that there is a reasonable
23               suspicion that the person being assessed is in need of an
24               involuntary treatment order solely on the basis of information
25               referred to in either or both of subsection (1)(a)(ii) and (b).

26   50.         Assessment of person of Aboriginal or Torres Strait
27               Islander descent
28               To the extent that it is practicable and appropriate to do so, the
29               assessment of a person who is of Aboriginal or Torres Strait
30               Islander descent must be conducted in collaboration with --
31                 (a) Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander mental health
32                       workers; and

                                                                             page 41
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 3      Examinations
     s. 51



1                 (b)   significant members of the person's community,
2                       including elders and traditional healers.

3                            Division 3 -- Examinations
4                Subdivision 1 -- Examination at authorised hospital

5    51.         Application of this Subdivision
6                This Subdivision applies in relation to a person who is referred
7                under section 26(2) or 36(2) for an examination to be conducted
8                by a psychiatrist at an authorised hospital.

9    52.         Detention for examination on referral made under s. 26(2)
10         (1)   A person who is referred under section 26(2) --
11                (a) must be received into the authorised hospital unless
12                      subsection (2) applies; and
13                (b) can be detained there, to enable the examination to be
14                      conducted, for up to 24 hours from the time when the
15                      person is received.
16         (2)   The person cannot be received into the authorised hospital if the
17               referral has expired.
18         (3)   The person in charge of the authorised hospital must ensure that
19               the person has the opportunity and the means to contact any
20               carer, close family member or other personal support person of
21               the person, the person's psychiatrist and the Chief Mental
22               Health Advocate --
23                 (a) as soon as practicable after the person is received into
24                        the authorised hospital; and
25                 (b) at all reasonable times while the person is detained there
26                        under subsection (1)(b).
27         (4)   The person cannot continue to be detained if, by the end of the
28               24-hour period referred to in subsection (1)(b) --
29                 (a) the examination has not been completed; or


     page 42
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                                      Examinations       Division 3
                                                                                s. 53



1                 (b)   the examination has been completed but an order has not
2                       been made under section 55(1) in respect of the person.
3          (5)   Reception at an authorised hospital under this section is not
4                admission by the hospital under this Act.

5    53.         Detention for examination on referral made under s. 36(2)
6          (1)   A person who is referred under section 36(2) can be detained at
7                the authorised hospital, to enable the examination to be
8                conducted, for up to 24 hours from the time when --
9                  (a) if section 36(1)(a) applies -- the order for the
10                       assessment of the person was made under section 34(1);
11                       or
12                 (b) if section 36(1)(b) applies -- the person was referred
13                       under section 36(2).
14         (2)   The person in charge of the authorised hospital must ensure that
15               the person has the opportunity and the means to contact any
16               carer, close family member or other personal support person of
17               the person, the person's psychiatrist and the Chief Mental
18               Health Advocate --
19                 (a) as soon as practicable after the person is detained under
20                        subsection (1) at the authorised hospital; and
21                 (b) at all reasonable times while the person is detained there
22                        under subsection (1).
23         (3)   The person cannot continue to be detained if, by the end of the
24               24-hour period referred to in subsection (1)(a) or (b) --
25                 (a) the examination has not been completed; or
26                (b) the examination has been completed but an order has not
27                      been made under section 55(1) in respect of the person.

28   54.         Conducting examination
29               Subdivision 6 applies in relation to the conduct of the
30               examination referred to in section 52(1)(b) or 53(1).


                                                                            page 43
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 3      Examinations
     s. 55



1    55.         What psychiatrist must do on completing examination
2          (1)   On completing the examination referred to in section 52(1)(b)
3                or 53(1), the psychiatrist must make one of these orders --
4                  (a) an inpatient treatment order authorising the person's
5                       detention at the authorised hospital for the period
6                       specified in the order in accordance with section 87(a)
7                       or (b);
8                  (b) a community treatment order in respect of the person;
9                  (c) an order authorising the continuation of the person's
10                      detention at the authorised hospital to enable a further
11                      examination to be conducted by a psychiatrist;
12                 (d) an order that the person cannot continue to be detained.
13         (2)   The order must be in the approved form and must include the
14               following --
15                 (a) the date and time when it is made;
16                 (b) if it is made under subsection (1)(a), (b) or (c) -- the
17                      reasons for making it;
18                 (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the
19                      psychiatrist.
20         (3)   The person can continue to be detained at the authorised
21               hospital under an order made under subsection (1)(c) for the
22               period specified in the order, which cannot exceed 72 hours
23               from the time when the person was --
24                 (a) received into the authorised hospital under
25                       section 52(1)(a); or
26                 (b) detained at the authorised hospital under section 53(1).
27         (4)   An order made under subsection (1)(c) cannot be extended.
28         (5)   The psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file the order
29               made under subsection (1) and give a copy to the person.
30         (6)   The making of an order under subsection (1) is an event to
31               which Part 9 applies and the person in charge of the authorised

     page 44
                                                                    Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                       Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                                             Examinations       Division 3
                                                                                       s. 56



1                hospital is the person responsible under that Part for notification
2                of that event.
3                Notes for section 55:

4                1.     A community treatment order in respect of an involuntary community
5                       patient who is referred under section 26(2) or 36(2) is automatically
6                       revoked under section 116(b) if a psychiatrist makes an inpatient
7                       treatment order under section 55(1)(a) in respect of the involuntary
8                       community patient.

 9               2.     Part 7 Division 4 applies in relation to the release of a person who is
10                      detained at an authorised hospital under an order made under
11                      section 55(1)(c).

12               3.     Part 7 Division 5 applies if a person who is under an order made under
13                      section 55(1)(c) is absent without leave from the authorised hospital
14                      where the person can be detained under the order.

15               4.     A community treatment order in respect of an involuntary community
16                      patient who is referred under section 26(2) is no longer suspended if a
17                      psychiatrist makes an order under section 55(1)(d) that the involuntary
18                      community patient cannot continue to be detained (see
19                      section 30(b)(i)).

20   56.         Effect of order for continuation of detention
21         (1)   An order made under section 55(1)(c) authorises the
22               continuation of the person's detention until the first of these
23               things occurs --
24                 (a) a psychiatrist conducts the further examination and
25                       makes one of these orders --
26                          (i) an inpatient treatment order authorising the
27                               person's detention at the authorised hospital for
28                               the period specified in the order in accordance
29                               with section 87(a) or (b);
30                         (ii) a community treatment order in respect of the
31                               person;
32                        (iii) an order that the person cannot continue to be
33                               detained;
34                 (b) the expiry of the period specified in the order under
35                       section 55(3).


                                                                                        page 45
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 3      Examinations
     s. 57



1          (2)   An order made under subsection (1)(a) must be in the approved
2                form and must include the following --
3                  (a) the date and time when it is made;
4                  (b) if it is made under subsection (1)(a)(i) or (ii) -- the
5                       reasons for making it;
6                  (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the psychiatrist
7                       making it.
8          (3)   A psychiatrist who makes an order under subsection (1)(a)
9                must, as soon as practicable, file it and give a copy to the
10               person.
11               Notes for section 56:

12               1.     A community treatment order in respect of an involuntary community
13                      patient who is referred under section 26(2) or 36(2) is automatically
14                      revoked under section 116(b) if a psychiatrist makes an inpatient
15                      treatment order under section 56(1)(a)(i) in respect of the involuntary
16                      community patient.

17               2.     A community treatment order in respect of an involuntary community
18                      patient who is referred under section 26(2) is no longer suspended if a
19                      psychiatrist makes an order under section 56(1)(a)(iii) that the
20                      involuntary community patient cannot continue to be detained (see
21                      section 30(b)(i)).

22   Subdivision 2 -- Examination at place that is not authorised hospital

23   57.         Application of this Subdivision
24               This Subdivision applies in relation to a person who is referred
25               under section 26(3)(a) for an examination to be conducted by a
26               psychiatrist at a place that is not an authorised hospital.

27   58.         Detention for examination
28         (1)   The person --
29                (a) must be received into the place unless subsection (2)
30                      applies; and




     page 46
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                                      Examinations       Division 3
                                                                                s. 59



1                 (b)   can be detained there, to enable the examination to be
2                       conducted, for up to 24 hours from the time when the
3                       person is received.
4          (2)   The person cannot be received into the place if the referral has
5                expired.
6          (3)   The person in charge of the place must ensure that the person
7                has the opportunity and the means to contact any carer, close
8                family member or other personal support person of the person,
9                the person's psychiatrist and the Chief Mental Health
10               Advocate --
11                 (a) as soon as practicable after the person is received into
12                       the place; and
13                 (b) at all reasonable times while the person is detained there
14                       under subsection (1)(b).
15         (4)   The person cannot continue to be detained if, by the end of the
16               24-hour period referred to in subsection (1)(b) --
17                 (a) either --
18                         (i) the examination has not been completed; or
19                        (ii) the examination has been completed but an order
20                              has not been made under section 61(1) in respect
21                              of the person;
22                      and
23                (b) if the place is outside a metropolitan area -- an order
24                      authorising the continuation of the person's detention
25                      from the end of that period has not been made under
26                      section 59(2).

27   59.         Detention at place outside metropolitan area
28         (1)   This section applies if --
29                (a) the person is referred for an examination at a place that
30                      is outside a metropolitan area; and



                                                                            page 47
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 3      Examinations
     s. 60



1               (b)   it is not practicable to complete the examination within
2                     the 24-hour period referred to in section 58(1)(b).
3       (2)    A medical practitioner or authorised mental health practitioner
4              at the place may make an order authorising the continuation of
5              the person's detention at the place, to enable the examination to
6              be completed, for up to an additional 48 hours from the end of
7              the 24-hour period.
8       (3)    The order must be in the approved form and must include the
9              following --
10               (a) the date and time when it is made;
11               (b) the date and time when it expires;
12               (c) the reasons for the continuation;
13               (d) the name, qualifications and signature of the practitioner
14                    making it.
15      (4)    The practitioner who makes the order must, as soon as
16             practicable, file it and give a copy to the person.
17      (5)    The practitioner who makes the order must ensure that the
18             person has the opportunity and the means to contact any carer,
19             close family member or other personal support person of the
20             person, the person's psychiatrist and the Chief Mental Health
21             Advocate --
22               (a) as soon as practicable after the order is made; and
23               (b) at all reasonable times while the person is detained
24                     under the order.
25      (6)    The person cannot continue to be detained if, by the end of the
26             additional 48-hour period --
27               (a) the examination has not been completed; or
28               (b) the examination has been completed but an order has not
29                     been made under section 61(1) in respect of the person.




     page 48
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                                      Examinations       Division 3
                                                                                s. 60



1    60.         Conducting examination
2                Subdivision 6 applies in relation to the conduct of the
3                examination.

4    61.         What psychiatrist must do on completing examination
5          (1)   On completing the examination, the psychiatrist must make one
6                of these orders --
7                  (a) an inpatient treatment order authorising the person's
8                        detention at the general hospital specified in the order
9                        for the period specified in the order in accordance with
10                       section 87(a) or (b);
11                 (b) a community treatment order in respect of the person;
12                 (c) an order authorising the person's reception at an
13                       authorised hospital, and the person's detention there, to
14                       enable an examination to be conducted by a psychiatrist;
15                 (d) an order that the person cannot continue to be detained.
16         (2)   However, the psychiatrist cannot make an order under
17               subsection (1)(a) unless --
18                 (a) satisfied that attempting to take the person to, or to
19                      detain the person at, an authorised hospital poses a
20                      significant risk to the person's physical health; and
21                 (b) the Chief Psychiatrist consents to the order being made.
22         (3)   The order must be in the approved form and must include the
23               following --
24                 (a) the date and time when it is made;
25                 (b) if it is made under subsection (1)(a), (b) or (c) -- the
26                      reasons for making it;
27                 (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the
28                      psychiatrist.
29         (4)   The psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file the order and
30               give a copy to the person.


                                                                            page 49
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 3      Examinations
     s. 62



1          (5)   The making of an order under subsection (1) is an event to
2                which Part 9 applies and the psychiatrist who makes the order is
3                the person responsible under that Part for notification of that
4                event.
5                Notes for section 61:

6                1.     A community treatment order in respect of a person who is referred
7                       under section 26(3)(a) is automatically revoked under section 116(b) if
8                       a psychiatrist makes an inpatient treatment order under
9                       section 61(1)(a) in respect of the involuntary community patient.

10               2.     Part 7 Division 4 applies in relation to the release of a person who is
11                      detained at an authorised hospital under an order made under
12                      section 61(1)(c).

13               3.     Part 7 Division 5 applies if a person who is under an order made under
14                      section 61(1)(c) is absent without leave from the authorised hospital
15                      where the person can be detained under the order.

16               4.     A community treatment order in respect of a person who is referred
17                      under section 26(3)(a) is no longer suspended if a psychiatrist makes
18                      an order under section 61(1)(d) that the involuntary community patient
19                      cannot continue to be detained (see section 30(b)(i)).

20   62.         Detention to enable person to be taken to hospital
21         (1)   A medical practitioner or authorised mental health practitioner
22               may make an order authorising the continuation of the person's
23               detention for up to 24 hours from the time when the order under
24               section 61(1)(a) or (c) is made if satisfied that, because of the
25               person's mental or physical condition, the person needs to be
26               detained to enable the person to be taken to the hospital.
27         (2)   A medical practitioner or authorised mental health practitioner
28               may, immediately before the end of the period of detention
29               authorised under subsection (1) or any further period of
30               detention authorised under this subsection in respect of the
31               person, make an order authorising the continuation of the
32               person's detention for up to 24 hours from the end of that period
33               to enable the person to be taken to the hospital.
34         (3)   A person cannot be detained under orders made under this
35               section for a continuous period of more than 72 hours.


     page 50
                                                       Mental Health Bill 2013
                                          Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                                Examinations       Division 3
                                                                          s. 62



1    (4)   A medical practitioner or authorised mental health practitioner
2          cannot make an order under subsection (2) in respect of the
3          person unless --
4            (a) immediately before making the order, the practitioner
5                 assesses the person; and
6            (b) as a consequence, the practitioner is satisfied that,
7                 because of the person's mental or physical condition, the
8                 person still needs to be detained to enable the person to
9                 be taken to the hospital.
10   (5)   Division 2 Subdivision 4 applies in relation to the conduct of an
11         assessment required by subsection (4)(a).
12   (6)   An order made under this section must be in the approved form
13         and must include the following --
14           (a) the date and time when it is made;
15           (b) the date and time when it expires;
16           (c) the reasons for the continuation;
17           (d) the name, qualifications and signature of the practitioner
18                making it.
19   (7)   A practitioner who makes an order under this section in respect
20         of a person must, as soon as practicable, file it and give a copy
21         to the person.
22   (8)   A practitioner who makes an order under this section in respect
23         of a person must ensure that the person has the opportunity and
24         the means to contact any carer, close family member or other
25         personal support person of the person, the person's psychiatrist
26         and the Chief Mental Health Advocate --
27           (a) as soon as practicable after it is made; and
28           (b) at all reasonable times while the person is detained
29                 under it.




                                                                      page 51
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 3      Examinations
     s. 63



1          (9)   The person cannot continue to be detained if, by the end of a
2                period of detention authorised under this section in respect of
3                the person --
4                  (a) the person has not been taken to the hospital; and
5                  (b) the person has not been apprehended under a transport
6                        order made under section 63(1); and
7                  (c) an order under subsection (2) authorising the
8                        continuation of the person's detention from the end of
9                        that period has not been made or, because of
10                       subsection (3), cannot be made.

11   63.         Making transport order
12         (1)   A psychiatrist may make a transport order in respect of a person
13               who is under an order made under section 61(1)(a) or (c).
14         (2)   The psychiatrist cannot make the transport order unless satisfied
15               that --
16                 (a) because of the person's mental or physical condition, the
17                      person needs to be taken to the hospital specified in the
18                      order made under section 61(1)(a) or (c); and
19                 (b) no other safe means of taking the person is reasonably
20                      available.
21         (3)   Part 10 applies in relation to the transport order.

22   Subdivision 3 -- Inpatient treatment order authorising detention at
23                           general hospital

24   64.         Application of this Subdivision
25               This Subdivision applies in relation to an involuntary inpatient
26               under an inpatient treatment order made under section 61(1)(a)
27               or 131(2)(a) authorising the involuntary inpatient's detention at
28               a general hospital.




     page 52
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                 Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                                       Examinations       Division 3
                                                                                 s. 65



1    65.         Treating psychiatrist must report regularly to Chief
2                Psychiatrist
3          (1)   At the end of each successive 7-day period that the involuntary
4                inpatient is detained at the general hospital, the treating
5                psychiatrist must report to the Chief Psychiatrist about these
6                matters --
7                  (a) the involuntary inpatient's mental and physical
8                        condition;
9                  (b) any treatment (as defined in section 4) being provided to
10                       the involuntary inpatient at the general hospital;
11                 (c) any other medical or surgical treatment being provided
12                       to the involuntary inpatient at the general hospital.
13         (2)   The report must be in the approved form.

14   66.         Transfer from general hospital to authorised hospital
15         (1)   Once the treating psychiatrist is satisfied that attempting to take
16               the involuntary inpatient to, or to detain the involuntary
17               inpatient at, an authorised hospital no longer poses a significant
18               risk to the inpatient's physical health, then as soon as
19               practicable, the treating psychiatrist must make an order (a
20               transfer order) authorising the inpatient's transfer to the
21               authorised hospital specified in the order.
22         (2)   In deciding whether or not there is still a significant risk to the
23               involuntary inpatient's physical health, the treating psychiatrist
24               may consult with any other medical practitioner or health care
25               provider who is responsible for any medical or surgical
26               treatment being provided to the inpatient.
27         (3)   The transfer order must be in the approved form and must
28               include the following --
29                 (a) the involuntary inpatient's name;
30                 (b) the general hospital from which the involuntary
31                       inpatient is to be transferred;


                                                                             page 53
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 3      Examinations
     s. 67



1                  (c)   the authorised hospital to which the involuntary
2                        inpatient is to be transferred;
3                 (d)    the date and time when the order is made;
4                 (e)    the reasons for the transfer;
5                  (f)   the name, qualifications and signature of the treating
6                        psychiatrist.
7          (4)   The treating psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file the
8                transfer order and give a copy to the involuntary patient.
9          (5)   The making of a transfer order under subsection (1) is an event
10               to which Part 9 applies and the treating psychiatrist is the person
11               responsible under that Part for notification of that event.

12   67.         Making transport order
13         (1)   A psychiatrist may make a transport order in respect of an
14               inpatient who is under a transfer order made under
15               section 66(1).
16         (2)   The psychiatrist cannot make the transport order unless satisfied
17               that no other safe means of taking the involuntary inpatient to
18               the authorised hospital is reasonably available.
19         (3)   Part 10 applies in relation to the transport order.

20   68.         Confirmation of inpatient treatment order
21         (1)   This section applies if --
22                (a) the psychiatrist who conducted the examination for the
23                      purpose of making the inpatient treatment order and the
24                      involuntary inpatient were not in one another's physical
25                      presence when that examination was conducted; and
26                (b) since that examination was conducted, there has been no
27                      further examination of the involuntary inpatient
28                      conducted by a psychiatrist during which the
29                      psychiatrist and the inpatient were in one another's
30                      physical presence.


     page 54
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                 Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                                       Examinations       Division 3
                                                                                 s. 69



1          (2)   Within 24 hours after the involuntary inpatient is admitted by
2                the authorised hospital in accordance with the transfer order, the
3                inpatient treatment order must be confirmed by a psychiatrist at
4                the authorised hospital.
5          (3)   The psychiatrist cannot confirm the inpatient treatment order
6                without examining the involuntary inpatient.
7          (4)   Subdivision 6 applies in relation to the conduct of the
8                examination.
9          (5)   The confirmation must be in the approved form and must
10               include the following --
11                 (a) the date and time when it is made;
12                 (b) the reasons for the confirmation;
13                 (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the
14                       psychiatrist.
15         (6)   The inpatient treatment order ceases to be in force if it is not
16               confirmed in accordance with subsection (2).
17         (7)   The release of a person because of subsection (6) is an event to
18               which Part 9 applies and the person in charge of the authorised
19               hospital is the person responsible under that Part for notification
20               of that event.

21                Subdivision 4 -- Order for further examination at
22                               authorised hospital

23   69.         Application of this Subdivision
24               This Subdivision applies in relation to a person who is under an
25               order made under section 61(1)(c) that the person be received
26               into an authorised hospital, and detained there, to enable an
27               examination to be conducted by a psychiatrist.




                                                                             page 55
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 3      Examinations
     s. 70



1    70.         Detention at authorised hospital
2          (1)   The person --
3                 (a) must be received into the authorised hospital unless
4                       subsection (2) applies; and
5                 (b) can be detained there, to enable the examination to be
6                       conducted, for up to 24 hours from the time when the
7                       person is received.
8          (2)   The person cannot be received into the authorised hospital more
9                than 72 hours after the time when the order under
10               section 61(1)(c) is made.
11         (3)   The person in charge of the authorised hospital must ensure that
12               the person has the opportunity and the means to contact any
13               carer, close family member or other personal support person of
14               the person, the person's psychiatrist and the Chief Mental
15               Health Advocate --
16                 (a) as soon as practicable after the person is received into
17                        the authorised hospital; and
18                 (b) at all reasonable times while the person is detained there
19                        under subsection (1)(b).
20         (4)   The person cannot continue to be detained if, by the end of the
21               24-hour period referred to in subsection (1)(b) --
22                 (a) the examination has not been completed; or
23                (b) the examination has been completed but an order has not
24                      been made under section 72(1) in respect of the person.
25         (5)   Reception at an authorised hospital under this section is not
26               admission by the hospital under this Act.

27   71.         Conducting examination at authorised hospital
28               Subdivision 6 applies in relation to the conduct of the
29               examination.




     page 56
                                                                   Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                      Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                                            Examinations       Division 3
                                                                                      s. 72



1    72.         What psychiatrist must do on completing examination
2          (1)   On completing the examination, the psychiatrist must make one
3                of these orders --
4                  (a) an inpatient treatment order authorising the person's
5                        detention at the authorised hospital for the period
6                        specified in the order in accordance with section 87(a)
7                        or (b);
8                  (b) a community treatment order in respect of the person;
9                  (c) an order that the person cannot continue to be detained.
10         (2)   The order must be in the approved form and must include the
11               following --
12                 (a) the date and time when it is made;
13                 (b) if it is made under subsection (1)(a) or (b) -- the reasons
14                      for making it;
15                 (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the
16                      psychiatrist.
17         (3)   The psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file the order and
18               give a copy to the person.
19               Notes for section 72:

20               1.     A community treatment order is automatically revoked under
21                      section 116(b) if a psychiatrist makes an inpatient treatment order
22                      under section 72(1)(a) in respect of the involuntary community patient.

23               2.     A community treatment order is no longer suspended if a psychiatrist
24                      makes an order under section 72(1)(c) that the involuntary community
25                      patient cannot continue to be detained.

26                    Subdivision 5 -- Examination without referral

27   73.         Application of this Subdivision
28               This Subdivision applies if a person is examined by a
29               psychiatrist in circumstances other than --
30                 (a) because of a referral made under section 26(2) or (3)(a)
31                      or 36(2); or


                                                                                      page 57
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 3      Examinations
     s. 74



1                 (b)    because of an order made under section 55(1)(c)
2                        or 61(1)(c); or
3                  (c)   under section 89(1) or 131(3) or (5)(a).

4    74.         Conducting examination
5                Subdivision 6 applies in relation to the conduct of the
6                examination.

7    75.         What psychiatrist may do on completing examination
8          (1)   On completing the examination, the psychiatrist may make a
9                community treatment order in respect of the person.
10         (2)   The order must be in the approved form and must include the
11               following --
12                 (a) the date and time when it is made;
13                 (b) the reasons for making it;
14                 (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the
15                      psychiatrist.
16         (3)   The psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file the order and
17               give a copy to the person.

18   76.         Confirmation of community treatment order
19         (1)   Within 72 hours after the time when the community treatment
20               order is made, it must be confirmed by --
21                 (a) another psychiatrist; or
22                 (b) if another psychiatrist is not reasonably available --
23                         (i) another medical practitioner; or
24                        (ii) an authorised mental health practitioner.
25         (2)   The confirmation must be in the approved form and must
26               include the following --
27                 (a) the date and time when it is made;
28                 (b) the reasons for the confirmation;


     page 58
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                 Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                                       Examinations       Division 3
                                                                                 s. 77



1                  (c)    the name, qualifications and signature of the practitioner
2                         confirming the community treatment order.
3          (3)   The supervising psychiatrist --
4                 (a) must inform the person about whether or not the order
5                       has been confirmed; and
6                 (b) if it has been confirmed -- file the confirmation and
7                       give a copy to the person.
8          (4)   The order ceases to be in force if it is not confirmed in
9                accordance with subsection (1).

10                       Subdivision 6 -- Conduct of examination

11   77.         Application of this Subdivision
12               This Subdivision applies in relation to an examination
13               conducted in any of these circumstances --
14                 (a) by a psychiatrist because of a referral made under
15                      section 26(2) or (3)(a) or 36(2);
16                 (b) by a psychiatrist because of an order made under
17                      section 55(1)(c) or 61(1)(c) for the detention of a person
18                      at an authorised hospital to enable the person to be
19                      examined;
20                 (c) by a psychiatrist for the purpose of confirming an
21                      inpatient treatment order, as required by section 68(3)
22                      or 124(3);
23                 (d) by a psychiatrist in circumstances in which
24                      Subdivision 5 applies;
25                 (e) by a supervising psychiatrist before the review period
26                      for a community treatment order ends, as required by
27                      section 118(2)(a);
28                  (f) by a medical practitioner or authorised mental health
29                      practitioner before the review period for a community
30                      treatment order ends, as required by section 118(2)(b);



                                                                             page 59
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 3      Examinations
     s. 78



1                 (g)    by a supervising psychiatrist for the purpose of making
2                        an inpatient treatment order, as required by
3                        section 120(3), 123(2) or 131(3);
4                 (h)    by a supervising psychiatrist for the purpose of making
5                        an order revoking a community treatment order, as
6                        permitted by section 120(4)(a), 123(3)(a) or 131(5)(a);
7                  (i)   by a supervising psychiatrist for the purpose of making a
8                        continuation order, as required by section 121(2);
9                  (j)   by a psychiatrist for the purpose of giving a further
10                       opinion, as required by section 182(6) as applied by
11                       section 121(6) or as required by section 182(6).

12   78.         Referring psychiatrist cannot conduct examination
13               An examination referred to section 77(a) cannot be conducted
14               by the psychiatrist who made the referral under section 26(2)
15               or (3)(a) or 36(2).

16   79.         How examination must be conducted
17         (1)   In this section --
18               prescribed health professional means --
19                 (a) a medical practitioner; or
20                 (b) a nurse; or
21                 (c) an occupational therapist; or
22                 (d) a psychologist; or
23                 (e) a social worker; or
24                  (f) if the person being assessed is of Aboriginal or Torres
25                        Strait Islander descent --
26                          (i) a health professional listed in paragraphs (a)
27                                 to (e); or
28                         (ii) an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander mental
29                                 health worker.




     page 60
                                                        Mental Health Bill 2013
                                           Involuntary patients          Part 6
                                                 Examinations       Division 3
                                                                           s. 79



1    (2)   An examination must be conducted in the least restrictive way,
2          and the least restrictive environment, practicable.
3    (3)   For an examination referred to in section 77(a), (b), (d), (f)
4          or (g), unless subsection (4) applies, the psychiatrist or
5          practitioner and the person being examined must be in one
6          another's physical presence.
7    (4)   The psychiatrist or practitioner may conduct the examination
8          using audiovisual communication if --
9            (a) the person being examined is at a place that is not an
10                authorised hospital and is outside a metropolitan area;
11                and
12           (b) it is not practicable for the psychiatrist or practitioner to
13                comply with subsection (3); and
14           (c) a prescribed health professional and the person being
15                examined are in one another's physical presence.
16   (5)   For an examination referred to in section 77(c) or in
17         section 77(e) if it is also an examination required by
18         section 120(3), the psychiatrist and the person being examined
19         must be in one another's physical presence and the examination
20         cannot be conducted using audiovisual communication.
21   (6)   For an examination referred to in section 77(e) unless it is also
22         an examination required by section 120(3) or in section 77(h),
23         (i) or (j) --
24            (a) the psychiatrist and the person being examined need not
25                   be in one another's physical presence; but
26           (b) if they are not -- each of them must be able to see and
27                   hear the other while the other is speaking (for example,
28                   by being able to see one another through a window and
29                   hear one another using a telephone or to see and hear
30                   one another using audiovisual communication).
31   (7)   For the purposes of this Act, an examination conducted using
32         audiovisual communication is taken to be conducted, and any


                                                                       page 61
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 6          Involuntary patients
     Division 3      Examinations
     s. 80



1                order made as a result is taken to be made, at the place where
2                the person examined is when the examination is conducted.

3    80.         Information to which examiner may have regard
4          (1)   The psychiatrist or practitioner may have regard to any
5                information about the person being examined that is obtained by
6                the psychiatrist or practitioner from one or more of the
7                following --
8                  (a) the person, including information obtained by observing
9                        the person and asking the person questions;
10                 (b) if the person is of Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander
11                       descent --
12                          (i) an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander mental
13                               health worker; or
14                         (ii) a significant member of the person's community,
15                               including an elder or traditional healer;
16                 (c) any other person;
17                 (d) the person's medical record.
18         (2)   The psychiatrist or practitioner cannot conclude that the person
19               being examined is in need of, is still in need of, or is no longer
20               in need of, an involuntary treatment order solely on the basis of
21               information referred to in one or more of subsection (1)(b)(i)
22               or (ii), (c) or (d).

23   81.         Examination of person of Aboriginal or Torres Strait
24               Islander descent
25               To the extent that it is practicable and appropriate to do so, the
26               examination of a person who is of Aboriginal or Torres Strait
27               Islander descent must be conducted in collaboration with --
28                 (a) Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander mental health
29                       workers; and
30                 (b) significant members of the person's community,
31                       including elders and traditional healers.


     page 62
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
                              Detention for examination or treatment           Part 7
                                                Preliminary matters       Division 1
                                                                                 s. 82



1          Part 7 -- Detention for examination or treatment
2                        Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
3    82.         Application of this Part
4                This Part does not apply in relation to a mentally impaired
5                accused who is being detained at an authorised hospital under
6                the MIA Act, whether or not the mentally impaired accused was
7                being detained at the authorised hospital under this Act
8                immediately before the mentally impaired accused was detained
9                at the authorised hospital under the MIA Act.

10     Division 2 -- Detention at authorised hospital or other place
11                          for examination
12   83.         Detention authorised
13         (1)   This section applies in relation to any of these people --
14                (a) a person who can be detained at an authorised hospital
15                      under section 34(3) because of an order for an
16                      assessment made under section 34(1);
17                (b) a person who can be detained at an authorised hospital
18                      under section 52(1)(b) because of a referral made under
19                      section 26(2);
20                (c) a person who can be detained at an authorised hospital
21                      under section 53(1) because of a referral made under
22                      section 36(2);
23                (d) a person who is under an order made under
24                      section 55(1)(c) authorising the continuation of the
25                      person's detention at an authorised hospital to enable a
26                      further examination to be conducted;
27                (e) a person who can be detained at a place that is not an
28                      authorised hospital under section 58(1)(b) because of a
29                      referral made under section 26(3)(a);



                                                                             page 63
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 7          Detention for examination or treatment
     Division 3      Detention at hospital under inpatient treatment order
     s. 84



1                     (f)     a person who is under an order made under section 59(2)
2                             authorising the continuation of the person's detention at
3                             a place that is not an authorised hospital to enable an
4                             examination to be completed;
5                     (g)     a person who is under an order made under
6                             section 61(1)(c) authorising the person's detention at an
7                             authorised hospital to enable an examination to be
8                             conducted.
9          (2)    The referral or order authorises --
10                 (a) the person's reception at the authorised hospital or other
11                       place specified in the referral or order; and
12                 (b) the person's detention there for the period authorised by
13                       this Act for which the person can be detained because of
14                       the referral or under the order; and
15                 (c) a person who is prescribed by the regulations for this
16                       paragraph to exercise the powers under section 172 for
17                       the purpose of detaining the person there.
18               Notes for section 83:

19               1.         The period for which a person can be detained under section 34(3) is
20                          authorised under that provision.

21               2.         The period for which a person can be detained under section 52(1)(b),
22                          53(1) or 58(1)(b), or under an order made under section 55(1)(c), 59(2)
23                          or 61(1)(c), is authorised under Part 6 Division 3.

24               Division 3 -- Detention at hospital under inpatient
25                               treatment order
26   84.          Application of this Division
27                This Division applies in relation to an involuntary inpatient who
28                is under an inpatient treatment order authorising the involuntary
29                inpatient's detention at an authorised hospital or a general
30                hospital.




     page 64
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                          Detention for examination or treatment           Part 7
            Detention at hospital under inpatient treatment order     Division 3
                                                                             s. 85



1          Notes for section 84:

2          1.     An inpatient treatment order authorising a person's detention at an
3                 authorised hospital can be made under section 55(1)(a), 56(1)(a)(i),
4                 72(1)(a), 120(2)(a), 123(1)(a) or 131(2)(a).

5          2.     An inpatient treatment order authorising a person's detention at a
6                 general hospital can be made under section 61(1)(a) or 131(2)(a).

7    85.   Terms used
8          In this Division --
9          continuation order means a continuation order made under
10         section 89(2)(a);
11         detention period, for an inpatient treatment order, means --
12           (a) the period for which the involuntary inpatient can be
13                 detained under the order as specified in the order in
14                 accordance with section 87(a) or (b); or
15           (b) the further period for which the involuntary inpatient
16                 can be detained under the order as specified in a
17                 continuation order.

18   86.   Detention authorised
19         An inpatient treatment order authorises --
20          (a) the involuntary inpatient's admission as an inpatient
21                by --
22                   (i) the hospital specified in the order; and
23                  (ii) any authorised hospital to which the patient is
24                        transferred under section 66(1) or 91(2);
25                and
26          (b) the involuntary inpatient's detention there for the period
27                authorised by this Act for which the inpatient can be
28                detained under this Act; and
29          (c) a person who is prescribed by the regulations for this
30                paragraph to exercise the powers under section 172 for
31                the purpose of detaining the involuntary inpatient there.


                                                                                page 65
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 7          Detention for examination or treatment
     Division 3      Detention at hospital under inpatient treatment order
     s. 87



1    87.         Period that must be specified in inpatient treatment order
2                The period specified in an inpatient treatment order as the
3                period for which the involuntary inpatient can be detained under
4                the order cannot exceed --
5                  (a) if, when the order is made, the involuntary inpatient is
6                        an adult -- 21 days from the day on which the order is
7                        made; or
8                  (b) if, when the order is made, the involuntary inpatient is a
9                        child -- 14 days from the day on which the order is
10                       made.

11   88.         Period for which detention is authorised
12               An inpatient treatment order authorises the involuntary
13               inpatient's detention until the first of these things occurs --
14                 (a) a psychiatrist makes an order under section 89(2)(b)
15                       or 90(1)(a) in respect of the involuntary inpatient;
16                 (b) a psychiatrist revokes the order under section 89(2)(c)
17                       or 90(1)(b);
18                 (c) the expiry of the detention period unless the detention of
19                       the involuntary inpatient under the inpatient treatment
20                       order has been continued under a continuation order.

21   89.         Examination before end of each detention period
22         (1)   The treating psychiatrist must ensure that, on or within 7 days
23               before the day on which the detention period for an inpatient
24               treatment order ends, the involuntary inpatient is examined by a
25               psychiatrist.
26         (2)   On completing the examination, the psychiatrist who conducted
27               it must make one of these orders --
28                  (a) if satisfied, having regard to the criteria specified in
29                       section 25, that the involuntary inpatient is still in need
30                       of the inpatient treatment order -- a continuation order
31                       continuing the inpatient treatment order from the end of


     page 66
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                         Detention for examination or treatment           Part 7
           Detention at hospital under inpatient treatment order     Division 3
                                                                            s. 89



1                  the detention period for the further detention period that
2                  is specified in the continuation order in accordance with
3                  subsection (3)(a) or (b);
4           (b)    if satisfied, having regard to the criteria specified in
5                  section 25, that the involuntary inpatient is no longer in
6                  need of the inpatient treatment order but is in need of a
7                  community treatment order -- a community treatment
8                  order in respect of the inpatient;
9            (c)   if satisfied, having regard to the criteria in section 25,
10                 that the involuntary inpatient is no longer in need of an
11                 involuntary treatment order -- an order revoking the
12                 inpatient treatment order.
13   (3)   For subsection (2)(a), the detention period specified in a
14         continuation order cannot exceed --
15           (a) if, when the continuation order is made, the involuntary
16                inpatient is an adult -- 3 months; or
17           (b) if, when the continuation order is made, the involuntary
18                inpatient is a child -- 28 days.
19   (4)   An order made under subsection (2) must be in the approved
20         form and must include the following --
21           (a) the date and time when it is made;
22           (b) if it is made under subsection (2)(a) or (b) -- the reasons
23                for making it;
24           (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the psychiatrist
25                making it.
26   (5)   A psychiatrist who makes an order under subsection (2) must, as
27         soon as practicable, file it and give a copy to the involuntary
28         inpatient.
29   (6)   The release of a person because of an order made under
30         subsection (2)(b) or (c) is an event to which Part 9 applies and
31         the person in charge of the hospital is the person responsible
32         under that Part for notification of that event.


                                                                        page 67
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 7          Detention for examination or treatment
     Division 3      Detention at hospital under inpatient treatment order
     s. 90



1    90.         Changing involuntary inpatient's status
2          (1)   A psychiatrist may make either of these orders during the
3                detention period --
4                  (a) if satisfied, having regard to the criteria specified in
5                        section 25, that the involuntary inpatient is no longer in
6                        need of the inpatient treatment order but is in need of a
7                        community treatment order -- a community treatment
8                        order in respect of the inpatient;
9                  (b) if satisfied, having regard to the criteria specified in
10                       section 25, that the involuntary inpatient is no longer in
11                       need of an involuntary treatment order -- an order
12                       revoking the inpatient treatment order.
13         (2)   The psychiatrist may make the order without examining the
14               involuntary inpatient.
15         (3)   The order must be in the approved form and must include the
16               following --
17                 (a) the date and time when it is made;
18                 (b) if it is made under subsection (1)(a) -- the reasons for
19                      making it;
20                 (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the
21                      psychiatrist.
22         (4)   The psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file the order and
23               give a copy to the involuntary inpatient.
24         (5)   The making of an order under subsection (1) is an event to
25               which Part 9 applies and the psychiatrist who makes the order is
26               the person responsible under that Part for notification of that
27               event.

28   91.         Transfer between authorised hospitals
29         (1)   This section applies in relation to an involuntary inpatient who
30               is detained at an authorised hospital.



     page 68
                                                                Mental Health Bill 2013
                                Detention for examination or treatment           Part 7
                  Detention at hospital under inpatient treatment order     Division 3
                                                                                   s. 92



1          (2)   The treating psychiatrist or, if the treating psychiatrist is not
2                reasonably available, another psychiatrist at the authorised
3                hospital may make an order (a transfer order) authorising the
4                involuntary inpatient's transfer from the authorised hospital to
5                another authorised hospital specified in the order.
6          (3)   The transfer order must be in the approved form and must
7                include the following --
8                  (a) the involuntary inpatient's name;
9                  (b) the authorised hospital from which the involuntary
10                       inpatient is to be transferred;
11                 (c) the authorised hospital to which the involuntary
12                       inpatient is to be transferred;
13                 (d) the date and time when the order is made;
14                 (e) the reasons for the transfer;
15                  (f) the name, qualifications and signature of the psychiatrist
16                       making it.
17         (4)   A psychiatrist who makes a transfer order must, as soon as
18               practicable, file it and give a copy to the involuntary inpatient.
19         (5)   The making of a transfer order under subsection (2) is an event
20               to which Part 9 applies and the psychiatrist who makes the order
21               is the person responsible under that Part for notification of that
22               event.
23               Note for section 91:

24               Section 66 applies in relation to the transfer of an involuntary inpatient from a
25               general hospital to an authorised hospital.

26   92.         Making transport order
27         (1)   A psychiatrist may make a transport order in respect of an
28               inpatient who is under a transfer order made under
29               section 91(2).




                                                                                         page 69
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 7          Detention for examination or treatment
     Division 4      Release from hospital or other place
     s. 93



1          (2)   The psychiatrist cannot make the transport order unless satisfied
2                that no other safe means of taking the involuntary inpatient to
3                the authorised hospital is reasonably available.
4          (3)   Part 10 applies in relation to the transport order.

5    93.         Involuntary inpatient to be advised of expiry
6          (1)   This section applies if an inpatient treatment order expires.
7          (2)   The treating psychiatrist must advise the involuntary inpatient in
8                writing of the expiry and its consequences.
9          (3)   The treating psychiatrist must file a copy of the advice.
10         (4)   The expiry of an inpatient treatment order is an event to which
11               Part 9 applies and the person in charge of the hospital at which
12               the involuntary inpatient was being detained is the person
13               responsible under that Part for notification of that event.

14               Division 4 -- Release from hospital or other place
15   94.         Application of this Division
16               This Division applies in relation to a person referred to in
17               paragraph (a), (b) or (c) who is detained for a reason referred to
18               in that provision --
19                 (a) a person who is detained under Part 6 Division 2 or 3 to
20                        enable the person --
21                           (i) to be taken to an authorised hospital or other
22                                place; or
23                         (ii) to be assessed or examined;
24                        or
25                 (b) a person who is detained under an inpatient treatment
26                        order; or
27                 (c) an involuntary community patient who is detained under
28                        section 130(2)(b).



     page 70
                                                               Mental Health Bill 2013
                               Detention for examination or treatment           Part 7
                                Release from hospital or other place       Division 4
                                                                                  s. 95



1    95.         Person must be allowed to leave
2          (1)   This section applies whenever a person cannot continue to be
3                detained at a hospital or other place for a reason referred to in
4                section 94.
5          (2)   A person in charge of the hospital or other place must ensure
6                that, as soon as practicable --
7                  (a) the person is advised in writing by a medical practitioner
8                         or mental health practitioner that the person cannot
9                         continue to be detained for that reason; or
10                 (b) if the person leaves the hospital or other place before a
11                        medical practitioner or mental health practitioner can
12                        comply with paragraph (a) -- a record of the time when
13                        the person left the hospital or other place is filed.
14         (3)   The person must be allowed to leave the hospital or other place
15               unless the person's detention at the hospital or other place is
16               authorised --
17                 (a) for another reason referred to in section 94; or
18                 (b) under section 96.
19         (4)   The practitioner who provides the advice referred to in
20               subsection (2)(a) must file a copy of the advice.

21   96.         Delivery into custody under another law
22               A person who cannot continue to be detained for a reason
23               referred to in section 94 but is under an order made under the
24               law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory requiring the
25               person to be kept in custody is not allowed to leave the hospital
26               or other place until the person has been delivered into that
27               custody.




                                                                              page 71
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 7          Detention for examination or treatment
     Division 5      Absence without leave from hospital or other place
     s. 97



1                Division 5 -- Absence without leave from hospital or
2                                   other place
3    97.           Persons who are absent without leave
4          (1)     For the purposes of this Division, a person is absent without
5                  leave from a hospital or other place if --
6                    (a) in the case of a person who is detained under Part 6
7                          Division 2 or 3 to enable the person --
8                             (i) to be taken to an authorised hospital or other
9                                  place; or
10                           (ii) to be assessed or examined,
11                         the person leaves the hospital or other place where the
12                         person is detained; or
13                   (b) in the case of a person who is under an inpatient
14                         treatment order -- the person is absent without leave as
15                         described in subsection (2); or
16                   (c) in the case of an involuntary community patient who is
17                         detained under section 130(2)(b) -- the person leaves
18                         the place where the patient is detained.
19         (2)     For subsection (1)(b), a person who is under an inpatient
20                 treatment order is absent without leave --
21                   (a) if the person is away from the hospital where the person
22                        is detained under the order without being granted leave
23                        of absence under section 105(1); or
24                   (b) if, on the cancellation under section 110(1) of leave of
25                        absence granted to the person under section 105(1) or on
26                        the expiry of such leave, the person does not return to
27                        either of these hospitals --
28                           (i) the hospital from which the person was granted
29                                the leave of absence;
30                          (ii) the hospital to which the person's transfer has
31                                been ordered under section 66(1) or 91(2).



     page 72
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
                              Detention for examination or treatment           Part 7
                   Absence without leave from hospital or other place     Division 5
                                                                                 s. 98



1          (3)   The absence of a person without leave from a hospital or other
2                place is an event to which Part 9 applies and the person in
3                charge of the hospital or other place is the person responsible
4                under that Part for notification of that event.

5    98.         Making apprehension and return order
6          (1)   The person in charge of a hospital or other place or a medical
7                practitioner may make an order (an apprehension and return
8                order) in respect of a person who is absent without leave from
9                the hospital or other place if satisfied that no other safe means
10               of ensuring that the person returns to the hospital or other place
11               is reasonably available.
12         (2)   An apprehension and return order must be in the approved form
13               and must include the following --
14                 (a) the name of the person who is absent without leave;
15                 (b) the hospital or other place from which the person is
16                      absent without leave;
17                 (c) the hospital or other place to which the person must be
18                      taken if apprehended;
19                 (d) the date when it is made;
20                 (e) the date when it will expire;
21                  (f) the reasons for making it;
22                 (g) the name, qualifications and signature of the person
23                      making it.
24         (3)   A person who makes an apprehension and return order must, as
25               soon as practicable, file it and give a copy to the police officer
26               or person prescribed who will carry out the order.

27   99.         Operation of apprehension and return order
28               An apprehension and return order made in respect of a person
29               authorises a police officer or a person prescribed by the
30               regulations for this section to do these things --
31                 (a) apprehend the person and, for that purpose, exercise the
32                       powers under sections 159(2) and 172;

                                                                             page 73
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 7          Detention for examination or treatment
     Division 5      Absence without leave from hospital or other place
     s. 100



1               (b)    if the person is apprehended -- take the person to the
2                      hospital or other place specified in the apprehension and
3                      return order under section 98(2)(c) as soon as
4                      practicable and, in any event, before the order expires;
5                (c)   for the purpose of taking the person to that hospital or
6                      other place, detain the person until the first of these
7                      things occurs --
8                         (i) the person is received into the hospital or other
9                              place;
10                       (ii) the apprehension and return order expires.

11   100.      Period of apprehension and return order
12      (1)    An apprehension and return order remains in force for 14 days
13             from the day on which the order is made.
14      (2)    An apprehension and return order cannot be extended.

15   101.      Revocation of apprehension and return order
16      (1)    The person in charge of a hospital or other place from which a
17             person is absent without leave or a medical practitioner may
18             make an order (a revocation order) revoking an apprehension
19             and return order made in respect of the person if satisfied that
20             the apprehension and return order is no longer needed.
21      (2)    The revocation order must be in the approved form and must
22             include the following --
23               (a) the date and time when it is made;
24               (b) the reasons for the revocation;
25               (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the person
26                     making it.
27      (3)    A person who makes a revocation order must, as soon as
28             practicable --
29               (a) advise the police officer or person prescribed
30                     responsible for carrying out the apprehension and return
31                     order of the revocation; and

     page 74
                                                           Mental Health Bill 2013
                           Detention for examination or treatment           Part 7
       Leave of absence from detention at hospital under inpatient     Division 6
                                                  treatment order
                                                                            s. 102


1                  (b)     file the order and a record of the advice.

2    102.     Return of person to place where apprehended
3       (1)   Subsection (2) applies if, after a person is apprehended under an
4             apprehension and return order but before the person is received
5             into the hospital or other place specified in the order under
6             section 98(2)(c), the order is revoked under section 101(1) or
7             expires.
8       (2)   The police officer or person prescribed who was responsible for
9             carrying out the apprehension and return order must take
10            reasonable steps to ensure the person is taken, at the person's
11            election --
12              (a) back to the place where the person was apprehended; or
13              (b) to a place reasonably nominated by the person.
14      (3)   Subsection (2) does not require the person to be taken to a place
15            if to do so poses a serious risk to the safety of the person or
16            another person.

17   Division 6 -- Leave of absence from detention at hospital under
18                     inpatient treatment order
19                         Subdivision 1 -- Preliminary matters

20   103.     Application of this Division
21            This Division applies in relation to an involuntary inpatient who
22            is under an inpatient treatment order authorising the involuntary
23            inpatient's detention at an authorised hospital or a general
24            hospital.
25            Notes for section 103:

26            1.         An inpatient treatment order authorising a person's detention at an
27                       authorised hospital can be made under section 55(1)(a), 56(1)(a)(i),
28                       72(1)(a), 120(2)(a), 123(1)(a) or 131(2)(a).

29            2.         An inpatient treatment order authorising a person's detention at a
30                       general hospital can be made under section 61(1)(a) or 131(2)(a).



                                                                                       page 75
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 7          Detention for examination or treatment
     Division 6      Leave of absence from detention at hospital under inpatient
                     treatment order
     s. 104


1    104.      Term used: leave of absence
2              In this Division --
3              leave of absence --
4                (a) means leave of absence granted under section 105(1);
5                      and
6                (b) includes leave of absence as extended or varied under
7                      section 106(1).

8    Subdivision 2 -- Grant, extension, variation or cancellation of leave

9    105.      Granting leave
10      (1)    A psychiatrist may make an order granting an involuntary
11             inpatient leave of absence from a hospital if satisfied that
12             granting the leave of absence --
13               (a) will --
14                        (i) be likely to benefit the involuntary inpatient's
15                             recovery from mental illness or to benefit the
16                             inpatient's mental health in some other way; or
17                       (ii) enable the involuntary inpatient to obtain
18                             medical or surgical treatment or be likely to
19                             benefit the inpatient's physical health in some
20                             other way;
21                     and
22               (b) is not inconsistent with the involuntary inpatient's need
23                     to be provided with treatment for a reason specified in
24                     section 25(1)(b).
25      (2)    The psychiatrist cannot make the order unless the psychiatrist
26             has consulted each of these people about the matters specified in
27             subsection (3) --
28               (a) if the involuntary inpatient has an enduring guardian or
29                    guardian -- the enduring guardian or guardian;
30               (b) if the involuntary inpatient is a child -- the child's
31                    parent or guardian;

     page 76
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                         Detention for examination or treatment           Part 7
     Leave of absence from detention at hospital under inpatient     Division 6
                                                treatment order
                                                                          s. 105


1            (c)   if the involuntary inpatient has a nominated person --
2                  the nominated person unless the nominated person is not
3                  entitled, for the reason referred to in section 269(1), to
4                  be consulted;
5            (d)   if the involuntary inpatient has a carer -- the carer
6                  unless the carer is not entitled, for the reason referred to
7                  in section 288(2) or 292(1), to be consulted;
8            (e)   if the involuntary inpatient has a close family
9                  member -- the close family member unless the close
10                 family member is not entitled, for the reason referred to
11                 in section 288(2) or 292(1), to be consulted.
12   (3)   For subsection (2), these matters are specified --
13          (a) whether or not to make the order; and
14          (b) what period and conditions would be appropriate to
15                specify in the order if it were to be made.
16   (4)   Without limiting a requirement under subsection (2)(a) to
17         consult the involuntary inpatient's enduring guardian or
18         guardian, or under subsection (2)(b) to consult the involuntary
19         inpatient's parent or guardian, about the matters referred to in
20         subsection (3)(a) and (b), the requirement is taken to be
21         complied with if the psychiatrist ensures that reasonable efforts
22         continue to be made to consult the person about those matters
23         until the first of these things occurs --
24           (a) the person is consulted about those matters;
25           (b) it is reasonable for the psychiatrist to conclude that the
26                 person cannot be consulted about those matters.
27   (5)   Part 16 Division 3 Subdivision 2 applies in relation to a
28         requirement under subsection (2)(c) to consult the involuntary
29         inpatient's nominated person about the matters referred to in
30         subsection (3)(a) and (b).
31   (6)   Part 17 Division 2 applies in relation to a requirement under
32         subsection (2)(d) to consult a carer of the involuntary inpatient,
33         or under subsection (2)(e) to consult a close family member of

                                                                       page 77
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 7          Detention for examination or treatment
     Division 6      Leave of absence from detention at hospital under inpatient
                     treatment order
     s. 105


1              the involuntary inpatient, about the matters referred to in
2              subsection (3)(a) and (b).
3       (7)    The psychiatrist must ensure that the following are filed --
4               (a) if a person referred to in subsection (2)(a) to (e) was
5                     consulted -- a record of the consultation; or
6               (b) if a person referred to in subsection (2)(a) to (e) could
7                     not be consulted -- a record of the efforts made to do
8                     so.
9       (8)    The psychiatrist cannot make the order unless the psychiatrist
10             has considered whether it would be more appropriate to make
11             an order under section 90(1) in respect of the involuntary
12             inpatient.
13      (9)    The order authorises the involuntary inpatient's absence from
14             the hospital for the period, and subject to the conditions, the
15             psychiatrist considers appropriate and specifies in the order.
16     (10)    The conditions imposed under subsection (9) may include
17             conditions about the involuntary inpatient doing any of these
18             things --
19               (a) residing at a specified place;
20               (b) receiving specified treatment;
21               (c) attending at a specified place, and remaining there as
22                     specified in the order, to enable the involuntary inpatient
23                     to be provided with specified treatment.
24     (11)    The order must be in the approved form and must include the
25             following --
26               (a) the date and time when it is made;
27               (b) the period and conditions of the leave of absence;
28               (c) the reasons for granting the leave of absence;
29               (d) the name, qualifications and signature of the
30                    psychiatrist.



     page 78
                                                           Mental Health Bill 2013
                           Detention for examination or treatment           Part 7
       Leave of absence from detention at hospital under inpatient     Division 6
                                                  treatment order
                                                                            s. 106


1     (12)    The psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file the order and
2             give a copy to the involuntary inpatient.
3     (13)    The making of an order under subsection (1) is an event to
4             which Part 9 applies and the psychiatrist who makes the order is
5             the person responsible under that Part for notification of that
6             event.

7    106.     Extending or varying leave granted
8       (1)   A psychiatrist may make an order --
9              (a) extending an involuntary inpatient's leave of absence; or
10             (b) varying the conditions subject to which an involuntary
11                   inpatient's leave of absence is granted.
12      (2)   The order must be in the approved form and must include the
13            following --
14              (a) the date and time when it is made;
15              (b) the period of the extension or the variation of the
16                   conditions;
17              (c) the reasons for the extension or variation;
18              (d) the name, qualifications and signature of the
19                   psychiatrist.
20      (3)   The psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file the order and
21            give a copy to the involuntary inpatient.
22      (4)   The making of an order under subsection (1) is an event to
23            which Part 9 applies and the psychiatrist who makes the order is
24            the person responsible under that Part for notification of that
25            event.

26   107.     Involuntary inpatient must comply with conditions of leave
27            An involuntary inpatient who is on leave of absence from a
28            hospital must comply with the conditions to which the leave of
29            absence is subject.



                                                                         page 79
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 7          Detention for examination or treatment
     Division 6      Leave of absence from detention at hospital under inpatient
                     treatment order
     s. 108


1    108.      Monitoring involuntary inpatient on leave
2       (1)    This section applies if an involuntary inpatient is away from a
3              hospital on leave of absence for more than 21 consecutive days.
4       (2)    The treating psychiatrist must consider whether it would be
5              appropriate to make an order under section 90(1) in respect of
6              the inpatient.
7       (3)    For the purpose of subsection (2), the treating psychiatrist may
8              make any inquiries the psychiatrist considers appropriate.

9    109.      Changing involuntary inpatient's status while inpatient on
10             leave
11      (1)    This section applies if, while an involuntary inpatient is away
12             from a hospital on leave of absence, the treating psychiatrist is
13             given a written opinion from another medical practitioner or a
14             mental health practitioner to the effect that the involuntary
15             inpatient is no longer in need of an inpatient treatment order.
16      (2)    The treating psychiatrist must file the opinion as soon as
17             practicable, whether or not the treating psychiatrist acts under
18             subsection (3) on the basis of the opinion.
19      (3)    The treating psychiatrist may make an order under section 90(1)
20             in respect of the involuntary inpatient on the basis of the opinion
21             and without examining the inpatient.

22   110.      Cancelling leave
23      (1)    This section applies if, while an involuntary inpatient is away
24             from a hospital on leave of absence, a psychiatrist forms the
25             reasonable belief that it is inappropriate for the inpatient to
26             continue to be away from the hospital.
27      (2)    The psychiatrist may make an order cancelling the leave of
28             absence.




     page 80
                                                           Mental Health Bill 2013
                           Detention for examination or treatment           Part 7
       Leave of absence from detention at hospital under inpatient     Division 6
                                                  treatment order
                                                                            s. 111


1       (3)   The order must be in the approved form and must include the
2             following --
3               (a) the date and time when it is made;
4               (b) the reasons for that belief;
5               (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the
6                    psychiatrist.
7       (4)   The psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable --
8              (a) orally advise the involuntary patient that the leave of
9                    absence has been cancelled; and
10             (b) file the order and give a copy to the involuntary
11                   inpatient.
12      (5)   The making of an order under subsection (2) is an event to
13            which Part 9 applies and the psychiatrist who makes the order is
14            the person responsible under that Part for notification of that
15            event.

16              Subdivision 3 -- Transport to and from hospital

17   111.     Application of this Subdivision
18            This Subdivision applies in relation to an involuntary
19            inpatient --
20              (a) who is granted leave of absence to enable the
21                    involuntary inpatient to obtain medical or surgical
22                    treatment at a general hospital; or
23              (b) who, because of the cancellation under section 110(1) of
24                    leave of absence granted to the involuntary patient for a
25                    purpose referred to in paragraph (a) or because of the
26                    expiry of such leave, must return to --
27                       (i) the hospital from which the leave was granted; or
28                      (ii) an authorised hospital to which the involuntary
29                           inpatient's transfer has been ordered under
30                           section 66(1) or 91(2).



                                                                         page 81
    Mental Health Bill 2013
    Part 7          Detention for examination or treatment
    Division 6      Leave of absence from detention at hospital under inpatient
                    treatment order
    s. 112


1   112.      Making transport order
2      (1)    A psychiatrist may make a transport order in respect of the
3             involuntary inpatient.
4      (2)    The psychiatrist cannot make the transport order unless satisfied
5             that no other safe means of taking the involuntary inpatient to
6             the hospital is reasonably available.
7      (3)    Part 10 applies in relation to the transport order.




    page 82
                                                     Mental Health Bill 2013
                                  Community treatment orders          Part 8
                                        Preliminary matters      Division 1
                                                                      s. 113



1            Part 8 -- Community treatment orders
2                   Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
3    113.   Terms used
4           In this Part --
5           community treatment order includes a community treatment
6           order as varied under section 121(1), 122(1), 135(1)(a) or (2)(a)
7           or 137(a);
8           continuation order means a continuation order made under
9           section 121(1);
10          involuntary community patient, in relation to a community
11          treatment order, means the involuntary community patient who
12          is under the order;
13          supervising psychiatrist, in relation to a community treatment
14          order, means the psychiatrist who is the supervising psychiatrist
15          under the order;
16          treating practitioner, in relation to a community treatment
17          order, means the medical practitioner or mental health
18          practitioner who is the treating practitioner under the order;
19          treatment period, for a community treatment order, means --
20            (a) the treatment period for which the order remains in force
21                   as specified in the order under section 115(2); or
22            (b) the further treatment period for which the order remains
23                   in force as specified in a continuation order.

24                     Division 2 -- Making order
25   114.   Things psychiatrist must be satisfied of before making order
26          A psychiatrist cannot make a community treatment order in
27          respect of a person unless satisfied of these things --
28            (a) treatment of the person in the community would not be
29                  inconsistent with the person's need to be provided with
30                  treatment for a reason specified in section 25(2)(b);

                                                                     page 83
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 8          Community treatment orders
     Division 2      Making order
     s. 115



1                (b)    suitable arrangements can be made for the treatment and
2                       care of the person in the community, including --
3                         (i) arrangements for a psychiatrist to be the
4                               supervising psychiatrist under the order; and
5                        (ii) arrangements for a medical practitioner or mental
6                               health practitioner to be the treating practitioner
7                               under the order.
8              Note for section 114:

 9             The supervising psychiatrist can also be the treating practitioner (see
10             section 136(2)(b)).

11   115.      Terms of order
12      (1)    The terms of a community treatment order must include these
13             things --
14               (a) the name of the psychiatrist who is the supervising
15                    psychiatrist under the order;
16               (b) a requirement that the involuntary community patient
17                    comply with all of the supervising psychiatrist's
18                    directions to the patient about treatment to be provided
19                    to the patient under the order;
20               (c) the name of the medical practitioner or mental health
21                    practitioner who is the treating practitioner under the
22                    order;
23               (d) the date and time when the order is made;
24               (e) the date and time when the order comes into force,
25                    which must be within 7 days after the date and time
26                    when the order is made;
27                (f) the treatment period for which the order remains in force
28                    as specified under subsection (2);
29               (g) a requirement that the involuntary community patient
30                    notify the supervising psychiatrist or treating
31                    practitioner of any change in the patient's residential
32                    address;


     page 84
                                                                Mental Health Bill 2013
                                             Community treatment orders          Part 8
                                                     Operation of order     Division 3
                                                                                 s. 116



1                  (h)     a requirement that the involuntary community patient
2                          notify the supervising psychiatrist or treating
3                          practitioner of any interstate or overseas travel by the
4                          patient --
5                            (i) at least 7 days before the day of the patient's
6                                  departure; or
7                           (ii) if the patient cannot comply with
8                                  subparagraph (i) because the patient needs to
9                                  travel urgently -- as soon as it is practicable for
10                                 the patient to give notice of the travel.
11      (2)   For subsection (1)(f), the treatment period specified in a
12            community treatment order when it is made cannot exceed
13            3 months from the day on which it is made.
14            Notes for section 115:

15            1.         The supervising psychiatrist can also be the treating practitioner (see
16                       section 136(2)(b)).

17            2.         The terms of a community treatment order may require the involuntary
18                       community patient to be provided with treatment by a mental health
19                       service in another State or a Territory (see section 557).

20                           Division 3 -- Operation of order
21   116.     Duration of order
22            A community treatment order remains in force until the first of
23            these things occurs --
24              (a) the supervising psychiatrist makes an inpatient treatment
25                    order under section 120(2)(a), 123(1)(a) or 131(2)(a) in
26                    respect of the involuntary community patient;
27              (b) a psychiatrist makes an inpatient treatment order under
28                    any other provision of this Act in respect of the
29                    involuntary community patient;
30              (c) the supervising psychiatrist revokes the order under
31                    section 120(2)(b) or 131(2)(b);



                                                                                         page 85
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 8          Community treatment orders
     Division 3      Operation of order
     s. 117



1                   (d)     the expiry of the treatment period for the order unless
2                           the order has been continued under a continuation order.
3              Notes for section 116:

4              1.         In addition to the provisions referred to in section 116(a), an inpatient
5                         treatment order authorising a person's detention at an authorised
6                         hospital can be made under section 55(1)(a), 56(1)(a)(i) or 72(1)(a) or
7                         at a general hospital under section 61(1)(a).

8              2.         A community treatment order may be suspended under section 30
9                         or 33.

10   117.      Advice about when and where treatment to be provided
11      (1)    The supervising psychiatrist must ensure that the involuntary
12             community patient is advised of when and where treatment is to
13             be provided to the patient under the community treatment order.
14      (2)    Without limiting subsection (1), the supervising psychiatrist
15             must ensure that, on or within 14 days after the day on which
16             the community treatment order is made, the involuntary
17             community patient is advised in writing of the date, time and
18             place of the involuntary community patient's first appointment
19             (whether with the treating practitioner or otherwise) for the
20             provision of treatment under the order.

21   118.      Monthly examination of patient
22      (1)    In this section --
23             first treatment period, for a community treatment order, means
24             the treatment period for which the order remains in force as
25             specified in the order under section 115(2);
26             review period, for a community treatment order, means --
27               (a) the period of one month beginning on the day on which
28                      the first treatment period for the order begins; or
29               (b) the period of one month beginning on the day after the
30                      day on which the involuntary community patient was
31                      last examined under subsection (2) for the purposes of
32                      the order.


     page 86
                                                      Mental Health Bill 2013
                                   Community treatment orders          Part 8
                                           Operation of order     Division 3
                                                                       s. 118



1    (2)   The involuntary community patient must be examined, on or
2          within 14 days before the day on which a review period for a
3          community treatment order ends, by --
4            (a) the supervising psychiatrist; or
5            (b) another medical practitioner or a mental health
6                  practitioner --
7                    (i) if the supervising psychiatrist is unavailable; or
8                   (ii) if requested by the supervising psychiatrist under
9                          section 119(1).
10   (3)   However, the involuntary community patient cannot be
11         examined by a practitioner under subsection (2)(b) if more than
12         2 months has elapsed since the day on which the patient was last
13         examined under subsection (2)(a) by the supervising
14         psychiatrist.
15   (4)   Part 6 Division 3 Subdivision 6 applies in relation to the
16         conduct of an examination under subsection (2).
17   (5)   A practitioner who examines the involuntary community patient
18         under subsection (2)(b) must provide the supervising
19         psychiatrist with a written report of the examination that
20         includes a recommendation about whether or not, having regard
21         to the criteria specified in section 25, the patient is still in need
22         of an involuntary treatment order.
23   (6)   The supervising psychiatrist must file the following --
24          (a) a record of each examination of the involuntary
25                community patient that the supervising psychiatrist
26                conducts under subsection (2)(a);
27          (b) each report of an examination of the involuntary
28                community patient provided to the supervising
29                psychiatrist under subsection (5).




                                                                        page 87
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 8          Community treatment orders
     Division 3      Operation of order
     s. 119




1    119.      Supervising psychiatrist may request practitioner to
2              examine involuntary community patient
3       (1)    For the purpose of section 118(2)(b)(ii), the supervising
4              psychiatrist may request another medical practitioner or a
5              mental health practitioner to examine the involuntary
6              community patient.
7       (2)    The request must be in the approved form and may specify
8              requirements for carrying out the examination or preparing the
9              report or both.

10   120.      What supervising psychiatrist may do after examination
11      (1)    This section applies --
12              (a) on completion of the examination of the involuntary
13                    community patient by the supervising psychiatrist under
14                    section 118(2)(a); or
15              (b) on provision of a report about the involuntary
16                    community patient to the supervising psychiatrist under
17                    section 118(5).
18      (2)    The supervising psychiatrist must consider whether or not the
19             involuntary community patient is still in need of an involuntary
20             treatment order and may make either of these orders --
21               (a) if satisfied, having regard to the criteria specified in
22                    section 25, that the involuntary community patient is
23                    still in need of an involuntary treatment order but not
24                    satisfied of the things referred to in section 114(a)
25                    and (b) -- an inpatient treatment order authorising the
26                    patient's detention at the authorised hospital specified in
27                    the order for the period specified in the order in
28                    accordance with section 87(a) or (b); or
29               (b) if satisfied, having regard to the criteria specified in
30                    section 25, that the involuntary community patient is no
31                    longer in need of an involuntary treatment order -- an
32                    order revoking the community treatment order.

     page 88
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                      Community treatment orders          Part 8
                                              Operation of order     Division 3
                                                                          s. 120



1    (3)   The supervising psychiatrist cannot make an inpatient treatment
2          order without examining the involuntary community patient in
3          accordance with Part 6 Division 3 Subdivision 6, which
4          examination can be the examination conducted under
5          section 118(2)(a).
6    (4)   The supervising psychiatrist can make an order revoking the
7          community treatment order --
8            (a) after examining the involuntary community patient in
9                 accordance with Part 6 Division 3 Subdivision 6; or
10           (b) without examining the involuntary community patient
11                but on the basis of a report provided to the psychiatrist
12                under section 118(5).
13   (5)   An order made under subsection (2) must be in the approved
14         form and must include the following --
15           (a) the date and time when it is made;
16           (b) if it is made under subsection (2)(a) -- the reasons for
17                making it;
18           (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the supervising
19                psychiatrist making it.
20   (6)   The supervising psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file
21         the order and give a copy to the involuntary community patient.
22   (7)   The making of an order under subsection (2) is an event to
23         which Part 9 applies and the supervising psychiatrist is the
24         person responsible under that Part for notification of that event.
25         Note for section 120:

26         A community treatment order is automatically revoked under section 116(a) if
27         a psychiatrist makes an inpatient treatment order under section 120(2)(a), or
28         under section 116(b) if a psychiatrist makes an inpatient treatment order
29         under any other provision of this Act, in respect of the involuntary community
30         patient.




                                                                                 page 89
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 8          Community treatment orders
     Division 3      Operation of order
     s. 121



1    121.      Continuation order
2       (1)    The supervising psychiatrist may, on or within 7 days before the
3              day on which a treatment period ends, make an order (a
4              continuation order) continuing the community treatment order
5              from the end of the treatment period for the further treatment
6              period (not exceeding 3 months) that is specified in the
7              continuation order.
8       (2)    The supervising psychiatrist cannot make the continuation order
9              without examining the involuntary community patient in
10             accordance with Part 6 Division 3 Subdivision 6.
11      (3)    The continuation order must be in the approved form and must
12             include the following --
13               (a) the date when it is made;
14               (b) the treatment period for which the community treatment
15                     order is continued;
16               (c) the date when, because of the continuation, the
17                     community treatment order will expire;
18               (d) the reasons for the continuation;
19               (e) the name, qualifications and signature of the supervising
20                     psychiatrist.
21      (4)    The supervising psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file
22             the continuation order and give a copy to the involuntary
23             community patient.
24      (5)    The involuntary community patient may request in writing the
25             supervising psychiatrist to obtain the opinion (a further
26             opinion) of another psychiatrist about whether it is appropriate
27             to have continued the community treatment order by making the
28             continuation order (but not whether the length of the treatment
29             period specified in the continuation order is appropriate).
30      (6)    Sections 182 and 184 apply (with the necessary changes) in
31             relation to the further opinion.



     page 90
                                                       Mental Health Bill 2013
                                    Community treatment orders          Part 8
                                            Operation of order     Division 3
                                                                        s. 122



1       (7)   The continuation order does not come into force or ceases to be
2             in force, as the case requires, if the further opinion --
3               (a) is not obtained on or within 14 days after the day on
4                     which the involuntary community patient's request is
5                     received by the supervising psychiatrist; or
6               (b) does not confirm that it is appropriate to have continued
7                     the community treatment order.
8       (8)   Subsection (7) does not apply if the further opinion is not
9             obtained within the 14-day period referred to in
10            subsection (7)(a) because the involuntary community patient did
11            not attend an examination to be conducted by the psychiatrist
12            responsible for giving the further opinion.

13   122.     Varying order
14      (1)   The supervising psychiatrist may, at any time while a
15            community treatment order is in force, make an order varying
16            the terms of the community treatment order in any way that is
17            consistent with section 115 and the supervising psychiatrist
18            considers appropriate.
19      (2)   The order must be in the approved form and must include the
20            following --
21              (a) the date and time when it is made;
22              (b) the variation;
23              (c) the reasons for the variation;
24              (d) the name, qualifications and signature of the supervising
25                   psychiatrist.
26      (3)   The supervising psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file
27            the order and give a copy to the involuntary community patient.




                                                                      page 91
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 8          Community treatment orders
     Division 3      Operation of order
     s. 123



1    123.      Making inpatient treatment order or revoking community
2              treatment order
3       (1)    The supervising psychiatrist may, at any time while a
4              community treatment order is in force, make either of these
5              orders --
6                (a) if satisfied, having regard to the criteria specified in
7                     section 25(1), that the involuntary community patient is
8                     in need of an inpatient treatment order -- an inpatient
9                     treatment order;
10               (b) if satisfied, having regard to the criteria specified in
11                    section 25, that the involuntary community patient is no
12                    longer in need of an involuntary treatment order -- an
13                    order revoking the community treatment order.
14      (2)    The supervising psychiatrist cannot make an inpatient treatment
15             order without examining the involuntary community patient in
16             accordance with Part 6 Division 3 Subdivision 6.
17      (3)    The supervising psychiatrist can make an order revoking the
18             community treatment order --
19               (a) after examining the involuntary community patient in
20                    accordance with Part 6 Division 3 Subdivision 6; or
21               (b) without examining the involuntary community patient,
22                    but in doing so must have regard to the information
23                    specified in subsection (4).
24      (4)    The supervising psychiatrist must have regard to any
25             information about the patient that is obtained by the
26             psychiatrist --
27               (a) from either or both of --
28                       (i) the involuntary community patient, including
29                            information obtained by observing the patient
30                            and asking the patient questions; and
31                      (ii) any other person;
32                    and


     page 92
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                      Community treatment orders          Part 8
                                              Operation of order     Division 3
                                                                          s. 123



1            (b)    from the involuntary community patient's medical
2                   record.
3    (5)   The supervising psychiatrist may make an order under
4          subsection (1) without any of these things occurring --
5            (a) the involuntary community patient being in breach of
6                 the community treatment order under section 126;
7            (b) the supervising psychiatrist giving the involuntary
8                 community patient notice of a breach of the community
9                 treatment order under section 127(2)(b);
10           (c) the supervising psychiatrist making an order to attend
11                under section 128(2).
12   (6)   An order made under subsection (1) must be in the approved
13         form and must include the following --
14           (a) the date and time when it is made;
15           (b) if it is made under subsection (1)(a) -- the reasons for
16                making it;
17           (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the supervising
18                psychiatrist.
19   (7)   The supervising psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file
20         the order and give a copy to the involuntary community patient.
21   (8)   The making of an order under subsection (1) is an event to
22         which Part 9 applies and the supervising psychiatrist is the
23         person responsible under that Part for notification of that event.
24         Note for section 123:

25         A community treatment order is automatically revoked under section 116(a) if
26         a psychiatrist makes an inpatient treatment order under section 123(1)(a) in
27         respect of the involuntary community patient.




                                                                               page 93
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 8          Community treatment orders
     Division 3      Operation of order
     s. 124



1    124.      Confirmation of inpatient treatment order
2       (1)    This section applies if --
3               (a) the supervising psychiatrist makes an inpatient treatment
4                     order under section 120(2)(a) or 123(1)(a) in respect of
5                     the involuntary community patient; and
6               (b) the supervising psychiatrist and the involuntary
7                     community patient were not in one another's physical
8                     presence when the examination for the purpose of
9                     making the inpatient treatment order was conducted; and
10              (c) since that examination was conducted, there has been no
11                    further examination of the involuntary community
12                    patient conducted by a psychiatrist during which the
13                    psychiatrist and the patient were in one another's
14                    physical presence.
15      (2)    Within 24 hours after the involuntary community patient is
16             admitted by the authorised hospital in accordance with the
17             inpatient treatment order, the order must be confirmed by a
18             psychiatrist at the authorised hospital.
19      (3)    The psychiatrist cannot confirm the inpatient treatment order
20             without examining the involuntary community patient.
21      (4)    Subdivision 6 applies in relation to the conduct of the
22             examination.
23      (5)    The confirmation must be in the approved form and must
24             include the following --
25               (a) the date and time when it is made;
26               (b) the reasons for the confirmation;
27               (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the
28                     psychiatrist.
29      (6)    The inpatient treatment order ceases to be in force if it is not
30             confirmed in accordance with subsection (2).




     page 94
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                          Community treatment orders          Part 8
                                                      Breach of order    Division 4
                                                                              s. 125



1       (7)   The release of a person because of subsection (6) is an event to
2             which Part 9 applies and the person in charge of the authorised
3             hospital is the person responsible under that Part for notification
4             of that event.

5    125.     Involuntary community patient to be advised of expiry
6       (1)   This section applies if a community treatment order expires.
7       (2)   The supervising psychiatrist must advise the involuntary
8             community patient in writing of the expiry and its
9             consequences.
10      (3)   The supervising psychiatrist must file a copy of the advice.
11            Note for Division 3:

12            Part 21 Division 3 confers jurisdiction on the Mental Health Tribunal to
13            conduct reviews relating to involuntary patients.

14                         Division 4 -- Breach of order
15   126.     When involuntary community patient will be in breach
16            An involuntary community patient breaches a community
17            treatment order if --
18              (a) the involuntary community patient has not complied
19                   with the order; and
20              (b) all reasonable steps have been taken to obtain the
21                   involuntary community patient's compliance; and
22              (c) the supervising psychiatrist reasonably believes that --
23                      (i) despite the steps that have been taken, the
24                           non-compliance is continuing; and
25                     (ii) there is a significant risk of the involuntary
26                           community patient suffering serious physical or
27                           mental deterioration if the non-compliance
28                           continues.




                                                                                     page 95
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 8          Community treatment orders
     Division 4      Breach of order
     s. 127



1    127.      What supervising psychiatrist must do if order breached
2       (1)    This section applies if an involuntary community patient
3              breaches a community treatment order.
4       (2)    The supervising psychiatrist must --
5               (a) record the breach; and
6               (b) give notice of the breach to the involuntary community
7                     patient.
8       (3)    The record of breach must be in the approved form and must
9              include these things --
10               (a) details of the involuntary community patient's
11                     non-compliance;
12               (b) the steps that have been taken to obtain the involuntary
13                     community patient's compliance;
14               (c) a statement that the supervising psychiatrist holds the
15                     belief referred to in section 126(c);
16               (d) the facts on which that belief is based;
17               (e) the reasons for that belief.
18      (4)    The notice of breach must be in the approved form and must
19             include these things --
20               (a) details of the involuntary community patient's
21                     non-compliance;
22               (b) details of what the involuntary community patient must
23                     do to comply;
24               (c) a statement that continued non-compliance with the
25                     order may result in the involuntary community patient
26                     being required to attend a place to enable the patient to
27                     be provided with treatment.
28      (5)    The supervising psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file
29             the record of breach and a copy of the notice of breach.




     page 96
                                                        Mental Health Bill 2013
                                     Community treatment orders          Part 8
                                                 Breach of order    Division 4
                                                                         s. 128



1    128.     Order to attend if non-compliance continues
2       (1)   This section applies if, having given the involuntary community
3             patient notice of the breach under section 127(2)(b), the
4             supervising psychiatrist is not satisfied that the patient is
5             complying with the community treatment order.
6       (2)   The supervising psychiatrist may make an order (an order to
7             attend) requiring the involuntary community patient to attend at
8             the time and place specified in the order to be provided with
9             treatment.
10      (3)   The order to attend must include a warning that, if the
11            involuntary community patient does not comply with the order,
12            a transport order authorising the patient's apprehension and
13            transport to the place specified in the order to attend may be
14            made.
15      (4)   The order to attend must be in the approved form and must
16            include the following --
17              (a) the date and time when it is made;
18              (b) the reasons for making it;
19              (c) the time and place referred to in subsection (2);
20              (d) the warning referred to in subsection (3);
21              (e) the name, qualifications and signature of the supervising
22                    psychiatrist.
23      (5)   The supervising psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file
24            the order to attend and give a copy to the involuntary
25            community patient.

26   129.     Making transport order
27      (1)   This section applies if an involuntary community patient does
28            not comply with an order to attend.
29      (2)   A medical practitioner or mental health practitioner may make a
30            transport order in respect of the involuntary community patient.


                                                                        page 97
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 8          Community treatment orders
     Division 4      Breach of order
     s. 130



1       (3)    The practitioner cannot make the transport order unless satisfied
2              that no other safe means of ensuring the involuntary community
3              patient attends the place is reasonably available.
4       (4)    Part 10 applies in relation to the transport order.

5    130.      Detention at place specified in order to attend
6       (1)    This section applies in relation to an involuntary community
7              patient who --
8                (a) attends a place in compliance with an order to attend; or
9                (b) is transported to a place under a transport order made
10                     under section 129(2).
11      (2)    The involuntary community patient --
12              (a) must be received into the place; and
13              (b) can be detained at the place until the first of these things
14                    occurs --
15                       (i) treatment is provided to the involuntary
16                           community patient;
17                      (ii) the supervising psychiatrist makes an order under
18                           section 131(2)(a) in respect of the patient;
19                     (iii) the expiry of 6 hours from the time when the
20                           patient was received.
21      (3)    A person prescribed by the regulations for this subsection is
22             authorised to exercise the powers under section 172 for the
23             purpose of detaining the involuntary community patient at the
24             place.
25      (4)    The involuntary community patient cannot continue to be
26             detained if, by the end of the 6-hour period referred to in
27             subsection (2)(b)(iii) --
28               (a) treatment has not been provided to the involuntary
29                    community patient; and




     page 98
                                                                Mental Health Bill 2013
                                             Community treatment orders          Part 8
                                                         Breach of order    Division 4
                                                                                 s. 131



1                  (b)     the supervising psychiatrist has not made an order under
2                          section 131(2)(a) in respect of the involuntary
3                          community patient.
4       (5)   The release of a person because of subsection (4) is an event to
5             which Part 9 applies and the person in charge of the place is the
6             person responsible under that Part for notification of that event.
7             Notes for section 130:

8             1.         Part 7 Division 4 applies in relation to the release of an involuntary
9                        community patient who is detained at a place under section 130(2)(b).

10            2.         Part 7 Division 5 applies if an involuntary community patient is absent
11                       without leave from the place where the patient can be detained under
12                       section 130(2)(b).

13   131.     Other action that may be taken if non-compliance
14      (1)   This section applies in these circumstances --
15             (a) an involuntary community patient is in breach of a
16                   community treatment order under section 126;
17             (b) the supervising psychiatrist has given the involuntary
18                   community patient notice of the breach under
19                   section 127(2)(b);
20             (c) since the involuntary community patient was given the
21                   notice --
22                      (i) the patient's non-compliance with the
23                           community treatment order has continued; or
24                     (ii) the supervising psychiatrist has made an order to
25                           attend under section 128(2) with which the
26                           patient has not complied despite being given a
27                           copy of the order.
28      (2)   The supervising psychiatrist may make either of these orders --
29             (a) if satisfied, having regard to the criteria specified in
30                   section 25, that the involuntary community patient is
31                   still in need of an involuntary treatment order but not
32                   satisfied of the things referred to in section 114(a)
33                   and (b) -- an inpatient treatment order authorising the

                                                                                        page 99
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 8          Community treatment orders
     Division 4      Breach of order
     s. 131



1                      patient's detention at the hospital specified in the order
2                      for the period specified in the order in accordance with
3                      section 87(a) or (b);
4                (b)   if satisfied, having regard to the criteria specified in
5                      section 25, that the involuntary community patient is no
6                      longer in need of an involuntary treatment order -- an
7                      order revoking the community treatment order.
8       (3)     The supervising psychiatrist cannot make an inpatient treatment
9               order without examining the involuntary community patient in
10              accordance with Part 6 Division 3 Subdivision 6.
11      (4)     The supervising psychiatrist cannot make an inpatient treatment
12              order authorising the involuntary community patient's detention
13              at a general hospital unless --
14                (a) satisfied that attempting to take the involuntary
15                      community patient to, or to detain the involuntary
16                      community patient at, an authorised hospital poses a
17                      significant risk to the patient's physical health; and
18                (b) the Chief Psychiatrist consents to the order being made.
19      (5)     The supervising psychiatrist can make an order revoking the
20              community treatment order --
21                (a) after examining the involuntary community patient in
22                     accordance with Part 6 Division 3 Subdivision 6; or
23                (b) without examining the involuntary community patient,
24                     but in doing so must have regard to any information
25                     about the patient that is obtained by the psychiatrist
26                     from --
27                        (i) clinical observation of the involuntary
28                             community patient; and
29                       (ii) any person other than the involuntary community
30                             patient; and
31                      (iii) the involuntary community patient's medical
32                             record.



     page 100
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                                         Community treatment orders          Part 8
                                              Transport to hospital     Division 5
                                                                             s. 132



1       (6)   An order made under subsection (2) must be in the approved
2             form and must include the following --
3               (a) the date and time when it is made;
4               (b) the reasons for making it;
5               (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the supervising
6                    psychiatrist.
7       (7)   The supervising psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file
8             the order and give a copy to the involuntary community patient.
9       (8)   The making of an order under subsection (2) is an event to
10            which Part 9 applies and the supervising psychiatrist is the
11            person responsible under that Part for notification of that event.
12            Notes for section 131:

13            1.     A community treatment order is automatically revoked under
14                   section 116(a) if a psychiatrist makes an inpatient treatment order
15                   under section 131(2)(a) in respect of the involuntary community
16                   patient.

17            2.     Part 6 Division 3 Subdivision 3 applies in relation to the transfer of an
18                   involuntary inpatient under an involuntary inpatient treatment order
19                   made under section 131(2)(a) from the general hospital specified in the
20                   order to an authorised hospital.

21                     Division 5 -- Transport to hospital
22   132.     Application of this Division
23            This Division applies if the supervising psychiatrist makes an
24            inpatient treatment order under section 120(2)(a), 123(1)(a)
25            or 131(2)(a) authorising the involuntary community patient's
26            detention in a hospital.

27   133.     Making transport order
28      (1)   A medical practitioner or mental health practitioner may make a
29            transport order in respect of the involuntary community patient.




                                                                                   page 101
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 8          Community treatment orders
     Division 6      Supervising psychiatrist and treating practitioner
     s. 134



1       (2)     The practitioner cannot make the transport order unless satisfied
2               that --
3                 (a) because of the involuntary community patient's mental
4                      or physical condition, the patient needs to be taken to
5                      the hospital; and
6                 (b) no other safe means of taking the involuntary
7                      community patient is reasonably available.
8       (3)     Part 10 applies in relation to the transport order.

9    Division 6 -- Supervising psychiatrist and treating practitioner
10   134.       Supervising psychiatrist
11      (1)     The supervising psychiatrist under a community treatment order
12              is responsible for supervising the carrying out of the order.
13      (2)     The supervising psychiatrist under a community treatment order
14              must be --
15               (a) the psychiatrist who makes the order; or
16               (b) another psychiatrist.

17   135.       Change of supervising psychiatrist
18      (1)     The supervising psychiatrist under a community treatment
19              order --
20                (a) may, by arrangement, transfer a psychiatrist's
21                     responsibility as the supervising psychiatrist under the
22                     order to another psychiatrist; and
23                (b) on transferring that responsibility, must inform the
24                     patient in writing of the transfer.
25      (2)     The Chief Psychiatrist or a person authorised under
26              subsection (3) --
27                (a) may, by arrangement, transfer a psychiatrist's
28                     responsibility as the supervising psychiatrist under a
29                     community treatment order to another psychiatrist; and


     page 102
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                                     Community treatment orders              Part 8
                  Supervising psychiatrist and treating practitioner    Division 6
                                                                             s. 136



1              (b)   on transferring that responsibility, must inform the
2                    involuntary community patient in writing of the transfer.
3       (3)   The Chief Psychiatrist may authorise a person in writing to
4             exercise the power under subsection (2) in respect of all or any
5             of the involuntary community patients --
6               (a) being provided with treatment under community
7                     treatment orders by the mental health service specified
8                     in the authorisation; or
9               (b) who reside in an area of the State specified in the
10                    authorisation.
11      (4)   An authorisation under subsection (3) has effect for the period
12            specified in the authorisation.

13   136.     Treating practitioner
14      (1)   The treating practitioner under a community treatment order is
15            responsible for ensuring that the involuntary community patient
16            is provided with the treatment specified in the treatment plan
17            outlined in the order.
18      (2)   The treating practitioner under a community treatment order --
19             (a) must be a medical practitioner or mental health
20                    practitioner; and
21             (b) can be the supervising psychiatrist under the order or
22                    another psychiatrist.

23   137.     Change of treating practitioner
24            The supervising psychiatrist under a community treatment
25            order --
26              (a) may, by arrangement, transfer a practitioner's
27                   responsibility as the treating practitioner under the order
28                   to another practitioner; and
29              (b) on transferring that responsibility, must inform the
30                   involuntary community patient in writing of the transfer.


                                                                         page 103
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 9          Notifiable events
     Division 1      Preliminary matters
     s. 138



1                         Part 9 -- Notifiable events
2                       Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
3    138.       Application of this Part
4       (1)     This Part applies in relation to an event (a notifiable event) if a
5               provision of this Act specifies --
6                 (a) that the event is an event to which this Part applies; and
7                 (b) who is the person responsible under this Part for
8                       notification of the event.
9       (2)     Schedule 2 sets out for each event --
10                (a) the relevant provision; and
11               (b) a description of the event; and
12                (c) the person responsible for notification of the event.

13    Division 2 -- Notification of carers, close family members and
14                  other personal support persons
15   139.       Right of any carer, close family member or other personal
16              support person to be notified
17      (1)     Any carer, close family member or other personal support
18              person of a person is entitled to be notified, as soon as
19              practicable, that a notifiable event has occurred in respect of the
20              person.
21      (2)     However, the entitlement of a nominated person, carer or close
22              family member to be notified under subsection (1) is subject to
23              section 142.

24   140.       Person responsible required to notify any carer, close family
25              member or other personal support person
26      (1)     The person responsible under this Part for notification of a
27              notifiable event must ensure that, as soon as practicable after the
28              event occurs in respect of a person, any carer, close family


     page 104
                                                               Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                     Notifiable events          Part 9
              Notification of carers, close family members and other       Division 2
                                             personal support persons
                                                                                s. 141


1             member or other personal support person of the person is
2             notified of the event.
3       (2)   However, the person responsible is not required to notify a
4             nominated person, carer or close family member of a notifiable
5             event if the nominated person, carer or close family member is
6             not entitled, for a reason referred to in section 142(1) or (2), to
7             be notified of the event.
8             Note for section 140:

 9            Any notification provided under section 140(1) must be provided in
10            accordance with section 9(2).

11   141.     Reasonable efforts to notify carer, close family member or
12            other personal support person
13      (1)   Without limiting the requirement under section 140(1), the
14            requirement is taken to have been complied with if the person
15            responsible for notification ensures that reasonable efforts to
16            notify any carer, close family member or other personal support
17            person of the notifiable event continue to be made until the first
18            of these things occurs --
19              (a) at least one carer, close family member or other personal
20                    support person is notified of the notifiable event; or
21              (b) it is reasonable for the person responsible to conclude
22                    that no carer, close family member or other personal
23                    support person can be notified of the notifiable event.
24      (2)   The person responsible must ensure that one of the following is
25            filed --
26               (a) a record of when and how any carer, close family
27                   member or other personal support person was notified
28                   under section 140(1) of the notifiable event;
29              (b) if no carer, close family member or other personal
30                   support person has been notified under section 140(1) of
31                   the notifiable event -- a record of the reasons for that
32                   and any efforts made to do so.



                                                                                   page 105
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 9          Notifiable events
     Division 2      Notification of carers, close family members and other
                     personal support persons
     s. 142


1    142.       Notification not in person's best interests
2       (1)     A nominated person, carer or close family member is not
3               entitled to be notified under section 140(1) of the making of an
4               order under section 28(1) or (2) for the detention or further
5               detention of a person, or the making of a transport order under
6               section 29(1) in respect of a person, if the medical practitioner
7               or authorised mental health practitioner who makes the order
8               reasonably believes that it is not in the best interests of the
9               person for the nominated person, carer or close family member
10              to be notified of the making of the order.
11      (2)     A nominated person, carer or close family member is not
12              entitled to be notified under section 140(1) of any other
13              notifiable event that occurs in respect of a person if a
14              psychiatrist believes that it is not in the best interests of the
15              person for the nominated person, carer or close family member
16              to be notified of the event.
17      (3)     A practitioner or psychiatrist who decides under subsection (1)
18              or (2) that a nominated person, carer or close family member is
19              not entitled to be notified of a notifiable event must, as soon as
20              practicable --
21                (a) file a record of the decision and the reasons for it; and
22                (b) give a copy to the Chief Mental Health Advocate.
23              Note for section 142:

24              For the purpose of deciding under section 142(1) or (2) what is or is not in the
25              best interests of a person, Part 2 Division 3 applies.

26   143.       Advising nominated person, carer or close family member of
27              decision
28      (1)     A practitioner or psychiatrist who decides under section 142 that
29              a nominated person, carer or close family member is not entitled
30              to be notified of a notifiable event must, if the nominated
31              person, carer or close family member requests to be notified of
32              the event --
33                (a) advise the nominated person, carer or close family
34                      member of the decision and the reasons for it; and

     page 106
                                                               Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                     Notifiable events          Part 9
              Notification of carers, close family members and other       Division 2
                                             personal support persons
                                                                                s. 144


1               (b)    file a record of the advice and give a copy to the person
2                      in respect of whom the notifiable event occurs.
3       (2)   A nominated person, carer or close family member to whom
4             advice is provided orally under subsection (1)(a) may request
5             the practitioner or psychiatrist who provided the advice to
6             confirm the advice in writing.
7       (3)   The practitioner or psychiatrist must --
8              (a) comply with the request; and
9              (b) file a copy of the confirmation and give another copy to
10                   the person in respect of whom the notifiable event
11                   occurs.
12            Note for section 143:

13            Any advice provided under section 143(1)(a) or (3)(a) must be provided in
14            accordance with section 9(2).

15   144.     Revocation of decision
16      (1)   A practitioner or psychiatrist may revoke a decision made under
17            section 142 that a nominated person, carer or close family
18            member is not entitled to be notified of a notifiable event if
19            satisfied that the reasons for making the decision no longer
20            apply.
21      (2)   The practitioner or psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file
22            a record of the revocation and the reasons for it.
23      (3)   If the nominated person, carer or close family member
24            previously requested to be notified of the event, the practitioner
25            or psychiatrist must ensure that, as soon as practicable --
26               (a) the nominated person, carer or close family member is
27                    notified of the notifiable event; and
28              (b) a record of when and how the nominated person, carer
29                    or close family member was notified is filed and a copy
30                    given to the person in respect of whom the notifiable
31                    event occurred.


                                                                                 page 107
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 9          Notifiable events
     Division 3      Notification of other persons and bodies
     s. 145



1           Division 3 -- Notification of other persons and bodies
2    145.       Making, revocation or expiry of involuntary treatment
3               order
4       (1)     The person responsible under this Part for notification of the
5               making of an involuntary treatment order must ensure that, as
6               soon as practicable, each of the persons and bodies specified in
7               subsection (4) is --
8                 (a) given a copy of the involuntary treatment order; and
9                 (b) either --
10                        (i) given the name and contact details of any carer,
11                              close family member or other personal support
12                              person who has been notified under
13                              section 140(1) of the making of the involuntary
14                              treatment order, to the extent that information is
15                              known to the person responsible; or
16                       (ii) if no carer, close family member or other
17                              personal support person has been notified under
18                              section 140(1) of the making of the involuntary
19                              treatment order -- advised of that and the
20                              reasons for it.
21      (2)     The person responsible under this Part for notification of the
22              making of an order revoking an involuntary treatment order
23              must ensure that, as soon as practicable, each of the persons and
24              bodies specified in subsection (4) is given a copy of the order.
25      (3)     The person responsible under this Part for notification of the
26              expiry of an involuntary treatment order must ensure that, as
27              soon as practicable, each of the persons and bodies specified in
28              subsection (4) is advised in writing of the expiry.
29      (4)     For subsections (1), (2) and (3), each of these persons and
30              bodies is specified --
31                (a) the Chief Mental Health Advocate;
32               (b) the Mental Health Tribunal;


     page 108
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                Notifiable events          Part 9
                       Notification of other persons and bodies       Division 3
                                                                           s. 145



1           (c)   if the involuntary patient is a mentally impaired
2                 accused -- the Mentally Impaired Accused Review
3                 Board.
4    (5)   The person responsible must ensure that the following are
5          filed --
6             (a) a record of --
7                    (i) each person or body to whom a copy of an order
8                        is given under subsection (1)(a) or (2) or advice
9                        is provided under subsection (3); and
10                  (ii) the date on which the copy is given or the advice
11                       provided to that person or body;
12           (b) a record of --
13                   (i) each person or body to whom any information
14                       referred to in subsection (1)(b) is provided; and
15                  (ii) details of the information provided to that person
16                       or body; and
17                 (iii) the date on which the information is provided to
18                       that person or body.




                                                                       page 109
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 10         Transport orders

     s. 146



1                        Part 10 -- Transport orders
2    146.       Application of this Part
3               This Part applies in relation to a transport order made under any
4               of these provisions --
5                 (a) section 29(1) to enable a person who is referred under
6                       section 26(2) or (3)(a) to be taken to an authorised
7                       hospital or other place;
8                 (b) section 63(1) to enable a person who is under an
9                       inpatient treatment order made under section 61(1)(a) to
10                      be taken to a general hospital;
11                (c) section 63(1) to enable a person who is under an order
12                      for a further examination made under section 61(1)(c) to
13                      be taken to an authorised hospital;
14                (d) section 67(1) to enable an involuntary inpatient who is
15                      under a transfer order made under section 66(1) to be
16                      transferred to an authorised hospital;
17                (e) section 92(1) to enable an involuntary inpatient who is
18                      under a transfer order made under section 91(2) to be
19                      transferred to an authorised hospital;
20                 (f) section 112(1) to enable an involuntary patient who is
21                      granted leave of absence, or whose leave of absence has
22                      been cancelled or expired, to be taken to a hospital;
23                (g) section 129(2) to enable an involuntary community
24                      patient who is not complying with an order to attend
25                      made under section 128(2) to be taken to a specified
26                      place;
27                (h) section 133(1) to enable an involuntary community
28                      patient who is under an inpatient treatment order made
29                      under section 120(2)(a), 123(1)(a) or 131(2)(a) to be
30                      taken to a hospital.




     page 110
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                Transport orders        Part 10

                                                                           s. 147



1    147.     Transport officers
2             The regulations may authorise a person, or a person in a class of
3             person, (a transport officer) to carry out a transport order.

4    148.     Making transport order
5       (1)   A transport order must be in the approved form and must
6             include the following --
7               (a) the name of the person to be transported;
8               (b) the place from which the person is to be transported;
9               (c) the hospital or other place to which the person must be
10                    transported;
11              (d) the reasons why, in order to transport the person to that
12                    hospital or other place, it is necessary to make the order;
13              (e) whether the order is to be carried out by a transport
14                    officer or, if section 149(2) applies, a police officer;
15               (f) if the order is to be carried out by a police officer,
16                    having regard to the matters referred to in
17                    section 149(2)(a) and (b) -- the reasons why it cannot
18                    be carried out by a transport officer;
19              (g) the date and time when the order is made;
20              (h) the date and time when the order will expire under
21                    section 150(2)(a), (b) or (c);
22               (i) whether or not the order can be extended because of
23                    section 151(2) or under section 152(3) and, if it can, the
24                    process for extending it;
25               (j) the name, qualifications and signature of the psychiatrist
26                    or practitioner making the order.
27      (2)   A practitioner or psychiatrist who makes a transport order in
28            respect of a person must, as soon as practicable --
29              (a) file it and give a copy to the person; and
30              (b) give a copy to the transport officer or police officer
31                    responsible for carrying out the order.

                                                                        page 111
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 10         Transport orders

     s. 149



1    149.       Operation of transport order
2       (1)     A transport order made in respect of a person authorises a
3               transport officer or, if subsection (2) applies, a police officer to
4               do these things --
5                 (a) apprehend the person and, for that purpose, exercise the
6                      powers under sections 159(2) and 172;
7                 (b) if the person is apprehended -- transport the person to
8                      the hospital or other place specified in the order as soon
9                      as practicable and, in any event, before the transport
10                     order expires;
11                (c) for the purpose of transporting the person, detain the
12                     person until the first of these things occurs --
13                        (i) the person is received into the hospital or other
14                              place;
15                       (ii) the transport order expires.
16      (2)     A transport order can only authorise a police officer instead of a
17              transport officer to carry out the order if the practitioner or
18              psychiatrist making the order is satisfied --
19                (a) that there is a significant risk of serious harm to the
20                     person being transported or to another person; or
21                (b) that --
22                        (i) a transport officer will not be available to carry
23                              out the order within a reasonable time; and
24                       (ii) any delay in carrying out the order beyond that
25                              time is likely to pose a significant risk of harm to
26                              the person being transported or to another
27                              person.

28   150.       Period of transport order
29      (1)     A transport order remains in force for the period specified in
30              subsection (2) in respect of the order.




     page 112
                                                       Mental Health Bill 2013
                                              Transport orders        Part 10

                                                                        s. 151



1       (2)   For subsection (1), the period is --
2              (a) if the transport order is made under section 29(1), the
3                    period --
4                       (i) beginning at the time when the transport order is
5                            made; and
6                     (ii) ending at the time when the referral expires
7                            under section 44 unless the transport order is
8                            extended because of section 151(2);
9                    or
10             (b) if the transport order is made under section 63(1), the
11                   period --
12                      (i) beginning at the time when the transport order is
13                           made; and
14                    (ii) ending 72 hours after the time when the inpatient
15                           treatment order was made under section 61(1)(a)
16                           or the order for a further examination was made
17                           under section 61(1)(c), as the case requires,
18                           unless the transport order is extended under
19                           section 152(3);
20                   or
21             (c) if the transport order is made under section 67(1), 92(1),
22                   112(1), 129(2) or 133(1), the period --
23                      (i) beginning at the time when the transport order is
24                           made; and
25                    (ii) ending 72 hours afterwards unless the transport
26                           order is extended under section 152(3).

27   151.     Extension of transport order made under s. 29(1) if referral
28            extended
29      (1)   This section applies if --
30             (a) a transport order is made under section 29(1) to enable a
31                   person who is referred to be taken to an authorised
32                   hospital or other place; and


                                                                    page 113
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 10         Transport orders

     s. 152



1                (b)    the place from which the person is being transported is
2                       outside a metropolitan area; and
3                 (c)   the referral is extended under section 45(3).
4       (2)     The transport order is, because of this subsection, extended for
5               the same period as the referral.
6    152.       Extension of other transport orders
7       (1)     This section applies if --
8                (a) a transport order is made under section 63(1), 67(1),
9                      92(1), 112(1), 129(2) or 133(1) in respect of a person;
10                     and
11               (b) the place from which the person is being transported is
12                     outside a metropolitan area; and
13               (c) the transport officer or police officer who is transporting
14                     the person forms the opinion that the transport order is
15                     likely to expire before the person is received into the
16                     hospital or other place to which the person is being
17                     transported.
18      (2)     The transport officer or police officer may orally request an
19              extension of the transport order from a medical practitioner or
20              mental health practitioner.
21      (3)     The practitioner may make an order (an extension order) orally
22              extending the transport order from the end of the period
23              specified in section 150(2)(b) or (c) in respect of the order for
24              the further period (not exceeding 72 hours) specified in the
25              extension order.
26      (4)     The practitioner must, as soon as practicable --
27               (a) record the extension order in the approved form,
28                     specifying --
29                       (i) the date and time when the order was made; and
30                      (ii) the date and time when, because of the extension,
31                             the transport order will expire;
32                     and

     page 114
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                Transport orders        Part 10

                                                                           s. 153



1              (b)   file the record and give a copy to the transport officer or
2                    police officer.
3       (5)   The transport order cannot be extended more than once.

4    153.     Revocation of transport order if referral revoked
5             A transport order made under section 29(1) in respect of a
6             person who is referred under section 26(2) or (3)(a) is, because
7             of this section, revoked if the referral is revoked under
8             section 31(1).

9    154.     Revocation of transport order if no longer needed
10      (1)   A medical practitioner or mental health practitioner may make
11            an order (a revocation order) revoking a transport order made in
12            respect of a person if satisfied that the transport order is no
13            longer needed.
14      (2)   The revocation order must be in the approved form and must
15            include the following --
16              (a) the date and time when it is made;
17              (b) the reasons for the revocation;
18              (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the
19                    practitioner.
20      (3)   The practitioner must, as soon as practicable --
21             (a) file the revocation order and give a copy to the person;
22                   and
23             (b) give a copy to the transport officer or police officer
24                   responsible for carrying out the transport order.

25   155.     Return of person if transport order expires or is revoked
26      (1)   Subsection (2) applies if a transport order made in respect of a
27            person is revoked because of section 153, or expires, before the
28            person is received into the hospital or other place to which the
29            person was to have been transported under the order.


                                                                       page 115
    Mental Health Bill 2013
    Part 10         Transport orders

    s. 155



1      (2)     The transport officer or police officer who was responsible for
2              carrying out the transport order must take reasonable steps to
3              ensure the person is taken, at the person's election --
4                (a) back to the place from which the person was being or
5                      was to have been transported; or
6                (b) to a place reasonably nominated by the person.
7      (3)     Subsection (2) does not require the person to be taken to a place
8              if to do so poses a serious risk to the safety of the person or
9              another person.




    page 116
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                        Apprehension, search and seizure powers         Part 11
                                           Apprehension powers       Division 1
                                                                          s. 156



1     Part 11 -- Apprehension, search and seizure powers
2                    Division 1 -- Apprehension powers
3    156.     Apprehension by police officer of person suspected of
4             having mental illness
5       (1)   A police officer may apprehend a person if the officer
6             reasonably suspects that the person --
7               (a) has a mental illness; and
8               (b) because of the mental illness, needs to be apprehended
9                    to --
10                      (i) protect the health or safety of the person or the
11                           safety of another person; or
12                     (ii) prevent the person causing, or continuing to
13                           cause, serious damage to property.
14      (2)   For the purpose of apprehending a person under subsection (1),
15            a police officer may exercise the powers under sections 159(2)
16            and 172.
17      (3)   A police officer --
18             (a) must, as soon as practicable after apprehending a person
19                   under subsection (1), arrange for the person to be
20                   assessed by a medical practitioner or authorised mental
21                   health practitioner for the purpose of deciding whether
22                   or not to refer the person under section 26(2) or (3)(a)
23                   for an examination to be conducted by a psychiatrist;
24                   and
25             (b) is authorised to detain the person until the first of these
26                   things occurs --
27                      (i) the person is received into the place where the
28                           assessment will be conducted;
29                     (ii) the person is delivered into the care of the
30                           medical practitioner or authorised mental health
31                           practitioner who will assess the person;

                                                                      page 117
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 11         Apprehension, search and seizure powers
     Division 1      Apprehension powers
     s. 157



1                       (iii)   the police officer is satisfied that the grounds for
2                               suspecting that the person needs to be
3                               apprehended no longer exist.
4       (4)     This section does not prevent a police officer from charging a
5               person apprehended under subsection (1) with an offence.

6    157.       Assessment of person arrested
7       (1)     This section applies if --
8                (a) a person is arrested by a police officer on suspicion of
9                      having committed an offence; and
10               (b) the police officer reasonably suspects that the person has
11                     a mental illness for which the person is in need of
12                     immediate treatment.
13      (2)     The police officer must, as soon as practicable, arrange for the
14              person to be assessed by a medical practitioner or authorised
15              mental health practitioner for the purpose of deciding whether
16              or not to refer the person under section 26(2) or (3)(a) for an
17              examination to be conducted by a psychiatrist.
18      (3)     This section does not prevent a police officer from charging the
19              person arrested with an offence.

20   158.       Police must be notified when person leaves
21      (1)     This section applies if --
22               (a) the medical practitioner or authorised mental health
23                     practitioner referred to in section 156(3)(a) or 157(2)
24                     decides not to refer the person under section 26(2)
25                     or (3)(a); or
26               (b) the person, having been referred under section 26(2)
27                     or (3)(a), cannot continue to be detained under this Act.




     page 118
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                        Apprehension, search and seizure powers         Part 11
                                           Apprehension powers       Division 1
                                                                          s. 159



1       (2)   The practitioner or the person in charge of the authorised
2             hospital or other place where the person was being detained
3             under this Act must ensure that --
4               (a) as soon as practicable, a police officer is informed that
5                     the person has not been referred under section 26(2)
6                     or (3)(a) or cannot continue to be detained under this
7                     Act; and
8              (b) as soon as practicable after the police officer is
9                     informed, a record of these things is filed --
10                       (i) the name of the person who informed the police
11                            officer of the person's release;
12                      (ii) the police officer's name, rank and location;
13                     (iii) the date and time when the police officer was
14                            informed of the person's release.

15   159.     Apprehension of other persons
16      (1)   This section applies in relation to the apprehension of a
17            person --
18              (a) under section 99(a) by a police officer or person
19                   prescribed for the purpose of carrying out an
20                   apprehension and return order; or
21              (b) under section 149(1)(a) by a transport officer or police
22                   officer for the purpose of carrying out a transport order;
23                   or
24              (c) under section 156(1) by a police officer because the
25                   person is suspected of having a mental illness and needs
26                   to be apprehended.
27      (2)   For the purpose of apprehending the person, the police officer,
28            person prescribed or transport officer may do any of these
29            things --
30              (a) enter any premises where the person is reasonably
31                    suspected to be;



                                                                       page 119
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 11         Apprehension, search and seizure powers
     Division 2      Search and seizure powers
     s. 160



1                (b)   search, in accordance with sections 163 and 172, the
2                      person and any article found on or with the person;
3                (c)   seize, in accordance with sections 164 and 172, any
4                      article listed in section 164(2) that is found on or with
5                      the person.
6       (3)     However, a transport officer can only enter premises prescribed
7               by the regulations for this subsection.

8                   Division 2 -- Search and seizure powers
9    160.       Term used: approved form
10              In this Division --
11              approved form means --
12                (a) a form approved by the Commissioner of Police under
13                      section 169 for use by police officers under this
14                      Division; or
15                (b) a form approved by the Chief Psychiatrist under
16                      section 543(1) for use by other persons under this
17                      Division.

18   161.       Authorised persons
19              The regulations may authorise a person, or a person in a class of
20              person, (an authorised person) to exercise the powers under this
21              Division.

22   162.       Search of person while detained or admitted
23      (1)     This section applies --
24               (a) to any of these people --
25                        (i) a patient who is admitted by a mental health
26                             service;
27                       (ii) a person who is detained under this Act at a
28                             mental health service or other place to enable an
29                             examination to be conducted by a psychiatrist;


     page 120
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                        Apprehension, search and seizure powers         Part 11
                                     Search and seizure powers       Division 2
                                                                          s. 163



1                     (iii)   any other person who presents at a mental health
2                             service for treatment;
3                     and
4              (b)    at these times --
5                       (i) when the patient or other person is being
6                             admitted by, or is being received into, the mental
7                             health service or other place;
8                      (ii) at any time while the patient or other person is
9                             being provided with treatment or care at the
10                            mental health service or other place.
11      (2)   A police officer or authorised person who reasonably suspects
12            that there is on or with the patient or other person any article
13            listed in section 164(2) may --
14               (a) search, in accordance with sections 163 and 172, the
15                     person and any article found on or with the patient or
16                     other person; and
17              (b) seize, in accordance with sections 164 and 172, any
18                     article listed in section 164(2) that is found on or with
19                     the patient or other person.

20   163.     Conduct of search
21      (1)   This section applies in relation to a search of a person --
22             (a) under section 159(2)(b) by a police officer, person
23                   prescribed or transport officer; or
24             (b) under section 162(2)(a) by a police officer or authorised
25                   person.
26      (2)   Before the search is conducted, the person who will conduct the
27            search must, if reasonably practicable --
28              (a) identify himself or herself to the person; and
29              (b) inform the person of the reason for the search; and
30              (c) request the person to consent to being searched.



                                                                         page 121
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 11         Apprehension, search and seizure powers
     Division 2      Search and seizure powers
     s. 163



1       (3)     The person conducting the search must, if practicable, be a
2               person of the same gender as the person to be searched.
3       (4)     The person conducting the search may do all or any of these
4               things --
5                 (a) scan the person with an electronic or mechanical device,
6                      whether hand held or not, to detect any thing;
7                 (b) remove the person's headwear, gloves, footwear or outer
8                      clothing (for example, a coat or jacket), but not the
9                      person's inner clothing or underwear, in order to
10                     facilitate a frisk search;
11                (c) frisk search the person by quickly and methodically
12                     running the hands over the outside of the person's
13                     clothing;
14                (d) search any article removed under paragraph (b).
15      (5)     The person conducting the search may do all or any of these
16              things for the purpose of conducting the search --
17                (a) search anything being carried by or under the immediate
18                      control of the person;
19                (b) order the person to remove anything that might injure
20                      the person conducting the search from any article that
21                      the person is wearing;
22                (c) photograph part or all of the search while it is being
23                      done;
24                (d) order the person to do anything reasonable to facilitate
25                      the exercise by the person conducting the search of any
26                      power in this section.
27      (6)     The search must be conducted as follows --
28               (a) the search must be done as quickly as is reasonably
29                     practicable;
30               (b) the search must not be any more intrusive than is
31                     reasonably necessary in the circumstances;



     page 122
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                        Apprehension, search and seizure powers         Part 11
                                     Search and seizure powers       Division 2
                                                                          s. 164



1               (c)   if the person conducting the search proposes to remove
2                     any article that the person is wearing -- the person
3                     conducting the search must tell the person why it is
4                     considered necessary to do so;
5              (d)    the person must be allowed to dress as soon as the
6                     search is finished;
7               (e)   the person must be provided with a reasonably adequate
8                     replacement for any article of clothing or footwear
9                     seized if, due to the seizure, the person is left without
10                    adequate clothing or footwear in the circumstances.

11   164.     Seizure of articles
12      (1)   This section applies in relation to the seizure from a person of
13            an article under section 159(2)(c) or 162(2)(b).
14      (2)   Any of these articles may be seized --
15             (a) an intoxicant;
16             (b) an article, including a drug that is prescribed for the
17                   person, that may pose a serious risk to the health or
18                   safety of the person or another person;
19             (c) an article that the person conducting the search believes
20                   is likely to materially assist in determining any question
21                   in relation to the person that is likely to arise for
22                   determination under this Act.
23      (3)   Any article that is seized must be dealt with under section 166
24            or 167.

25   165.     Record of search and seizure
26      (1)   A person who conducts a search of a person under
27            section 159(2)(b) or 162(2)(a) must, as soon as practicable --
28              (a) record the search in accordance with subsection (2); and
29              (b) give the record of the search to, as the case requires --
30                      (i) the person in charge of the mental health service
31                           or other place to which the person searched is

                                                                       page 123
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 11         Apprehension, search and seizure powers
     Division 2      Search and seizure powers
     s. 165



1                               required to be taken under the apprehension and
2                               return order or the transport order; or
3                        (ii)   the person in charge of the mental health service
4                               or other place at which the person searched is
5                               received, or the medical practitioner or
6                               authorised mental health practitioner into whose
7                               care the person is delivered, under
8                               section 156(3)(b)(i) or (ii); or
9                       (iii)   the person searched if the person is released
10                              without being taken to a mental health service or
11                              other place or delivered into the care of a
12                              medical practitioner or authorised mental health
13                              practitioner; or
14                      (iv)    the person in charge of the mental health service
15                              or other place where the search is conducted
16                              under section 162(2)(a).
17      (2)     The record of the search must be in the approved form and must
18              include the following --
19                (a) the date and time the search was conducted;
20                (b) the reasons for conducting the search;
21                (c) any article seized under section 159(2)(c) or 162(2)(b) in
22                      the course of the search;
23                (d) the name, sex, qualifications and signature of the person
24                      who conducted the search.
25      (3)     The person to whom the record of the search is given under
26              subsection (1)(b)(i), (ii) or (iv) must ensure that, as soon as
27              practicable, the record is filed and a copy given to the person
28              searched.




     page 124
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                        Apprehension, search and seizure powers         Part 11
                                     Search and seizure powers       Division 2
                                                                          s. 166




1    166.     Dealing with articles seized when person apprehended
2       (1)   This section applies in relation to an article that is seized under
3             section 159(2)(c) from a person who is apprehended under
4             section 99(a), 149(1)(a) or 156(1).
5       (2)   The article must be dealt with --
6              (a) under subsection (3)(a) or (b); or
7              (b) otherwise according to law.
8       (3)   The article must be --
9              (a) given to, as the case requires --
10                       (i) the person in charge of the mental health service
11                            or other place referred to in section 165(1)(b)(i),
12                            (ii) or (iv) when the person is received there; or
13                      (ii) the medical practitioner or authorised mental
14                            health practitioner referred to in
15                            section 165(1)(b)(ii) when the person is delivered
16                            into the practitioner's care;
17                    or
18             (b) if the person is released without being taken to a mental
19                    health service or other place or delivered into the care of
20                    a medical practitioner or authorised mental health
21                    practitioner -- returned to the person when the person is
22                    released.
23      (4)   A person who deals with an article under subsection (2)(a)
24            or (b) must, as soon as practicable --
25              (a) record in the approved form details of how the article
26                    was dealt with; and
27              (b) give the record of those details to, as the case
28                    requires --
29                      (i) the person in charge of the mental health service
30                            or other place referred to in section 165(1)(b)(i),
31                            (ii) or (iv) when the person is received there; or

                                                                         page 125
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 11         Apprehension, search and seizure powers
     Division 2      Search and seizure powers
     s. 167



1                        (ii)   the medical practitioner or authorised mental
2                               health practitioner referred to in
3                               section 165(1)(b)(ii) when the person is delivered
4                               into the practitioner's care; or
5                       (iii)   if the person is released without being taken to a
6                               mental health service or other place or delivered
7                               into the care of a medical practitioner or
8                               authorised mental health practitioner -- the
9                               person when the person is released.
10      (5)     A person to whom a record is given under subsection (4)(b)(i)
11              or (ii) must ensure that the record is filed as soon as practicable.

12   167.       Return of articles given to or seized by mental health service
13      (1)     This section applies in relation to an article that is --
14               (a) seized from a patient or other person under
15                     section 162(2)(b); or
16               (b) given to the person in charge of a mental health service
17                     or other place under section 166(3)(a)(i).
18      (2)     The article must be dealt with --
19               (a) under subsection (3), (4), (5) or (6); or
20               (b) otherwise according to law.
21      (3)     The article must be returned to the person when the person is
22              released or discharged by or otherwise leaves the mental health
23              service or other place unless subsection (4) applies.
24      (4)     If, in the opinion of the person in charge of the mental health
25              service or other place, the return of the article to the person may
26              pose a serious risk to the health or safety of the person or
27              another person, the article must be given to a carer, close family
28              member or other personal support person of the person when the
29              person is released or discharged by or otherwise leaves the
30              mental health service or other place unless the person in charge
31              considers that it is not appropriate to do so.


     page 126
                                                      Mental Health Bill 2013
                     Apprehension, search and seizure powers         Part 11
                                  Search and seizure powers       Division 2
                                                                       s. 167



1    (5)   If the article is not dealt with under subsection (3) or (4) when
2          the person is released or discharged by or otherwise leaves the
3          mental health service or other place --
4             (a) the article may be returned to the person, or may be
5                   given to a carer, close family member or other personal
6                   support person of the person, at any time afterwards; and
7            (b) subsections (3) and (4) apply (with the necessary
8                   changes) in relation to the article.
9    (6)   If the article is not dealt with under subsection (3), (4) or (5),
10         it --
11            (a) must be stored at the mental health service or other
12                  place; and
13            (b) may be destroyed or otherwise disposed of after
14                  6 months.
15   (7)   The person in charge of the mental health service or other place
16         must ensure that a record of how the article was dealt with
17         under this section is filed.
18   (8)   The record must be in the approved form and must include these
19         things --
20           (a) details of the article;
21           (b) if the article was returned to the person -- the date when
22                it was returned;
23           (c) if the article was not returned to the person -- the
24                reasons for not returning it;
25           (d) if the article was given to a carer, close family member
26                or other personal support person -- the date when it was
27                given to that person;
28           (e) if the article was not given to a carer, close family
29                member or other personal support person -- the reasons
30                for not giving it to that person;




                                                                       page 127
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 11         Apprehension, search and seizure powers
     Division 2      Search and seizure powers
     s. 168



1                  (f)   if the article was destroyed or otherwise disposed of
2                        under subsection (6)(b) --
3                           (i) the date when it was destroyed or disposed of;
4                                 and
5                          (ii) the manner in which it was destroyed or disposed
6                                 of;
7                 (g)    if the article was dealt with under subsection (2)(b) --
8                        any other relevant information.

9    168.       Return of articles given to medical practitioner or
10              authorised mental health practitioner
11      (1)     This section applies in relation to an article that is given to a
12              medical practitioner or authorised mental health practitioner
13              under section 166(3)(a)(ii) who decides not to refer under
14              section 26(2) or (3)(a) the person from whom the article was
15              seized.
16      (2)     The medical practitioner or authorised mental health practitioner
17              must ensure that, as soon as practicable --
18               (a) the article is returned to the person or otherwise dealt
19                     with according to law; and
20               (b) a record of how the article was dealt with under
21                     paragraph (a) is filed and a copy given to the person.

22   169.       Approval of forms for use by police officers under this
23              Division
24              The Commissioner of Police may approve forms for use by
25              police officers under this Division.
26              Note for section 169:

27              The Chief Psychiatrist approves forms for use by other persons under this
28              Division (see section 543(1)).




     page 128
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                     Exercise of certain powers         Part 12
                                             Detention powers        Division 1
                                                                          s. 170



1              Part 12 -- Exercise of certain powers
2                     Division 1 -- Detention powers
3    170.   Principles relating to detention
4           These principles apply in relation to the detention of a person
5           under this Act --
6             (a) the person must be detained for as brief a period as
7                   practicable;
8            (b) the degree of any force used to detain the person must
9                   be the minimum that is required to be used for that
10                  purpose;
11            (c) while the person is detained --
12                     (i) there must be the least possible restriction on the
13                          person's freedom of choice and movement
14                          consistent with the person's detention; and
15                    (ii) the person is entitled to reasonable privacy
16                          consistent with the person's detention; and
17                   (iii) the person must be treated with dignity and
18                          respect.

19   Division 2 -- Ancillary powers: reasonable assistance and force
20                           and directions
21   171.   Term used: prescribed provision
22          In this Division --
23          prescribed provision means a provision listed in the Table.
24                                       Table
             s. 83(2)(c)                     s. 86(c)

             s. 99                           s. 130(3)

             s. 149(1)                       Part 11

                                                                      page 129
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 12         Exercise of certain powers
     Division 2      Ancillary powers: reasonable assistance and force and
                     directions
     s. 172


                 s. 225

1    172.       Reasonable assistance and reasonable force authorised
2       (1)     A person exercising a power under a prescribed provision may
3               request another person to give the person reasonable assistance
4               in exercising that power.
5       (2)     A person exercising, or assisting in accordance with a request
6               under subsection (1) another person in exercising, a power
7               under a prescribed provision may use reasonable force in doing
8               so.

9    173.       Duty to obey directions
10              A person assisting a person in exercising a power under a
11              prescribed provision must obey any lawful and reasonable
12              direction of that person.
13              Penalty: a fine of $6 000.

14   174.       Other written laws not affected
15              A prescribed provision does not affect any other written law
16              relating to the apprehension or search of a person or to the
17              seizure of an article from a person.
18              Note for Division 2:

19              It is an offence to obstruct or hinder a person exercising, or assisting another
20              person to exercise, a power under a prescribed provision (see section 578).




     page 130
                                                           Mental Health Bill 2013
                                 Provision of treatment generally         Part 13
                                                Voluntary patients     Division 1
                                                                            s. 175



1             Part 13 -- Provision of treatment generally
2                      Division 1 -- Voluntary patients
3    175.     Informed consent necessary
4       (1)   A voluntary patient cannot be provided with treatment without
5             informed consent being given to the provision of the treatment.
6       (2)   Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to any of these
7             treatments because this Act makes specific provision in respect
8             of each of them --
9               (a) electroconvulsive therapy;
10              (b) emergency psychiatric treatment;
11              (c) psychosurgery;
12              (d) treatment that is prohibited by section 210(1).

13   176.     Informed consent must be filed
14      (1)   The person responsible under subsection (2) must ensure that
15            any informed consent given to the provision of treatment to a
16            voluntary patient is filed.
17      (2)   For subsection (1), the person responsible is --
18             (a) if the treatment is provided at a mental health service --
19                   the person in charge of the mental health service; or
20             (b) if the treatment is provided at a place other than a
21                   mental health service -- the medical practitioner or
22                   mental health practitioner providing the treatment.
23      (3)   The record of the informed consent must include --
24             (a) the date when the informed consent was given; and
25             (b) whether the informed consent was given --
26                     (i) by the patient himself or herself; or
27                    (ii) by a person authorised by law to give the
28                           informed consent on the patient's behalf;
29                   and

                                                                        page 131
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 13         Provision of treatment generally
     Division 2      Involuntary patients and mentally impaired accused
     s. 177



1                    (c)     if paragraph (b)(ii) applies --
2                               (i) the name and contact details of the person who
3                                    gave the informed consent; and
4                              (ii) details of the person's authority to do so.
5               Notes for section 176:

6               1.         For section 176(3)(b)(i), an adult can give consent by making an
7                          advance health directive (see the GAA Act section 110ZJ(2)).

8               2.         For section 176(3)(b)(ii) --

 9                         (a)   an adult's enduring guardian or guardian or the person
10                               responsible for an adult can give consent on the adult's behalf
11                               (see the GAA Act section 110ZJ(3) to (5)); or

12                         (b)   a child's parent or guardian can give consent on the child's behalf
13                               (see section 302(3) of this Act).

14              Division 2 -- Involuntary patients and mentally
15                             impaired accused
16   177.       Application of this Division
17              This Division applies in relation to --
18               (a) an involuntary patient; or
19               (b) a patient who is a mentally impaired accused required
20                     under the MIA Act to be detained at an authorised
21                     hospital.

22   178.       Informed consent not necessary
23      (1)     The patient can be provided with treatment without informed
24              consent being given to the provision of the treatment.
25      (2)     Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to any of these
26              treatments because this Act makes specific provision in respect
27              of each of them --
28                (a) electroconvulsive therapy;
29                (b) emergency psychiatric treatment;
30                (c) psychosurgery;

     page 132
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                                   Provision of treatment generally        Part 13
               Involuntary patients and mentally impaired accused       Division 2
                                                                             s. 179



1              (d)    treatment that is prohibited by section 210(1).

2    179.     Patient's psychiatrist must ensure regard had to patient's
3             wishes
4       (1)   The patient's psychiatrist must ensure that a medical
5             practitioner, in deciding what treatment will be provided to the
6             patient, has regard to the patient's wishes in relation to the
7             provision of treatment, to the extent that it is practicable to
8             ascertain those wishes.
9       (2)   The patient's psychiatrist must ensure that a record of the
10            following is filed --
11              (a) the patient's wishes, to the extent they were able to be
12                   ascertained by the medical practitioner; and
13              (b) the things to which the medical practitioner had regard
14                   in ascertaining the patient's wishes; and
15              (c) if the decision made by the medical practitioner is
16                   inconsistent with a treatment decision in an advance
17                   health directive, or a term of an enduring power of
18                   guardianship, made by the patient -- the reasons the
19                   decision was made.
20      (3)   The patient's psychiatrist must ensure that, as soon as
21            practicable, each of these people is given a copy of the reasons
22            referred to in subsection (2)(c) --
23              (a) the patient;
24              (b) if the patient has an enduring guardian or guardian --
25                    the enduring guardian or guardian;
26              (c) if the patient has a nominated person -- the nominated
27                    person unless the nominated person is not entitled, for
28                    the reason referred to in section 269(1), to be given a
29                    copy;
30              (d) if the patient has a carer -- the carer unless the carer is
31                    not entitled, for the reason referred to in section 288(2)
32                    or 292(1), to be given a copy;



                                                                         page 133
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 13         Provision of treatment generally
     Division 2      Involuntary patients and mentally impaired accused
     s. 180



1                    (e)     if the patient has a close family member -- the close
2                            family member unless the close family member is not
3                            entitled, for the reason referred to in section 288(2)
4                            or 292(1), to be given a copy;
5                    (f)     the Chief Psychiatrist;
6                    (g)     the Chief Mental Health Advocate.
7       (4)     The patient's psychiatrist is not required to comply with
8               subsection (3) in relation to a decision made by a medical
9               practitioner if each of the people referred to in subsection (2)(c)
10              has been given a copy of the reasons for an earlier decision
11              made by a medical practitioner that was inconsistent with the
12              same treatment decision in the advance health directive or the
13              same term in the enduring power of guardianship.
14              Notes for section 179:

15              1.         For the purpose of a medical practitioner ascertaining the patient's
16                         wishes, Part 2 Division 4 applies.

17              2.         In deciding what treatment will be provided to the patient, a medical
18                         practitioner must also have regard to --

19                         (a)    if the patient is a child, the views of the child's parent or
20                                guardian (see section 301); and

21                         (b)    if the patient has a nominated person, except in certain
22                                circumstances, the views of the nominated person (see Part 16
23                                Division 3 Subdivision 1); and

24                         (c)    if the patient has a carer or close family member, except in
25                                certain circumstances, the views of the carer or close family
26                                member (see Part 17 Division 2).

27   180.       Requirements for ascertaining patient's wishes
28      (1)     The patient's psychiatrist must ensure that, before a patient's
29              wishes in relation to the provision of treatment are sought to be
30              ascertained, the patient is (to the extent that it is practicable to
31              do so) to be --
32                (a) provided with the same explanation of the treatment;
33                      and



     page 134
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                    Provision of treatment generally        Part 13
                Involuntary patients and mentally impaired accused       Division 2
                                                                              s. 181



1               (b)    given the same amount of time for consideration of the
2                      matters involved in the provision of the treatment; and
3               (c)    given the same opportunities to discuss and obtain
4                      advice or assistance in relation to the provision of the
5                      treatment,
6             as would be required to be provided or given to a person before
7             being asked to make a treatment decision about the provision of
8             the treatment.
9       (2)   For the purpose of subsection (1), sections 19 and 20 apply
10            (with the necessary changes) in relation to ascertaining the
11            patient's wishes in relation to the provision of the treatment.
12            Note for section 180:

13            Any explanation provided under section 180(1)(a) must be provided in
14            accordance with section 9(2).

15   181.     Record of treatment to be filed
16            The patient's psychiatrist must ensure that a record of the
17            treatment provided to the patient is filed.

18   182.     Further opinion may be requested
19      (1)   This section applies in relation to any of these people --
20             (a) the patient, whether or not the patient has the capacity to
21                   give informed consent to the treatment being provided to
22                   him or her were that consent required;
23             (b) if the patient does not have that capacity -- the person
24                   who is authorised by law to give that consent on the
25                   patient's behalf were that consent required;
26             (c) if the patient has a nominated person -- the nominated
27                   person;
28             (d) if the person has a carer -- the carer;
29             (e) if the person has a close family member -- the close
30                   family member.



                                                                               page 135
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 13         Provision of treatment generally
     Division 2      Involuntary patients and mentally impaired accused
     s. 182



1       (2)     A person to whom this section applies who is dissatisfied with
2               the treatment being provided to the patient may request orally or
3               in writing the patient's psychiatrist or the Chief Psychiatrist to
4               obtain the opinion (a further opinion) of a psychiatrist who is
5               not the patient's psychiatrist about whether it is appropriate to
6               provide the treatment to the patient.
7       (3)     The patient's psychiatrist or the Chief Psychiatrist must file a
8               record of an oral request or a written request.
9       (4)     The patient's psychiatrist or the Chief Psychiatrist must obtain
10              the further opinion as soon as practicable after receiving the
11              request unless --
12                (a) if a person referred to in subsection (1)(b) to (e) requests
13                      the further opinion -- the patient objects to the further
14                      opinion being obtained; or
15                (b) under section 183 --
16                         (i) the patient's psychiatrist or the Chief Psychiatrist
17                              decides not to comply with the request; and
18                        (ii) if the patient's psychiatrist decides not to comply
19                              with the request -- the Chief Psychiatrist
20                              confirms that decision.
21      (5)     In obtaining the further opinion, the patient's psychiatrist or the
22              Chief Psychiatrist must have regard to the guidelines published
23              under section 545(1)(c) about the independence of psychiatrists
24              from whom further opinions are obtained.
25      (6)     A psychiatrist cannot give a further opinion without examining
26              the patient in accordance with Part 6 Division 3 Subdivision 6.
27      (7)     The further opinion must be given in writing and may include
28              recommendations about the provision of treatment to the
29              patient.
30      (8)     The patient's psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable after
31              obtaining the further opinion --
32                (a) file the opinion and give a copy to the patient; and


     page 136
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                                   Provision of treatment generally        Part 13
               Involuntary patients and mentally impaired accused       Division 2
                                                                             s. 183



1              (b)   if the opinion was requested by a person other than the
2                    patient -- give a copy to that other person.
3       (9)   The Chief Psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable after
4             obtaining the further opinion, give a copy to each of these
5             people --
6               (a) the patient's psychiatrist, who must file the copy as soon
7                     as practicable;
8               (b) the patient;
9               (c) if the opinion was requested by a person other than the
10                    patient -- that other person.
11    (10)    In providing treatment to the patient, the patient's psychiatrist
12            must have regard to any further opinion relating to the provision
13            of that treatment that is obtained under this section, including
14            any recommendations included in the opinion under
15            subsection (7).

16   183.     Request for additional opinion may be refused
17      (1)   This section applies if --
18             (a) a further opinion about the treatment being provided to a
19                   patient has been obtained under section 182; and
20             (b) a person in relation to whom that provision applies
21                   requests that the patient's psychiatrist or the Chief
22                   Psychiatrist obtain an additional opinion under that
23                   provision about the treatment being provided to the
24                   patient.
25      (2)   The patient's psychiatrist or the Chief Psychiatrist may refuse to
26            comply with the request if satisfied that, having regard to the
27            guidelines published under section 545(1)(d) for that purpose,
28            the additional opinion is not warranted.
29      (3)   The patient's psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable after
30            deciding under subsection (2) not to comply with the request --
31              (a) file a record of the decision and the reasons for it; and


                                                                         page 137
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 13         Provision of treatment generally
     Division 2      Involuntary patients and mentally impaired accused
     s. 183



1                (b)   give a copy to each of these people --
2                         (i) the patient;
3                        (ii) if the additional opinion was requested by a
4                              person other than the patient -- that other
5                              person;
6                       (iii) the Chief Psychiatrist.
7       (4)     The Chief Psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable after
8               receiving a copy of the record from the patient's psychiatrist --
9                 (a) confirm or refuse to confirm the decision of the patient's
10                      psychiatrist; and
11                (b) record the confirmation or refusal and the reasons for it;
12                      and
13                (c) give a copy of the record to each of these people --
14                         (i) the patient;
15                        (ii) if the additional opinion was requested by a
16                             person other than the patient -- that other
17                             person;
18                       (iii) the patient's psychiatrist, who must file the copy
19                             as soon as practicable.
20      (5)     The Chief Psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable after
21              deciding under subsection (2) not to comply with the request --
22                (a) file a record of the decision and the reasons for it; and
23                (b) give a copy of the record to each of these people --
24                        (i) the patient;
25                       (ii) if the additional opinion was requested by a
26                             person other than the patient -- that other
27                             person;
28                      (iii) the patient's psychiatrist, who must file the copy
29                             as soon as practicable.




     page 138
                                                           Mental Health Bill 2013
                                  Provision of treatment generally        Part 13
                       Treatment, support and discharge planning       Division 3
                                                                            s. 184




1    184.     Chief Psychiatrist may request reconsideration of treatment
2       (1)   This section applies if, after any further opinion in relation to a
3             patient is obtained under section 182, the person who requested
4             that it be obtained remains dissatisfied with the treatment being
5             provided to the patient and advises the Chief Psychiatrist orally
6             or in writing of that dissatisfaction.
7       (2)   The Chief Psychiatrist must file a record of an oral advice or a
8             written advice.
9       (3)   The Chief Psychiatrist may request the patient's psychiatrist
10            to --
11              (a) reconsider the decision to provide the treatment; and
12              (b) give the Chief Psychiatrist a written report about the
13                  outcome of the reconsideration and the reasons for it.
14      (4)   The patient's psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable --
15             (a) give the report to the Chief Psychiatrist and file a copy;
16                   and
17             (b) give a copy to each of these people --
18                      (i) the patient;
19                     (ii) if the further opinion was requested by a person
20                           other than the patient -- that other person.
21      (5)   Subsection (1) does not limit the powers of the Chief
22            Psychiatrist under section 518.

23      Division 3 -- Treatment, support and discharge planning
24   185.     Application of this Division
25            This Division applies in relation to --
26             (a) a patient who is admitted by a hospital as an involuntary
27                   patient whose detention at the hospital is authorised
28                   under an inpatient treatment order; or



                                                                         page 139
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 13         Provision of treatment generally
     Division 3      Treatment, support and discharge planning
     s. 186



1                (b)    a patient who is admitted by an authorised hospital as a
2                       mentally impaired accused required under the MIA Act
3                       to be detained at the hospital; or
4                 (c)   a patient who is under a community treatment order.

5    186.       Treatment, support and discharge plan
6       (1)     The treatment, care and support provided to a patient must be
7               governed by a treatment, support and discharge plan.
8       (2)     The treatment, support and discharge plan for a patient referred
9               to in section 185(a) or (b) must outline --
10                (a) the treatment and support that will be provided to the
11                      patient while admitted by the authorised hospital; and
12                (b) the treatment and support that will be offered to the
13                      patient after the patient is discharged by the hospital.
14      (3)     The treatment, support and discharge plan for a patient referred
15              to in section 185(c) must outline --
16                (a) the treatment and support that will be provided to the
17                      patient under the community treatment order as set out
18                      in that order; and
19                (b) the treatment and support that will be offered to the
20                      patient when the patient is no longer under the
21                      community treatment order.

22   187.       Preparation and review of plan
23      (1)     A patient's psychiatrist must ensure that a treatment, support
24              and discharge plan for the patient --
25                (a) is prepared as soon as practicable after the patient is
26                     admitted by the hospital or the community treatment
27                     order is made; and
28                (b) is reviewed regularly; and
29                (c) is revised as necessary.




     page 140
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                                 Provision of treatment generally        Part 13
                      Treatment, support and discharge planning       Division 3
                                                                           s. 187



1    (2)   The plan must be prepared, reviewed and revised having regard
2          to the guidelines published under section 545(1)(e) for that
3          purpose.
4    (3)   The patient's psychiatrist must ensure that --
5           (a) the plan (as prepared and as revised) is filed; and
6           (b) a copy of the plan (as prepared and as revised) is given
7                 to each of these people --
8                    (i) the patient;
9                   (ii) the person referred to in section 188(1)(b);
10                 (iii) if the patient is a child -- the child's parent or
11                        guardian;
12                 (iv) if the patient has a nominated person -- the
13                        nominated person unless the nominated person is
14                        not entitled, for the reason referred to in
15                        section 269(1), to be given a copy;
16                  (v) if the patient has a carer -- the carer unless the
17                        carer is not entitled, for the reason referred to in
18                        section 288(2) or 292(1), to be given a copy;
19                 (vi) if the patient has a close family member -- the
20                        close family member unless the close family
21                        member is not entitled, for the reason referred to
22                        in section 288(2) or 292(1), to be given a copy.
23   (4)   The patient's psychiatrist may also ensure that a copy of the
24         plan (as prepared or as revised) is given to any other person or
25         body that the psychiatrist considers appropriate.
26         Note for section 187:

27         For section 187(4), the patient's psychiatrist may for example consider it
28         appropriate to give a copy of the plan to a community mental health service.




                                                                               page 141
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 13         Provision of treatment generally
     Division 3      Treatment, support and discharge planning
     s. 188



1    188.       Involvement in preparation and review of plan
2       (1)     A patient's psychiatrist must ensure that each of these people is
3               involved in the preparation and review of the treatment, support
4               and discharge plan for the patient --
5                 (a) the patient --
6                         (i) whether or not the patient has the capacity to
7                              consent to the plan being implemented in relation
8                              to himself or herself; and
9                        (ii) whether or not the plan can be implemented
10                             without the patient's consent;
11                (b) if the patient does not have the capacity referred to in
12                     paragraph (a)(i) --
13                        (i) if the plan cannot be implemented without the
14                             patient's consent -- the person who is authorised
15                             by law to consent on the patient's behalf; or
16                       (ii) if the plan can be implemented without the
17                             patient's consent -- the person who would be
18                             authorised by law to consent on the patient's
19                             behalf if the plan could not have been
20                             implemented without consent;
21                (c) if the patient is a child -- the child's parent or guardian;
22                (d) if the patient has a nominated person -- the nominated
23                     person unless the nominated person is not entitled under
24                     section 269 to be involved;
25                (e) if the patient has a carer -- the carer unless the carer is
26                     not entitled under section 288(2) or 292(1) to be
27                     involved;
28                 (f) if the patient has a close family member -- the close
29                     family member unless the close family member is not
30                     entitled under section 288(2) or 292(1) to be involved.
31      (2)     Without limiting a requirement under subsection (1)(b) to
32              involve the person who is or would be required by law to
33              consent on the patient's behalf, or under subsection (1)(c) to

     page 142
                                                        Mental Health Bill 2013
                               Provision of treatment generally        Part 13
                    Treatment, support and discharge planning       Division 3
                                                                         s. 188



1          involve the child's parent or guardian, in the preparation or
2          review of the treatment, support and discharge plan, the
3          requirement is taken to be complied with if the patient's
4          psychiatrist ensures that reasonable efforts continue to be made
5          to involve the person in the preparation or review of the
6          treatment, support and discharge plan until the first of these
7          things occurs --
8            (a) the person is involved in that preparation or review;
9            (b) it is reasonable for the patient's psychiatrist to conclude
10                 that the person cannot be involved in that preparation or
11                 review.
12   (3)   Part 16 Division 3 Subdivision 2 applies in relation to a
13         requirement under subsection (1)(d) to involve the patient's
14         nominated person in the preparation or review of the treatment,
15         support and discharge plan.
16   (4)   Part 17 Division 2 applies in relation to a requirement under
17         subsection (1)(e) to consult a carer of the involuntary inpatient,
18         or under subsection (1)(f) to consult a close family member of
19         the patient, in the preparation or review of the treatment,
20         support and discharge plan.
21   (5)   The patient's psychiatrist may also ensure that any other person
22         or body that the psychiatrist considers appropriate is involved in
23         the preparation or review of the treatment, support and
24         discharge plan for the patient.
25   (6)   The patient's psychiatrist must ensure that each of the following
26         is filed --
27           (a) a record of the involvement of any person referred to in
28                  subsection (1)(b) to (f), or any person or body referred
29                  to in subsection (5), in the preparation or review of the
30                  treatment, support and discharge plan;
31           (b) if a person referred to in subsection (1)(b) to (f) could
32                  not be involved in the preparation or review of the
33                  treatment, support and discharge plan -- a record of the
34                  efforts made to do so.

                                                                     page 143
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 13         Provision of treatment generally
     Division 4      Provision of treatment to patients of Aboriginal or Torres Strait
                     Islander descent
     s. 189


1               Note for section 188:

2               For section 188(5), the patient's psychiatrist may for example consider it
3               appropriate to involve a community mental health service.

4    Division 4 -- Provision of treatment to patients of Aboriginal or
5                    Torres Strait Islander descent
6    189.       Provision of treatment to patient of Aboriginal or Torres
7               Strait Islander descent
8               To the extent that it is practicable and appropriate to do so,
9               treatment provided to a patient who is of Aboriginal or Torres
10              Strait Islander descent must be provided in collaboration
11              with --
12                (a) Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander mental health
13                       workers; and
14                (b) significant members of the patient's community,
15                       including elders and traditional healers.

16          Division 5 -- Compliance with standards and guidelines
17   190.       Mental health service must comply with standards
18              The person in charge of a mental health service must ensure that
19              any standards published under section 545(2) applicable to the
20              mental health service are complied with.

21   191.       Mental health service must take guidelines into account
22              The person in charge of a mental health service must ensure
23              that, in the provision by the mental health service of treatment
24              and care to persons who have a mental illness, regard is had to
25              any guidelines published under section 545(1) or (3) applicable
26              to that treatment and care.




     page 144
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
     Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions        Part 14
                                           Electroconvulsive therapy      Division 1
                                                                               s. 192



1       Part 14 -- Regulation of certain kinds of treatment
2                   and other interventions
3                   Division 1 -- Electroconvulsive therapy
4    192.     Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT): meaning
5             Electroconvulsive therapy is treatment involving the application
6             of electric current to specific areas of a person's head to produce
7             a generalised seizure that is modified by general anaesthesia and
8             the administration of a muscle relaxing agent.

9    193.     ECT offence
10            A person must not perform electroconvulsive therapy on
11            another person except in accordance with sections 194 to 199.
12            Penalty: a fine of $15 000 and imprisonment for 2 years.

13   194.     ECT on child under 14 years prohibited
14            A person cannot perform electroconvulsive therapy on a child
15            under 14 years of age.

16   195.     ECT on child over 14 years who is voluntary patient
17      (1)   This section applies in relation to a child who has reached
18            14 years of age but is under 18 years of age and is a voluntary
19            patient.
20      (2)   A medical practitioner can perform electroconvulsive therapy
21            on the child if --
22              (a) informed consent is given to the electroconvulsive
23                    therapy being performed; and
24             (b) the Mental Health Tribunal approves under Part 21
25                    Division 6 the electroconvulsive therapy being
26                    performed; and




                                                                           page 145
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 14         Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions
     Division 1      Electroconvulsive therapy
     s. 196



1                 (c)    in performing the electroconvulsive therapy, the medical
2                        practitioner has regard to the guidelines published under
3                        section 545(1)(f) for that purpose.
4               Note for section 195:

5               For section 195(2)(a), the child or the child's parent or guardian can give
6               informed consent (see sections 14 and 15).

7    196.       ECT on child over 14 years who is involuntary patient or
8               mentally impaired accused
9       (1)     This section applies in relation to a child who has reached
10              14 years of age but is under 18 years of age and is --
11                (a) an involuntary patient; or
12               (b) a patient who is a mentally impaired accused required
13                     under the MIA Act to be detained at an authorised
14                     hospital.
15      (2)     A medical practitioner can perform electroconvulsive therapy
16              on the child if --
17                (a) the Mental Health Tribunal approves under Part 21
18                      Division 6 the electroconvulsive therapy being
19                      performed; and
20               (b) in performing the electroconvulsive therapy, the medical
21                      practitioner has regard to the guidelines published under
22                      section 545(1)(f) for that purpose.

23   197.       ECT on adult voluntary patient
24      (1)     This section applies in relation to an adult who is a voluntary
25              patient.
26      (2)     A medical practitioner can perform electroconvulsive therapy
27              on the patient if --
28                (a) informed consent is given to the electroconvulsive
29                      therapy being performed; and




     page 146
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
     Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions        Part 14
                                           Electroconvulsive therapy      Division 1
                                                                               s. 198



1                  (b)     the electroconvulsive therapy is performed at a mental
2                          health service approved under section 542 for that
3                          purpose; and
4                  (c)     in performing the electroconvulsive therapy, the medical
5                          practitioner has regard to the guidelines published under
6                          section 545(1)(f) for that purpose.
7             Notes for section 197:

 8            1.         For section 197(2)(a), an adult can give informed consent in an
 9                       advance health directive (see the GAA Act section 110ZJ(2)) or an
10                       adult's enduring guardian or guardian or the person responsible for the
11                       adult can give informed consent on the adult's behalf (see the GAA Act
12                       section 110ZJ(3) to (5)).

13            2.         The GAA Act sections 110ZI and 110ZIA do not apply in relation to the
14                       performance of ECT on an adult who is a voluntary patient.

15   198.     ECT on adult involuntary patient or mentally impaired
16            accused
17      (1)   This section applies in relation to an adult who is --
18             (a) an involuntary patient; or
19             (b) a patient who is a mentally impaired accused required
20                   under the MIA Act to be detained at an authorised
21                   hospital.
22      (2)   A medical practitioner can perform electroconvulsive therapy
23            on the patient if --
24              (a) the Mental Health Tribunal approves under Part 21
25                    Division 6 the electroconvulsive therapy being
26                    performed; and
27             (b) in performing the electroconvulsive therapy, the medical
28                    practitioner has regard to the guidelines published under
29                    section 545(1)(f) for that purpose.




                                                                                     page 147
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 14         Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions
     Division 1      Electroconvulsive therapy
     s. 199



1    199.       Emergency ECT on adult involuntary patient or mentally
2               impaired accused
3       (1)     This section applies in relation to an adult who is --
4                (a) an involuntary patient; or
5                (b) a patient who is a mentally impaired accused required
6                      under the MIA Act to be detained at an authorised
7                      hospital.
8       (2)     A medical practitioner can perform electroconvulsive therapy
9               on the patient if --
10                (a) the patient needs to be provided with electroconvulsive
11                      therapy --
12                         (i) to save the patient's life; or
13                        (ii) because there is an imminent risk of the patient
14                              behaving in a way that is likely to result in
15                              serious physical injury to the patient or another
16                              person;
17                      and
18               (b) the electroconvulsive therapy is performed at a mental
19                      health service approved under section 542 for that
20                      purpose; and
21                (c) the Chief Psychiatrist approves the electroconvulsive
22                      therapy being performed; and
23               (d) in performing the electroconvulsive therapy, the medical
24                      practitioner has regard to the guidelines published under
25                      section 545(1)(f) for that purpose.
26      (3)     In approving the electroconvulsive therapy being performed, the
27              Chief Psychiatrist must have regard to the guidelines published
28              under section 545(1)(f) for that purpose.




     page 148
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
     Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions        Part 14
                                           Electroconvulsive therapy      Division 1
                                                                               s. 200



1    200.     Report to Mentally Impaired Accused Review Board
2       (1)   This section applies in relation to a patient who is a mentally
3             impaired accused required under the MIA Act to be detained at
4             an authorised hospital.
5       (2)   The patient's psychiatrist must report the performance of a
6             course of electroconvulsive therapy on the patient as soon as
7             practicable to the Mentally Impaired Accused Review Board.
8       (3)   The report must be accompanied by a copy of the approval of
9             the Mental Health Tribunal or the Chief Psychiatrist, as the case
10            requires.

11   201.     Statistics about ECT
12      (1)   This section applies in relation to a mental health service where
13            electroconvulsive therapy is performed.
14      (2)   In this section --
15            month means any of the 12 months of the year;
16            serious adverse event, in relation to a course of treatments with
17            electroconvulsive therapy, includes any of the following --
18              (a) premature consciousness during a treatment;
19              (b) anaesthetic complications (for example, cardiac
20                     arrhythmia) during recovery from a treatment;
21              (c) an acute and persistent confused state during recovery
22                     from a treatment;
23              (d) muscle tears or vertebral column damage;
24              (e) severe and persistent headaches;
25               (f) persistent memory deficit.
26      (3)   The person in charge of the mental health service must, as soon
27            as practicable after the end of each month, report to the Chief
28            Psychiatrist on these matters --
29              (a) the number of people in respect of whom a course of
30                    electroconvulsive therapy at the mental health service


                                                                           page 149
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 14         Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions
     Division 1      Electroconvulsive therapy
     s. 201



1                       was completed under subsection (4), or was
2                       discontinued under subsection (5), during the month;
3                (b)    the number of those people who were children;
4                (c)    the number of those people who were voluntary patients;
5                (d)    the number of those voluntary patients who were
6                       children;
7                (e)    the number of those people who were involuntary
8                       patients;
9                 (f)   the number of those involuntary patients who were
10                      children;
11               (g)    the number of those people who were mentally impaired
12                      accused required under the MIA Act to be detained at an
13                      authorised hospital;
14               (h)    the number of those mentally impaired accused who
15                      were children;
16                (i)   the number of treatments with electroconvulsive therapy
17                      in each of those courses;
18                (j)   the number of those courses that were courses of
19                      emergency electroconvulsive therapy performed under
20                      section 199;
21               (k)    details of any serious adverse event that occurred, or is
22                      suspected of having occurred, during or after any of
23                      those courses.
24      (4)     For the purposes of subsection (3)(a), a course of
25              electroconvulsive therapy is taken to have been completed
26              during a month if the last treatment in the course was performed
27              during the month, whether or not any of the other treatments in
28              the course were performed during the month.
29      (5)     For the purposes of subsection (3)(a), a course of
30              electroconvulsive therapy is taken to have been discontinued
31              during a month if --
32                (a) one or more of the treatments in the course have been
33                      performed, whether or not during the month; and

     page 150
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
     Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions        Part 14
                                    Emergency psychiatric treatment       Division 2
                                                                               s. 202



1               (b)    the decision not to perform any more of the treatments
2                      in the course was made (for whatever reason) during the
3                      month.
4       (6)   The report must be in the approved form.

5              Division 2 -- Emergency psychiatric treatment
6    202.     Emergency psychiatric treatment: meaning
7       (1)   Emergency psychiatric treatment is treatment that needs to be
8             provided to a person --
9               (a) to save the person's life; or
10              (b) to prevent the person from behaving in a way that is
11                   likely to result in serious physical injury to the person or
12                   another person.
13      (2)   Emergency psychiatric treatment does not include any of these
14            treatments --
15              (a) electroconvulsive therapy;
16              (b) psychosurgery;
17              (c) treatment that is prohibited by section 210(1).

18   203.     Informed consent not required
19            A medical practitioner may provide a person with emergency
20            psychiatric treatment without informed consent being given to
21            the provision of the treatment.
22            Note for section 203:

23            The GAA Act sections 110ZI and 110ZIA do not apply in relation to
24            emergency psychiatric treatment.




                                                                                  page 151
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 14         Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions
     Division 3      Psychosurgery
     s. 204



1    204.       Record of emergency psychiatric treatment
2       (1)     A medical practitioner who provides emergency psychiatric
3               treatment to a person must, as soon as practicable --
4                 (a) file a record, in accordance with subsection (2), of the
5                      provision of the emergency psychiatric treatment to the
6                      person; and
7                 (b) give a copy of the record to each of these people --
8                         (i) the person;
9                        (ii) the Chief Psychiatrist;
10                      (iii) if the person is a mentally impaired accused --
11                              the Mentally Impaired Accused Review Board.
12      (2)     The record of the treatment provided must be in the approved
13              form and must include these things --
14                (a) the name of the person provided with the treatment;
15                (b) the name and qualifications of the practitioner who
16                     provided the treatment;
17                (c) the names of any other people involved in providing the
18                     treatment;
19                (d) the date, time and place the treatment was provided;
20                (e) particulars of the circumstances in which the treatment
21                     was provided;
22                 (f) particulars of the treatment provided.
23                         Division 3 -- Psychosurgery
24   205.       Psychosurgery: meaning
25              Psychosurgery is treatment involving --
26                (a) the use of a surgical technique or procedure or
27                    intracerebral electrodes to create in a person's brain a
28                    lesion intended (whether alone or in combination with
29                    one or more other lesions created at the same or other
30                    times) to alter permanently --
31                      (i) the person's thoughts or emotions; or

     page 152
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
     Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions        Part 14
                                                     Psychosurgery        Division 3
                                                                               s. 206



1                       (ii)   the person's behaviour other than behaviour
2                              secondary to a paroxysmal cerebral dysrhythmia;
3                      or
4               (b)    the use of intracerebral electrodes to stimulate a person's
5                      brain without creating a lesion with the intention that the
6                      stimulation (whether alone or in combination with other
7                      such stimulation at the same or other times) will
8                      influence or alter temporarily --
9                         (i) the person's thoughts or emotions; or
10                       (ii) the person's behaviour other than behaviour
11                             secondary to a paroxysmal cerebral dysrhythmia.

12   206.     Psychosurgery offence
13            A person must not perform psychosurgery on another person
14            except in accordance with sections 207 and 208.
15            Penalty: imprisonment for 5 years.

16   207.     Psychosurgery on child under 16 years prohibited
17            A person cannot perform psychosurgery on a child under
18            16 years of age.

19   208.     Psychosurgery on adult or child over 16 years old
20      (1)   This section applies in relation to a patient who is --
21             (a) an adult; or
22             (b) a child who has reached 16 years of age but is under
23                   18 years of age.
24      (2)   A neurosurgeon can perform psychosurgery on the patient if --
25             (a) the patient gives informed consent to the psychosurgery
26                   being performed on himself or herself; and
27             (b) the Mental Health Tribunal approves under Part 21
28                   Division 7 the psychosurgery being performed.



                                                                           page 153
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 14         Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions
     Division 4      Deep sleep and insulin coma therapy
     s. 209



1               Notes for section 208:

2               1.     For the purpose of section 208(2)(a), an adult patient can give
3                      informed consent in an advance health directive (see the GAA Act
4                      section 110ZJ(2)).

5               2.     For the purpose of section 208(2)(a), a child can only give informed
6                      consent if the child has the capacity to do so (see Part 5 Division 1).

7    209.       Report to Chief Psychiatrist and Mentally Impaired
8               Accused Review Board
9       (1)     A patient's psychiatrist must report the performance of
10              psychosurgery on the patient as soon as practicable to --
11                (a) the Chief Psychiatrist; and
12                (b) if the patient is a mentally impaired accused -- the
13                     Mentally Impaired Accused Review Board.
14      (2)     The report must be accompanied by a copy of the Mental Health
15              Tribunal's approval.

16            Division 4 -- Deep sleep and insulin coma therapy
17   210.       Deep sleep and insulin coma therapy prohibited
18      (1)     A person must not perform any of these things on another
19              person --
20                (a) deep sleep therapy;
21                (b) insulin coma therapy;
22                (c) insulin sub coma therapy.
23              Penalty: imprisonment for 5 years.
24      (2)     An offence under subsection (1) is a crime.

25                                Division 5 -- Seclusion
26   211.       Terms used
27              In this Division --
28              oral authorisation means an authorisation given orally under
29              section 214(1);

     page 154
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
     Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions        Part 14
                                                           Seclusion      Division 5
                                                                               s. 212



1             seclusion order --
2               (a) means a seclusion order made under section 215(1); and
3               (b) includes a seclusion order as extended under
4                     section 218(1).

5    212.     Seclusion: meaning
6             Seclusion is the confinement of a person who is being provided
7             with treatment or care at an authorised hospital by leaving the
8             person at any time of the day or night alone in a room or area
9             from which it is not within the person's control to leave.

10   213.     Seclusion must be authorised
11            A person must not keep another person in seclusion except in
12            accordance with an oral authorisation or a seclusion order.
13            Penalty: a fine of $6 000.

14   214.     Giving oral authorisation
15      (1)   A medical practitioner or mental health practitioner at an
16            authorised hospital or the person in charge of a ward at an
17            authorised hospital may orally authorise the seclusion of any of
18            these people --
19              (a) a person who is a patient admitted by the authorised
20                    hospital;
21              (b) a person who is referred under section 26(2) or 36(2) for
22                    an examination to be conducted by a psychiatrist at the
23                    authorised hospital;
24              (c) a person who is under an order made under
25                    section 55(1)(c) or 61(1)(c) to enable an examination to
26                    be conducted by a psychiatrist at the authorised hospital.
27      (2)   A person cannot give an oral authorisation in respect of a person
28            unless satisfied of the matters specified in section 216.
29      (3)   A person giving an oral authorisation in respect of a person
30            must specify the room or area where the person can be secluded.

                                                                           page 155
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 14         Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions
     Division 5      Seclusion
     s. 214



1       (4)     A person who gives an oral authorisation in respect of a person
2               must, as soon as practicable after the person is secluded under
3               the authorisation --
4                 (a) record the oral authorisation in the approved form,
5                       specifying the following --
6                          (i) the date and time when it was given;
7                         (ii) the room or area specified under subsection (3);
8                        (iii) the reasons for giving it;
9                       and
10                (b) file the record and give a copy to the person.
11      (5)     A mental health practitioner or the person in charge of a ward
12              who gives an oral authorisation in respect of a person must, as
13              soon as practicable and, in any event, within sufficient time to
14              enable the person to be examined as required by section 222(4)
15              or 223(2), inform a medical practitioner as to whether --
16                (a) the person is secluded under the oral authorisation; or
17                (b) the person was secluded under the oral authorisation but
18                      has since been released from seclusion.
19      (6)     A mental health practitioner or the person in charge of a ward
20              who informs a medical practitioner under subsection (5) must,
21              as soon as practicable --
22                (a) record in the approved form --
23                        (i) the medical practitioner's name and
24                             qualifications; and
25                       (ii) the date and time when the medical practitioner
26                             was informed;
27                     and
28                (b) file the record and give a copy to the person.
29      (7)     If a seclusion order confirming the oral authorisation is not
30              made (either by the person who gave the oral authorisation or, if
31              that person is not reasonably available, another person who is
32              authorised to make a seclusion order) as soon as practicable and,

     page 156
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
     Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions        Part 14
                                                           Seclusion      Division 5
                                                                               s. 215



1             in any event, within 2 hours after the time when the person is
2             secluded under the authorisation --
3               (a) the person cannot continue to be secluded and must be
4                     released from seclusion; and
5               (b) the person who gave the oral authorisation or, if that
6                     person is not reasonably available, another person who
7                     is authorised to make a seclusion order must ensure that
8                     the person is informed of that fact and released from
9                     seclusion.

10   215.     Making seclusion order
11      (1)   A medical practitioner or mental health practitioner at an
12            authorised hospital or the person in charge of a ward at an
13            authorised hospital may make a seclusion order authorising the
14            seclusion of any of these people --
15              (a) a person who is a patient admitted by the authorised
16                    hospital;
17              (b) a person who is referred under section 26(2) or 36(2) for
18                    an examination to be conducted by a psychiatrist at the
19                    authorised hospital;
20              (c) a person who is under an order made under
21                    section 55(1)(c) or 61(1)(c) to enable an examination to
22                    be conducted by a psychiatrist at the authorised hospital.
23      (2)   A person cannot make a seclusion order in respect of a person
24            unless satisfied of the matters specified in section 216.
25      (3)   A seclusion order must be in the approved form and must
26            include the following --
27              (a) the name and date of birth of the person being secluded
28                    under the order;
29              (b) the date and time when the order is made;
30              (c) the date and time when any oral authorisation being
31                    confirmed by the order was given;



                                                                           page 157
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 14         Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions
     Division 5      Seclusion
     s. 215



1                (d)    the period for which the person can be secluded under
2                       the order, which cannot exceed 2 hours including the
3                       period for which the person was secluded under any oral
4                       authorisation being confirmed by the order;
5                 (e)   the room or area where the person can be secluded;
6                 (f)   with reference to the criteria specified in section 216(1),
7                       the reasons for authorising the seclusion;
8                (g)    if a mental health practitioner or the person in charge of
9                       a ward makes the order -- with reference to the criteria
10                      specified in section 216(2), the reasons for the urgency;
11               (h)    particulars of any observations made about the
12                      person --
13                         (i) if the order is confirming an oral authorisation --
14                              when the person was secluded under the oral
15                              authorisation; or
16                        (ii) otherwise -- when the person is secluded under
17                              the order;
18                (i)   particulars of any directions given by a medical
19                      practitioner or mental health practitioner about the
20                      treatment and care to be provided to the person while
21                      secluded;
22                (j)   the name, qualifications and signature of the person
23                      making the order.
24      (4)     A mental health practitioner or the person in charge of a ward
25              who makes a seclusion order in respect of a person must, as
26              soon as practicable and, in any event, within sufficient time to
27              enable the person to be examined as required by section 222(4)
28              or 223(2), inform a medical practitioner as to whether --
29                (a) the person is secluded under the seclusion order; or
30                (b) the person was secluded under the seclusion order but
31                      has since been released from seclusion.




     page 158
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
     Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions        Part 14
                                                           Seclusion      Division 5
                                                                               s. 216



1       (5)   A mental health practitioner or the person in charge of a ward
2             who informs a medical practitioner under subsection (4) must,
3             as soon as practicable --
4               (a) record in the approved form --
5                       (i) the medical practitioner's name and
6                            qualifications; and
7                      (ii) the date and time when the medical practitioner
8                            was informed;
9                    and
10              (b) file the record and give a copy to the person.
11      (6)   The person who makes a seclusion order in respect of a person
12            must, as soon as practicable after the person is secluded under
13            the order, file it and give a copy to the person.

14   216.     Criteria for authorising seclusion
15      (1)   A person cannot give an oral authorisation or make a seclusion
16            order in respect of a person unless satisfied of these things --
17              (a) the person needs to be secluded to prevent the person
18                    from --
19                       (i) physically injuring himself or herself or another
20                           person; or
21                      (ii) persistently causing serious damage to property;
22                    and
23              (b) there is no less restrictive way of preventing the injury
24                    or damage.
25      (2)   A mental health practitioner or the person in charge of a ward
26            cannot give an oral authorisation or make a seclusion order in
27            respect of a person unless also satisfied that --
28              (a) the person needs to be secluded urgently; and
29              (b) a medical practitioner is not reasonably available to give
30                    an oral authorisation or make a seclusion order in
31                    respect of the person.

                                                                           page 159
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 14         Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions
     Division 5      Seclusion
     s. 217



1    217.       Treating psychiatrist (if any) to be informed
2       (1)     This section applies if --
3                (a) a person secluded under an oral authorisation or
4                      seclusion order has a treating psychiatrist; and
5                (b) the treating psychiatrist did not give the oral
6                      authorisation or make the seclusion order; and
7                (c) the medical practitioner informed under section 214(5)
8                      or 215(4) of the person's seclusion is not the treating
9                      psychiatrist.
10      (2)     The person who gave the oral authorisation or made the
11              seclusion order must, as soon as practicable and, in any event,
12              within 2 hours after the time when the person is secluded under
13              the authorisation or order, inform the treating psychiatrist as to
14              whether --
15                (a) the person is secluded under the authorisation or order;
16                      or
17                (b) the person was secluded under the authorisation or order
18                      but has since been released from seclusion.
19      (3)     A person who informs the treating psychiatrist under
20              subsection (2) must, as soon as practicable --
21                (a) record in the approved form --
22                        (i) the treating psychiatrist's name and
23                             qualifications; and
24                       (ii) the date and time when the treating psychiatrist
25                             was informed;
26                     and
27                (b) file the record and give a copy to the person.

28   218.       Extending seclusion order
29      (1)     A medical practitioner may make an order extending a seclusion
30              order in force in respect of a person from the end of the period



     page 160
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
     Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions        Part 14
                                                           Seclusion      Division 5
                                                                               s. 219



1             of seclusion under the seclusion order for the further period (not
2             exceeding 2 hours) specified in the order.
3       (2)   The medical practitioner cannot extend the seclusion order
4             unless, immediately before doing so, the medical practitioner
5             examines the person in accordance with section 222(4).
6       (3)   The medical practitioner must, as soon as practicable, file the
7             order and give a copy to the person.

8    219.     Revoking seclusion order
9       (1)   A medical practitioner or mental health practitioner or the
10            person in charge of a ward at an authorised hospital may make
11            an order revoking a seclusion order in force in respect of a
12            person.
13      (2)   The order must be in the approved form and must include the
14            following --
15              (a) the date and time when the seclusion order is revoked;
16              (b) the name, qualifications and signature of the person
17                   making it.
18      (3)   The person who makes the order must, as soon as practicable,
19            file it and give a copy to the person.

20   220.     Release of person on revocation or expiry of seclusion order
21            A medical practitioner or mental health practitioner must, as
22            soon as practicable after the time when a person cannot continue
23            to be secluded under a seclusion order --
24              (a) inform the person of that fact; and
25              (b) ensure that the person is released from seclusion.

26   221.     Record of seclusion order expiring
27            A medical practitioner or mental health practitioner must, as
28            soon as practicable after a seclusion order expires, file a record
29            in the approved form of the date and time of the expiry.


                                                                           page 161
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 14         Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions
     Division 5      Seclusion
     s. 222



1    222.       Requirements relating to seclusion
2       (1)     This section applies while a person is secluded under an oral
3               authorisation or a seclusion order.
4       (2)     The person in charge of the ward where the person is secluded
5               must ensure that the requirements specified in this section, and
6               any other requirements prescribed by the regulations for this
7               section, are complied with.
8       (3)     A mental health practitioner or a nurse must observe the person
9               every 15 minutes and, as soon as practicable, file a record in the
10              approved form of those observations and give a copy to the
11              person.
12      (4)     A medical practitioner must examine the person at least every
13              2 hours and, as soon as practicable --
14                (a) record in the approved form these things --
15                        (i) the medical practitioner's name and
16                             qualifications;
17                       (ii) the date and time of the examination;
18                      (iii) the results of the examination, including whether
19                             or not the medical practitioner considers that,
20                             having regard to the criteria specified in
21                             section 216(1), the person should continue to be
22                             secluded;
23                     and
24                (b) file the record and give a copy to the person.
25      (5)     The person must be provided with these things --
26               (a) the bedding and clothing appropriate in the
27                     circumstances;
28               (b) sufficient food and drink;
29               (c) access to toilet facilities;
30               (d) any other care appropriate to the person's needs.



     page 162
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
     Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions        Part 14
                                                           Seclusion      Division 5
                                                                               s. 223



1    223.     Examination of person released from seclusion
2       (1)   This section applies whenever a person is released from
3             seclusion under an oral authorisation or a seclusion order.
4       (2)   The person in charge of the ward where the person was secluded
5             must ensure --
6              (a) that the person is examined by a medical practitioner
7                    within 6 hours after the time when the person is released
8                    from the seclusion; or
9              (b) if the person is to be released or discharged by, or
10                   against medical advice wants to leave, the authorised
11                   hospital where the person was secluded before being
12                   examined under paragraph (a) -- that the person is
13                   offered an examination by a medical practitioner to be
14                   conducted before the person is released, discharged or
15                   leaves.
16      (3)   A medical practitioner who examines a person for the purposes
17            of subsection (2) must, as soon as practicable --
18              (a) record in the approved form these things --
19                      (i) the medical practitioner's name and
20                           qualifications;
21                     (ii) the date and time of the examination;
22                    (iii) the results of the examination, including any
23                           complication of or deterioration in the person's
24                           mental or physical condition that is a result of, or
25                           may be the result of, the person being secluded;
26                   and
27              (b) file the record and give a copy to the person.

28   224.     Report to Chief Psychiatrist and Mentally Impaired
29            Accused Review Board
30      (1)   This section applies whenever a person is released from
31            seclusion under an oral authorisation or a seclusion order.


                                                                           page 163
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 14         Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions
     Division 5      Seclusion
     s. 225



1       (2)     The treating psychiatrist or, if the person does not have a
2               treating psychiatrist, the person in charge of the authorised
3               hospital where the person was secluded must, as soon as
4               practicable, give the documents specified in subsection (3)
5               relating to the seclusion to --
6                 (a) the Chief Psychiatrist; and
7                 (b) if the person is a mentally impaired accused -- the
8                       Mentally Impaired Accused Review Board.
9       (3)     For subsection (2), these documents are specified --
10               (a) a copy of the record of the oral authorisation (if any)
11                     made under section 214(4)(a);
12               (b) a copy of the seclusion order (if any) made under
13                     section 215(1);
14               (c) a copy of any order extending the seclusion order made
15                     under section 218(1);
16               (d) a copy of any order revoking the seclusion order made
17                     under section 219(1) or any record of the expiry of the
18                     seclusion order under section 221;
19               (e) a copy of each of the records made under
20                     section 214(6)(a), 215(5)(a), 217(3)(a), 222(3) and
21                     (4)(a) and 223(3)(a).
22      (4)     The treating psychiatrist or person in charge must, as soon as
23              practicable, file a record of having complied with
24              subsection (2).

25   225.       Reasonable assistance and force authorised
26              A person prescribed by the regulations for this section is
27              authorised to exercise the powers under section 172 for the
28              purpose of secluding a person under an oral authorisation or a
29              seclusion order.




     page 164
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
     Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions        Part 14
                                                     Bodily restraint     Division 6
                                                                               s. 226



1                         Division 6 -- Bodily restraint
2    226.     Terms used
3             In this Division --
4             bodily restraint order --
5               (a) means a bodily restraint order made under
6                     section 231(1); and
7               (b) includes a bodily restraint order as varied under
8                     section 234(1) or (3);
9             oral authorisation means an authorisation given orally under
10            section 230(1).

11   227.     Bodily restraint: meaning
12      (1)   Bodily restraint is the physical or mechanical restraint of a
13            person who is being provided with treatment or care at an
14            authorised hospital.
15      (2)   Physical restraint is the restraint of a person by the application
16            of bodily force to the person's body to restrict the person's
17            movement.
18      (3)   Mechanical restraint is the restraint of a person by the
19            application of a device (for example, a belt, harness, manacle,
20            sheet or strap) to a person's body to restrict the person's
21            movement.
22      (4)   Mechanical restraint does not include either of these forms of
23            restraint --
24              (a) the appropriate use of a medical or surgical appliance in
25                    the treatment of a physical illness or injury;
26              (b) the appropriate use of furniture that restricts a person's
27                    capacity to get off the furniture (for example, a bed
28                    fitted with cot sides or a chair fitted with a table across
29                    the arms).



                                                                           page 165
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 14         Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions
     Division 6      Bodily restraint
     s. 228



1       (5)     Bodily restraint does not include --
2                (a) physical or mechanical restraint by a police officer
3                      acting in the course of duty; or
4                (b) physical restraint by a person exercising a power under
5                      section 172(2).

6    228.       Principles relating to use of bodily restraint
7               These principles apply in relation to the use of bodily restraint
8               on a person under this Division --
9                 (a) the degree of force used to restrain the person must be
10                      the minimum that is required in the circumstances;
11               (b) while the person is restrained --
12                         (i) there must be the least possible restriction on the
13                             person's freedom of movement consistent with
14                             the person's restraint; and
15                        (ii) the person must be treated with dignity and
16                             respect.
17   229.       Bodily restraint must be authorised
18              A person must not use bodily restraint on another person except
19              in accordance with an oral authorisation or a bodily restraint
20              order.
21              Penalty: a fine of $6 000.

22   230.       Giving oral authorisation
23      (1)     A medical practitioner or mental health practitioner at an
24              authorised hospital or the person in charge of a ward at an
25              authorised hospital may orally authorise the bodily restraint of
26              any of these people --
27                (a) a person who is a patient admitted by the authorised
28                      hospital;
29                (b) a person who is referred under section 26(2) or 36(2) for
30                      an examination to be conducted by a psychiatrist at the
31                      authorised hospital;

     page 166
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
     Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions        Part 14
                                                     Bodily restraint     Division 6
                                                                               s. 230



1                (c)   a person who is under an order made under
2                      section 55(1)(c) or 61(1)(c) to enable an examination to
3                      be conducted by a psychiatrist at the authorised hospital.
4       (2)   A person cannot give an oral authorisation in respect of a person
5             unless satisfied of the matters specified in section 232.
6       (3)   A person giving an oral authorisation in respect of a person
7             must specify --
8              (a) whether physical or mechanical restraint can be used to
9                    restrain the person; and
10             (b) if mechanical restraint can be used --
11                      (i) the device that can be used to restrain the person;
12                           and
13                     (ii) the way in which the device can be applied to the
14                           person's body.
15      (4)   A person who gives an oral authorisation in respect of a person
16            must, as soon as practicable after the person is restrained under
17            the authorisation --
18              (a) record the oral authorisation in the approved form,
19                    specifying the following --
20                       (i) the date and time when it was given;
21                      (ii) the matters specified under subsection (3);
22                     (iii) the reasons for giving it;
23                    and
24              (b) file the record and give a copy to the person.
25      (5)   A mental health practitioner or the person in charge of a ward
26            who gives an oral authorisation in respect of a person must, as
27            soon as practicable and, in any event, within sufficient time to
28            enable the person to be examined as required by section 238(4)
29            or 239(2)(a), inform a medical practitioner as to whether --
30              (a) the person is restrained under the oral authorisation; or
31              (b) the person was restrained under the oral authorisation
32                    but has since been released from bodily restraint.


                                                                           page 167
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 14         Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions
     Division 6      Bodily restraint
     s. 231



1       (6)     A mental health practitioner or the person in charge of a ward
2               who informs a medical practitioner under subsection (5) must,
3               as soon as practicable --
4                 (a) record in the approved form --
5                        (i)    the medical practitioner's name and
6                               qualifications; and
7                        (ii)   the date and time when the medical practitioner
8                               was informed;
9                      and
10               (b)   file the record and give a copy to the person.
11      (7)     If a bodily restraint order confirming the oral authorisation is
12              not made (either by the person who gave the oral authorisation
13              or, if that person is not reasonably available, another person
14              who is authorised to make a bodily restraint order) as soon as
15              practicable and, in any event, within 30 minutes after the time
16              when the person is restrained under the authorisation --
17                 (a) the person cannot continue to be restrained and must be
18                       released from bodily restraint; and
19                (b) the person who gave the oral authorisation or, if that
20                       person is not reasonably available, another person who
21                       is authorised to make a bodily restraint order must
22                       ensure that the person is informed of that fact and
23                       released from bodily restraint.

24   231.       Making bodily restraint order
25      (1)     A medical practitioner or mental health practitioner at an
26              authorised hospital or the person in charge of a ward at an
27              authorised hospital may make a bodily restraint order
28              authorising the bodily restraint of any of these people --
29                (a) a person who is a patient admitted by the authorised
30                      hospital;




     page 168
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
     Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions        Part 14
                                                     Bodily restraint     Division 6
                                                                               s. 231



1               (b)    a person who is referred under section 26(2) or 36(2) for
2                      an examination to be conducted by a psychiatrist at the
3                      authorised hospital;
4                (c)   a person who is under an order made under
5                      section 55(1)(c) or 61(1)(c) to enable an examination to
6                      be conducted by a psychiatrist at the authorised hospital.
7       (2)   A person cannot make a bodily restraint order in respect of a
8             person unless satisfied of the matters specified in section 232.
9       (3)   A bodily restraint order must be in the approved form and must
10            include the following --
11              (a) the name and date of birth of the person being restrained
12                    under the order;
13              (b) the date and time when the order is made;
14              (c) the date and time when any oral authorisation being
15                    confirmed by the order was given;
16              (d) the period for which the person can be restrained under
17                    the order, which cannot exceed 30 minutes including the
18                    period for which the person was restrained under any
19                    oral authorisation being confirmed by the order;
20              (e) whether physical or mechanical restraint can be used to
21                    restrain the person;
22               (f) if mechanical restraint can be used --
23                       (i) the device that can be used to restrain the person;
24                            and
25                      (ii) the way in which the device can be applied to the
26                            person's body;
27              (g) with reference to the criteria specified in
28                    section 232(1) --
29                       (i) the reasons for authorising the use of bodily
30                            restraint on the person; and
31                      (ii) if mechanical restraint is authorised -- the
32                            reasons for authorising the use and application of
33                            the device specified under paragraph (f);

                                                                           page 169
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 14         Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions
     Division 6      Bodily restraint
     s. 231



1                (h)    if a mental health practitioner or the person in charge of
2                       a ward makes the order -- with reference to the criteria
3                       specified in section 232(2), the reasons for the urgency;
4                 (i)   particulars of any observations made about the
5                       person --
6                          (i) if the order is confirming an oral authorisation --
7                               when the person was restrained under the oral
8                               authorisation; or
9                         (ii) otherwise -- when the person is restrained under
10                              the order;
11                (j)   particulars of any directions given by a medical
12                      practitioner or mental health practitioner about the
13                      treatment and care to be provided to the person while
14                      restrained;
15               (k)    the name, qualifications and signature of the person
16                      making the order.
17      (4)     A mental health practitioner or the person in charge of a ward
18              who makes a bodily restraint order in respect of a person must,
19              as soon as practicable and, in any event, within sufficient time
20              to enable the person to be examined as required by
21              section 238(4) or 239(2)(a), inform a medical practitioner as to
22              whether --
23                (a) the person is restrained under the bodily restraint order;
24                      or
25                (b) the person was restrained under the bodily restraint
26                      order but has since been released from bodily restraint.
27      (5)     A mental health practitioner or the person in charge of a ward
28              who informs a medical practitioner under subsection (4) must,
29              as soon as practicable --
30                (a) record in the approved form --
31                        (i) the medical practitioner's name and
32                             qualifications; and



     page 170
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
     Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions        Part 14
                                                     Bodily restraint     Division 6
                                                                               s. 232



1                       (ii)   the date and time when the medical practitioner
2                              was informed;
3                      and
4               (b)    file the record and give a copy to the person.
5       (6)   The person who makes a bodily restraint order in respect of a
6             person must, as soon as practicable after the person is restrained
7             under the order, file it and give a copy to the person.

8    232.     Criteria for authorising bodily restraint
9       (1)   A person cannot give an oral authorisation or make a bodily
10            restraint order in respect of a person unless satisfied of these
11            things --
12              (a) the person needs to be restrained to --
13                       (i) provide the person with treatment; or
14                      (ii) prevent the person from physically injuring
15                             himself or herself or another person; or
16                     (iii) prevent the person from persistently causing
17                             serious damage to property;
18                    and
19              (b) there is no less restrictive way of providing the
20                    treatment or preventing the injury or damage; and
21              (c) the use of bodily restraint on the person is unlikely to
22                    pose a significant risk to the person's physical health.
23      (2)   A mental health practitioner or the person in charge of a ward
24            cannot give an oral authorisation or make a bodily restraint
25            order in respect of a person unless also satisfied that --
26              (a) the person needs to be restrained urgently; and
27              (b) a medical practitioner is not reasonably available to give
28                    an oral authorisation or make a bodily restraint order in
29                    respect of the person.




                                                                           page 171
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 14         Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions
     Division 6      Bodily restraint
     s. 233



1    233.       Treating psychiatrist (if any) must be informed
2       (1)     This section applies if --
3                (a) a person restrained under an oral authorisation or a
4                      bodily restraint order has a treating psychiatrist; and
5                (b) the treating psychiatrist did not give the oral
6                      authorisation or make the bodily restraint order; and
7                (c) the medical practitioner informed of the restraint under
8                      section 230(5) or 231(4) is not the treating psychiatrist.
9       (2)     The person who gave the oral authorisation or made the bodily
10              restraint order must, as soon as practicable and, in any event,
11              within 30 minutes after the time when the person is restrained
12              under the authorisation or order, inform the treating psychiatrist
13              as to whether --
14                (a) the person is restrained under the authorisation or order;
15                      or
16                (b) the person was restrained under the authorisation or
17                      order but has since been released from bodily restraint.
18      (3)     A person who informs the treating psychiatrist under
19              subsection (2) must, as soon as practicable --
20                (a) record in the approved form --
21                        (i) the treating psychiatrist's name and
22                             qualifications; and
23                       (ii) the date and time when the treating psychiatrist
24                             was informed;
25                     and
26                (b) file the record and give a copy to the person.

27   234.       Varying bodily restraint order
28      (1)     A medical practitioner may make an order extending a bodily
29              restraint order in force in respect of a person from the end of the
30              period of restraint under the bodily restraint order for the further
31              period (not exceeding 30 minutes) specified in the order.


     page 172
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
     Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions        Part 14
                                                     Bodily restraint     Division 6
                                                                               s. 235



1       (2)   A medical practitioner cannot extend a bodily restraint order
2             under subsection (1) unless, immediately before doing so, the
3             medical practitioner examines the person in accordance with
4             section 238(4).
5       (3)   A medical practitioner or mental health practitioner may make
6             an order varying a bodily restraint order in force in respect of a
7             person by --
8               (a) shortening the bodily restraint order by the period
9                    specified in the order; or
10              (b) varying the device that is authorised for use to restrict
11                   the person's movement or the way in which the device is
12                   authorised to be applied to the person's body.
13      (4)   An order made under subsection (1) or (3) must be in the
14            approved form and must include the following --
15              (a) the date and time when it is made;
16              (b) the variation of the bodily restraint order;
17              (c) the reasons for the variation;
18              (d) the name, qualifications and signature of the practitioner
19                   making it.
20      (5)   A person who makes an order under subsection (1) or (3) must,
21            as soon as practicable, file it and give a copy to the person.

22   235.     Revoking bodily restraint order
23      (1)   A medical practitioner or mental health practitioner or the
24            person in charge of a ward at an authorised hospital may make
25            an order revoking a bodily restraint order in force in respect of a
26            person.
27      (2)   The order must be in the approved form and must include the
28            following --
29              (a) the date and time when the bodily restraint order is
30                   revoked;
31              (b) the name, qualifications and signature of the practitioner
32                   making it.

                                                                           page 173
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 14         Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions
     Division 6      Bodily restraint
     s. 236



1       (3)     The person who makes the order must, as soon as practicable,
2               file it and give a copy to the person.

3    236.       Release of person on revocation or expiry of bodily restraint
4               order
5               A medical practitioner or mental health practitioner must, as
6               soon as practicable after the time when a person cannot continue
7               to be restrained under a bodily restraint order --
8                 (a) inform the person of that fact; and
9                 (b) ensure that the person is released from bodily restraint.

10   237.       Record of bodily restraint order expiring
11              A medical practitioner or mental health practitioner must, as
12              soon as practicable after a bodily restraint order expires, file a
13              record in the approved form of the date and time of the expiry.

14   238.       Requirements relating to bodily restraint
15      (1)     This section applies while a person is restrained under an oral
16              authorisation or a bodily restraint order.
17      (2)     The person in charge of the ward where the person is restrained
18              must ensure that the requirements specified in this section, and
19              any other requirements prescribed by the regulations for this
20              section, are complied with.
21      (3)     A mental health practitioner or a nurse must be in physical
22              attendance on the person at all times and, as soon as practicable,
23              must file a record in the approved form of any observations he
24              or she makes about the person and give a copy to the person.
25      (4)     A medical practitioner must examine the person at least every
26              30 minutes and, as soon as practicable --
27                (a) record in the approved form these things --
28                       (i) the medical practitioner's name and
29                            qualifications;



     page 174
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
     Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions        Part 14
                                                     Bodily restraint     Division 6
                                                                               s. 239



1                       (ii)   the date and time of the examination;
2                      (iii)   the results of the examination, including whether
3                              or not the medical practitioner considers that,
4                              having regard to the criteria specified in
5                              section 232(1), the person should continue to be
6                              restrained;
7                      and
8               (b)    file the record and give a copy to the person.
9       (5)   If the person remains restrained for more than 6 hours, a
10            psychiatrist must review the use of bodily restraint on the
11            person and, as soon as practicable --
12               (a) record in the approved form --
13                       (i) the psychiatrist's name and qualifications; and
14                      (ii) the date, time and results of the review;
15                    and
16              (b) file the record and give a copy to the person.
17      (6)   The person must be provided with these things --
18             (a) the bedding and clothing appropriate in the
19                   circumstances;
20             (b) sufficient food and drink;
21             (c) access to toilet facilities;
22             (d) any other care appropriate to the person's needs.

23   239.     Examination of person when released
24      (1)   This section applies whenever a person is released from bodily
25            restraint under an oral authorisation or a bodily restraint order.
26      (2)   The person in charge of the ward where the person was
27            restrained must ensure --
28              (a) that the person is examined by a medical practitioner as
29                    soon as practicable and, in any event, within 6 hours



                                                                           page 175
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 14         Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions
     Division 6      Bodily restraint
     s. 240



1                       after the time when the person is released from the
2                       bodily restraint; or
3                (b)    if the person is to be released or discharged by, or
4                       against medical advice wants to leave, the authorised
5                       hospital where the person was restrained before being
6                       examined under paragraph (a) -- that the person is
7                       offered an examination by a medical practitioner to be
8                       conducted before the person is released, discharged or
9                       leaves.
10      (3)     A medical practitioner who examines a person for the purposes
11              of subsection (2) must, as soon as practicable --
12                (a) record in the approved form these things --
13                        (i) the medical practitioner's name and
14                             qualifications;
15                       (ii) the date and time of the examination;
16                      (iii) the results of the examination, including any
17                             complication of or deterioration in the person's
18                             mental or physical condition that is a result of, or
19                             may be the result of, the person being restrained;
20                     and
21                (b) file the record and give a copy to the person.
22   240.       Report to Chief Psychiatrist and Mentally Impaired
23              Accused Review Board
24      (1)     This section applies whenever a person is released from restraint
25              under an oral authorisation or a bodily restraint order.
26      (2)     The treating psychiatrist or, if the person does not have a
27              treating psychiatrist, the person in charge of the authorised
28              hospital where the person was restrained must, as soon as
29              practicable, give the documents specified in subsection (3)
30              relating to the restraint to --
31                (a) the Chief Psychiatrist; and



     page 176
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
     Regulation of certain kinds of treatment and other interventions        Part 14
                                                     Bodily restraint     Division 6
                                                                               s. 240



1               (b)    if the person is a mentally impaired accused -- the
2                      Mentally Impaired Accused Review Board.
3       (3)   For subsection (2), these documents are specified --
4              (a) a copy of the record of the oral authorisation (if any)
5                    made under section 230(4)(a);
6              (b) a copy of the bodily restraint order (if any) made under
7                    section 231(1);
8              (c) a copy of any order varying the bodily restraint order
9                    made under section 234(1) or (3);
10             (d) a copy of any order revoking the bodily restraint order
11                   made under section 235(1) or any record of the expiry of
12                   the bodily restraint order made under section 237;
13             (e) a copy of each of the records made under
14                   section 230(6)(a), 231(5)(a), 233(3)(a), 238(3), (4)(a)
15                   and (5)(a) and 239(3)(a).
16      (4)   The treating psychiatrist or person in charge must, as soon as
17            practicable, file a record of having complied with
18            subsection (2).




                                                                           page 177
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 15         Health care of people in hospitals
     Division 1      Examination to assess person's physical condition
     s. 241



1             Part 15 -- Health care of people in hospitals
2    Division 1 -- Examination to assess person's physical condition
3    241.       Physical examination on arrival at hospital
4       (1)     This section applies when --
5                (a) a person is admitted --
6                         (i) by a hospital as a voluntary inpatient; or
7                        (ii) by a hospital as an involuntary patient whose
8                              detention at the hospital is authorised under an
9                              inpatient treatment order; or
10                      (iii) by an authorised hospital as a mentally impaired
11                             accused required under the MIA Act to be
12                             detained at the authorised hospital;
13                     or
14               (b) a person is received into an authorised hospital under
15                     section 52(1)(a) or 70(1)(a).
16      (2)     The person in charge of the hospital must ensure that, as soon as
17              practicable and, in any event, within 12 hours after the time
18              when the person is admitted or received, a medical practitioner
19              physically attends on the person for the purpose of examining
20              the person to assess the person's physical condition.
21      (3)     For the purposes of subsection (2), these things may be done in
22              relation to a person referred to in subsection (1)(a)(ii) or (iii)
23              or (b) without consent --
24                (a) the person may be examined;
25                (b) samples of the person's blood, saliva, tissue and excreta
26                      may be taken.
27      (4)     A medical practitioner who examines a person for the purposes
28              of subsection (2) must, as soon as practicable, file a record of
29              these things --
30                (a) the practitioner's name and qualifications;


     page 178
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                  Health care of people in hospitals        Part 15
     Urgent non-psychiatric treatment for involuntary inpatients and     Division 2
                                        mentally impaired accused
                                                                              s. 242


1               (b)   the date and time when the examination was conducted;
2               (c)   the results of the examination.

3    Division 2 -- Urgent non-psychiatric treatment for involuntary
4               inpatients and mentally impaired accused
5    242.     Provision of urgent non-psychiatric treatment: report to
6             Chief Psychiatrist
7       (1)   This section applies if urgent non-psychiatric treatment is
8             provided to a patient who is --
9               (a) an involuntary patient who is under an inpatient
10                   treatment order authorising the patient's detention at an
11                   authorised hospital; or
12              (b) a mentally impaired accused required under the
13                   MIA Act to be detained at an authorised hospital.
14      (2)   In this section --
15            urgent non-psychiatric treatment means urgent treatment as
16            defined in the GAA Act section 110ZH.
17      (3)   The person in charge of the authorised hospital must, as soon as
18            practicable, report the provision of the urgent non-psychiatric
19            treatment to --
20              (a) the Chief Psychiatrist; and
21              (b) if the patient is a mentally impaired accused -- the
22                    Mentally Impaired Accused Review Board.
23      (4)   The report must be in the approved form and must include these
24            things about the urgent non-psychiatric treatment --
25              (a) the name of the patient provided with the treatment;
26              (b) the name and qualifications of the practitioner who
27                    provided the treatment;
28              (c) the names of any other people involved in providing the
29                    treatment;
30              (d) the date, time and place the treatment was provided;

                                                                          page 179
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 15         Health care of people in hospitals
     Division 2      Urgent non-psychiatric treatment for involuntary inpatients and
                     mentally impaired accused
     s. 242


1                 (e)    particulars of the circumstances in which the treatment
2                        was provided;
3                  (f)   particulars of the treatment provided.
4       (5)     The provision of urgent non-psychiatric treatment is an event to
5               which Part 9 applies and the person in charge of the authorised
6               hospital is the person responsible under that Part for notification
7               of that event.
8               Note for section 242:

 9              The GAA Act section 110ZI or 110ZIA may apply in relation to the provision of
10              urgent non-psychiatric treatment to a patient referred to in section 242.




     page 180
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                   Protection of patients' rights       Part 16
                                      Patients' rights generally     Division 1
                                                                          s. 243



1            Part 16 -- Protection of patients' rights
2                Division 1 -- Patients' rights generally
3                  Subdivision 1 -- Explanation of rights

4    243.   Application of this Subdivision
5           This Subdivision applies when --
6            (a) a patient is being admitted --
7                     (i) by a hospital as a voluntary inpatient; or
8                    (ii) by a hospital as an involuntary patient whose
9                           detention at the hospital is authorised under an
10                          inpatient treatment order; or
11                  (iii) by an authorised hospital as a mentally impaired
12                          accused required under the MIA Act to be
13                          detained at the authorised hospital;
14                 or
15           (b) an inpatient treatment order is made in respect of a
16                 patient; or
17           (c) a patient who is under an inpatient treatment order is
18                 granted leave of absence from a hospital under
19                 section 105(1); or
20           (d) a community treatment order is made in respect of a
21                 patient; or
22           (e) a person is referred under section 26(2) or 36(2) for an
23                 examination to be conducted by a psychiatrist at an
24                 authorised hospital; or
25            (f) a person is referred under section 26(3)(a) for an
26                 examination to be conducted by a psychiatrist at a place
27                 that is not an authorised hospital.




                                                                      page 181
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 16         Protection of patients' rights
     Division 1      Patients' rights generally
     s. 244



1    244.       Rights to be explained to person
2               The person responsible under section 246 must ensure that the
3               person is provided with an explanation, as described in the
4               regulations, of the person's rights under this Act.
5               Note for section 244:

6               Any explanation provided under section 244 must be provided in accordance
7               with section 9(2).

8    245.       Person's rights to be explained to another person
9       (1)     The person responsible under section 246 must ensure that a
10              carer, close family member or other personal support person of
11              the person is provided with an explanation, as described in the
12              regulations, of the person's rights under this Act.
13      (2)     This section applies despite any requirement under
14              section 286(2) or 288(2) relating to the person's consent or
15              refusal to consent.
16              Note for section 245:

17              Any explanation provided under section 245(1) must be provided in
18              accordance with section 9(2).

19   246.       Person responsible for ensuring explanation is provided
20              For sections 244 and 245, the person responsible is --
21               (a) when section 243(a) applies -- the person in charge of
22                      the authorised hospital; or
23               (b) when section 243(b) applies -- the psychiatrist who
24                      makes the inpatient treatment order; or
25               (c) when section 243(c) applies -- the psychiatrist who
26                      grants the leave of absence; or
27               (d) when section 243(d) applies -- the psychiatrist who
28                      makes the community treatment order; or
29               (e) when section 243(e) or (f) applies -- the medical
30                      practitioner or authorised mental health practitioner who
31                      makes the referral.

     page 182
                                                           Mental Health Bill 2013
                                     Protection of patients' rights       Part 16
                                        Patients' rights generally     Division 1
                                                                            s. 247



1             Subdivision 2 -- Access to records about patients and
2                              former patients

3    247.     Term used: relevant document
4             In this Subdivision --
5             relevant document, in relation to a person, means the whole or
6             any part of the person's medical record or any other document
7             about the person.

8    248.     Right to access medical record and other documents
9       (1)   Unless section 249(1)(a) or (b) or (3) applies, a person who is or
10            was provided with treatment or care by a mental health service
11            is entitled to inspect, and to be given a copy of, any relevant
12            document relating to the person that is in the possession or
13            control of --
14              (a) the person in charge of the mental health service; or
15              (b) a staff member of the mental health service.
16      (2)   Subsection (1) does not affect any other right that the person has
17            under this Act or another law to be given access to a document.
18      (3)   The person in charge of the mental health service must
19            ensure --
20              (a) that any request by the person to inspect, or to be given
21                   a copy of, a relevant document relating to the person is
22                   dealt with as soon as practicable after the request is
23                   received by the person who has possession or control of
24                   the relevant document; and
25              (b) if the request is refused -- that a record in the approved
26                   form of the reasons for the refusal is filed and a copy
27                   given to the person.




                                                                        page 183
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 16         Protection of patients' rights
     Division 1      Patients' rights generally
     s. 249



1    249.       Restrictions on access
2       (1)     A person is not entitled to have access under section 248(1) to a
3               relevant document relating to the person --
4                 (a) if a psychiatrist reasonably believes that disclosure of
5                       the information in the document to the person --
6                          (i) poses a significant risk to the health or safety of
7                               the person or to the safety of another person; or
8                         (ii) poses a significant risk of serious harm to the
9                               person or to another person;
10                      or
11                (b) if disclosure of the information in the document to the
12                      person would reveal --
13                         (i) personal information about an individual who is
14                              not the person; or
15                        (ii) information of a confidential nature that was
16                              obtained in confidence.
17      (2)     Subsection (1)(b) does not apply if the personal information is
18              about an individual who consents to the disclosure of the
19              information.
20      (3)     A person is not entitled to have access under section 248(1) to a
21              relevant document relating to the person if the person --
22                (a) is or was a mentally impaired accused required under
23                      the MIA Act to be detained at an authorised hospital;
24                      and
25                (b) the relevant document came into existence under, or for
26                      the purposes of, the Prisons Act 1981.

27   250.       Providing access to medical practitioner or legal
28              practitioner
29      (1)     This section applies if a person has been refused access under
30              section 248(1) to a relevant document relating to the person for
31              a reason referred to in section 249(1)(a).


     page 184
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
                                        Protection of patients' rights       Part 16
                                           Patients' rights generally     Division 1
                                                                               s. 251



1       (2)     The person may nominate a medical practitioner or a legal
2               practitioner or both to inspect, and to be given a copy of, the
3               relevant document.
4       (3)     A practitioner nominated under subsection (2) is entitled to
5               inspect, and to be given a copy of, the relevant document as
6               soon as practicable.

7    251.       Disclosure by medical practitioner or legal practitioner
8               A person who inspects, or is given a copy of, a relevant
9               document in the exercise or purported exercise of a right under
10              section 250(3) must not disclose any information in the
11              document to the person who has been refused access under
12              section 248(1) to the document.
13              Penalty: a fine of $5 000.

14            Subdivision 3 -- Duties of staff of mental health services
15                              toward patients

16   252.       Term used: mental health service
17              In this Subdivision --
18              mental health service includes a private psychiatric hostel.

19   253.       Duty not to ill-treat or wilfully neglect patients
20              A staff member of a mental health service must not ill-treat or
21              wilfully neglect a person for whom the Chief Psychiatrist is
22              responsible under section 513(1) who is being provided with
23              treatment or care by the mental health service.
24              Penalty: a fine of $15 000 and imprisonment for 2 years.

25   254.       Duty to report certain incidents
26      (1)     In this section --
27              reportable incident, in relation to a person, means --
28                (a) unlawful sexual contact with the person by a staff
29                       member of a mental health service; or

                                                                           page 185
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 16         Protection of patients' rights
     Division 2      Additional rights of inpatients in hospitals
     s. 255



1                (b)   the unreasonable use of force on the person by a staff
2                      member of a mental health service.
3       (2)     A staff member of a mental health service who reasonably
4               suspects that a reportable incident has occurred in relation to a
5               person for whom the Chief Psychiatrist is responsible under
6               section 513(1) who is being provided with treatment or care by
7               the mental health service must report the suspicion to --
8                 (a) the person in charge of the mental health service; or
9                 (b) the Chief Psychiatrist.
10              Penalty: a fine of $6 000.

11          Division 2 -- Additional rights of inpatients in hospitals
12            Subdivision 1 -- Admission of voluntary inpatients by
13                            authorised hospitals

14   255.       Admission by medical practitioner
15              A voluntary patient can only be admitted as an inpatient of an
16              authorised hospital by a medical practitioner.

17   256.       Confirmation of admission by psychiatrist
18      (1)     The admission of a voluntary patient as an inpatient of an
19              authorised hospital must be confirmed by a psychiatrist.
20      (2)     Subsection (1) does not apply if the voluntary patient is
21              admitted by a psychiatrist.

22   257.       Reasons for refusing to admit or confirm admission
23      (1)     A medical practitioner who refuses to admit, or a psychiatrist
24              who refuses to confirm the admission of, a voluntary patient as
25              an inpatient of an authorised hospital must --
26                (a) inform the voluntary patient of the reasons for refusing;
27                      and



     page 186
                                                               Mental Health Bill 2013
                                         Protection of patients' rights       Part 16
                           Additional rights of inpatients in hospitals    Division 2
                                                                                s. 258



1               (b)    advise the voluntary patient that a complaint about the
2                      refusal can be made --
3                         (i) under Part 19 to either the person in charge of the
4                               authorised hospital or the Director of the
5                               Complaints Office; or
6                        (ii) to the Chief Psychiatrist;
7                      and
8               (c)    if that information or advice is provided orally -- advise
9                      the voluntary patient that the medical practitioner or
10                     psychiatrist may be requested to confirm it in writing.
11      (2)   The medical practitioner or psychiatrist must, as soon as
12            practicable, comply with a request to confirm in writing
13            information or advice provided orally under subsection (1).
14            Note for section 257:

15            Any information or advice provided under section 257(1) or (2) must be
16            provided in accordance with section 9(2).

17                Subdivision 2 -- Rights of inpatients generally

18   258.     Application of this Subdivision
19            This Subdivision applies in relation to any of these patients --
20             (a) a voluntary inpatient who is admitted by an authorised
21                   hospital;
22             (b) an involuntary inpatient whose detention at a hospital is
23                   authorised under an inpatient treatment order;
24             (c) a mentally impaired accused required under the
25                   MIA Act to be detained at an authorised hospital.

26   259.     Personal possessions
27      (1)   This section applies only in relation to a patient who is admitted
28            by an authorised hospital.




                                                                                page 187
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 16         Protection of patients' rights
     Division 2      Additional rights of inpatients in hospitals
     s. 259



1       (2)     In this section --
2               personal possessions, of a patient, means any of these items --
3                 (a) articles of clothing, jewellery or footwear belonging to
4                        the patient;
5                 (b) articles for personal use by the patient;
6                 (c) aids for daily living, or medical prostheses, that are
7                        usually used by the patient as means of assistance or to
8                        maintain the patient's dignity.
9       (3)     The person in charge of an authorised hospital must ensure that
10              each patient --
11                (a) is provided with a secure facility in which to store the
12                     patient's personal possessions; and
13                (b) is allowed to use those possessions.
14      (4)     Subsection (3) does not apply in relation to an item (including
15              an aid for daily living or medical prosthesis) that, in the opinion
16              of the person in charge, may pose a risk of harm to the patient or
17              to another person.
18      (5)     Subsection (3) does not apply in relation to an item that is not an
19              aid for daily living or medical prosthesis that, in the opinion of
20              the person in charge, is not an appropriate item to store at the
21              authorised hospital.
22      (6)     Any personal possessions of a patient left at an authorised
23              hospital for more than 6 months after the day on which the
24              patient is discharged by the hospital may be sold or otherwise
25              disposed of by the person in charge of the hospital, but only --
26                (a) after the person in charge gives at least one month's
27                      notice of the proposed disposal to a carer, close family
28                      member or other personal support person of the person;
29                      and
30                (b) if no carer, close family member or other personal
31                      support person of the person claims those possessions
32                      within that 6-month period.


     page 188
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                       Protection of patients' rights       Part 16
                         Additional rights of inpatients in hospitals    Division 2
                                                                              s. 260



1    260.     Interview with psychiatrist
2       (1)   A patient may, at any time while admitted by a hospital, request
3             an interview with a psychiatrist.
4       (2)   The person in charge of the hospital must ensure --
5              (a) that, unless subsection (4) applies, the request is
6                    complied with within a reasonable time after the request
7                    is made; and
8              (b) that a record of the request having been made is filed.
9       (3)   The psychiatrist who interviews a patient in compliance with a
10            request made under subsection (1) must file a record of --
11              (a) the date and time when the interview occurred; and
12              (b) the matters discussed during the interview.
13      (4)   A psychiatrist may refuse a patient's request for an interview
14            under subsection (1) if --
15              (a) the patient has a history of making repeated requests
16                   under subsection (1); and
17             (b) the psychiatrist is satisfied that the patient is acting
18                   unreasonably in making the request.
19      (5)   A psychiatrist who refuses a patient's request under
20            subsection (4) must file a record of the reasons for refusing and
21            give a copy to the patient.

22   261.     Freedom of lawful communication
23      (1)   This section applies subject to section 262.
24      (2)   A patient has the right of freedom of lawful communication.
25      (3)   A patient's freedom of lawful communication includes the
26            freedom to do any of these things in reasonable privacy --
27              (a) see and speak with other people in the hospital to the
28                   extent that is reasonable;



                                                                          page 189
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 16         Protection of patients' rights
     Division 2      Additional rights of inpatients in hospitals
     s. 262



1                (b)    have uncensored communications with people, including
2                       by receiving visits, sending and receiving telephone
3                       calls, and sending and receiving mail and electronic
4                       communications;
5                 (c)   receive visits from, and otherwise have contact with, the
6                       patient's legal practitioner at all reasonable times;
7                (d)    receive visits from, and otherwise have contact with, a
8                       mental health advocate at any time;
9                 (e)   receive visits from, and be otherwise contacted by, other
10                      people at all reasonable times.

11   262.       Restrictions on freedom of communication
12      (1)     A psychiatrist may make an order --
13               (a) prohibiting a patient from exercising a right under
14                     section 261; or
15               (b) limiting the extent to which a patient can exercise a right
16                     under section 261.
17      (2)     A psychiatrist cannot make an order under subsection (1)
18              prohibiting, or limiting the extent of, a patient's right under
19              section 261(3)(a), (b) or (e) unless satisfied that making the
20              order is in the best interests of the patient.
21      (3)     A psychiatrist cannot make an order under subsection (1)
22              prohibiting, or limiting the extent of, a patient's right under
23              section 261(3)(c) or (d) to receive visits from the person's legal
24              practitioner or a mental health advocate unless satisfied that --
25                (a) there is a serious risk to the safety of the legal
26                      practitioner or mental health advocate if the order is not
27                      made; and
28                (b) there are no other steps that could reasonably be taken to
29                      reduce that risk.
30      (4)     A psychiatrist cannot make an order under subsection (1)
31              prohibiting, or limiting the extent of, a patient's right under


     page 190
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
                                        Protection of patients' rights       Part 16
                          Additional rights of inpatients in hospitals    Division 2
                                                                               s. 262



1           section 261(3)(c) or (d) to be otherwise contacted by the
2           person's legal practitioner or a mental health advocate.
3     (5)   The order must be in the approved form and must include the
4           following --
5             (a) the date and time when it is made;
6             (b) the reasons for making it;
7             (c) the name, qualifications and signature of the
8                  psychiatrist.
9     (6)   A psychiatrist who makes an order under subsection (1) must, as
10          soon as practicable --
11            (a) file it and give a copy to the patient; and
12            (b) give a copy to any carer, close family member or other
13                 personal support person of the patient.
14    (7)   A psychiatrist must, before the end of each 24-hour period that
15          an order made under subsection (1) is in force, review the order
16          and confirm, amend or revoke it.
17    (8)   A psychiatrist who confirms, amends or revokes an order made
18          under subsection (1) must --
19            (a) file a record of the confirmation, amendment or
20                 revocation and the reasons for it; and
21           (b) advise the patient of the confirmation, amendment or
22                 revocation and those reasons.
23    (9)   An order made under subsection (1) ceases to be in force if it is
24          not reviewed before the end of any 24-hour period referred to in
25          subsection (7).
26   (10)   A psychiatrist who makes an order under subsection (1) in
27          respect of a patient must, within 24 hours after the time when
28          the order is made, advise the Chief Mental Health Advocate that
29          the order has been made.
30          Note for section 262:

31          For the purpose of deciding under section 262(2) what is or is not in the best
32          interests of a patient, Part 2 Division 3 applies.


                                                                                 page 191
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 16         Protection of patients' rights
     Division 3      Nominated persons
     s. 263




1                        Division 3 -- Nominated persons

2                Subdivision 1 -- Purpose and effect of nomination

3    263.       Role of nominated person
4               The role of a nominated person is to assist the person who made
5               the nomination by ensuring that, in performing a function under
6               this Act in relation to that person, a person or body --
7                 (a) observes that person's rights under this Act; and
8                 (b) takes that person's interests and wishes into account.

9    264.       Effect of nomination
10      (1)     This section does not limit the role of a nominated person under
11              section 263.
12      (2)     A patient is entitled to have uncensored communications with
13              the patient's nominated person, including by any of these
14              means --
15                (a) receiving visits;
16                (b) making and receiving telephone calls;
17                (c) sending and receiving electronic communications;
18                (d) sending and receiving mail.
19      (3)     A right of a patient under subsection (2) is subject to any order
20              in force under section 262(1) prohibiting the patient from
21              exercising, or limiting the extent to which the patient can
22              exercise, a right in respect of the patient's nominated person.
23      (4)     To the extent provided by section 266, a patient's nominated
24              person is entitled to be provided with information, and to be
25              involved in matters, relating to the patient's treatment and care.
26      (5)     A patient's nominated person may exercise, on behalf of the
27              patient, the rights conferred under this Act on the patient.



     page 192
                                                                Mental Health Bill 2013
                                          Protection of patients' rights       Part 16
                                                   Nominated persons        Division 3
                                                                                 s. 265



1       (6)   To avoid doubt, a nomination does not authorise a patient's
2             nominated person to apply on the patient's behalf for admission
3             or discharge by a mental health service, or make a treatment
4             decision about the provision of treatment to the patient, unless
5             the nominated person is authorised to do so in another capacity.
6             Note for section 264:

7             For section 264(6), a patient's nominated person could for example also be
8             the patient's enduring guardian or guardian or the person responsible for the
9             patient under the GAA Act section 110ZD.

10   Subdivision 2 -- Right to information, and to be involved in matters,
11                 relating to patient's treatment and care

12   265.     Application of this Subdivision
13            This Subdivision does not apply in relation to the notification of
14            an event to which Part 9 applies.

15   266.     Rights of nominated person
16      (1)   A patient's nominated person is entitled --
17             (a) subject to section 269, to be provided with information
18                   relating to the patient's treatment and care, including
19                   information about these matters --
20                      (i) the mental illness for which the patient is being
21                           provided with treatment or care;
22                     (ii) if the patient is an involuntary patient -- the
23                           grounds on which, and the provision of this Act
24                           under which, the involuntary treatment order was
25                           made;
26                    (iii) the treatment and care proposed to be provided to
27                           the patient and any other options for the patient's
28                           treatment and care that are reasonably available;
29                    (iv) the treatment provided to the patient and the
30                           patient's response to that treatment;
31                     (v) the seclusion of, or use of bodily restraint on, the
32                           patient;

                                                                                  page 193
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 16         Protection of patients' rights
     Division 3      Nominated persons
     s. 266



1                         (vi) the services available to meet the patient's needs;
2                        and
3                 (b)    subject to section 269, to be involved in matters relating
4                        to the patient's treatment and care, including these
5                        matters --
6                           (i) the consideration of the options that are
7                                reasonably available for the patient's treatment
8                                and care;
9                          (ii) the provision of support to the patient;
10                        (iii) the preparation and review of any treatment,
11                               support and discharge plan for the patient;
12                       and
13                (c)    to be provided with information about the patient's
14                       rights under this Act and how those rights can be
15                       accessed and exercised; and
16                (d)    to be provided with information about the rights of the
17                       nominated person under this Act and how those rights
18                       can be accessed and exercised.
19      (2)     A patient's nominated person may indicate the extent to which
20              the nominated person wants to be provided with the information
21              referred to in subsection (1)(a) or (c) or to be involved in the
22              matters referred to in subsection (1)(b).
23      (3)     To avoid doubt, a patient's nominated person is not authorised
24              to apply on the patient's behalf for admission or discharge by a
25              mental health service, or make a treatment decision about the
26              provision of treatment to the patient, unless the nominated
27              person is authorised to do so in another capacity.
28              Notes for section 266:

29              1. Any information provided under section 266(1)(a), (c) or (d) must be
30                 provided in accordance with section 9(2).

31              2. For section 266(3), a patient's nominated person could for example also
32                 be the patient's enduring guardian or guardian or the person responsible
33                 for the patient under the GAA Act section 110ZD.



     page 194
                                                           Mental Health Bill 2013
                                     Protection of patients' rights       Part 16
                                              Nominated persons        Division 3
                                                                            s. 267



1    267.     Responsibility of patient's psychiatrist
2             A patient's psychiatrist must ensure that the patient's nominated
3             person is provided with information referred to in
4             section 266(1)(a) or (c), or involved in a matter referred to in
5             section 266(1)(b), if no other provision is made under this Act
6             about who must ensure that the nominated person is provided
7             with that information or involved in that matter.

8    268.     Contacting nominated person
9       (1)   This section applies in relation to a requirement under this Act
10            to provide a patient's nominated person with information
11            referred to in section 266(1)(a) or (c) or involve a patient's
12            nominated person in a matter referred to in section 266(1)(b).
13      (2)   Without limiting a requirement referred to in subsection (1), the
14            requirement is taken to have been complied with if the person
15            responsible for ensuring the requirement is complied with
16            ensures that reasonable efforts to provide the nominated person
17            with the information or involve the nominated person in the
18            matter continue to be made until the first of these things
19            occurs --
20              (a) the nominated person is provided with the information
21                    or involved in the matter;
22              (b) it is reasonable for the person responsible to conclude
23                    that the nominated person cannot be provided with the
24                    information or involved in the matter.
25      (3)   The person responsible must ensure that one of the following is
26            filed --
27               (a) a record of when and how the nominated person was
28                   provided with the information or involved in the matter;
29              (b) if the nominated person could not be provided with the
30                   information or involved in the matter -- a record of the
31                   efforts made to do so.



                                                                        page 195
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 16         Protection of patients' rights
     Division 3      Nominated persons
     s. 269



1    269.       Provision of information or involvement not in patient's best
2               interests
3       (1)     A patient's nominated person is not entitled to be provided with
4               particular information or involved in a particular matter if the
5               patient's psychiatrist reasonably believes that it is not in the best
6               interests of the patient for the nominated person to be provided
7               with that information or involved in that matter.
8       (2)     A patient's psychiatrist who decides under subsection (1) that
9               the patient's nominated person is not entitled to be provided
10              with particular information or involved in a particular matter
11              must, as soon as practicable --
12                (a) file a record of the decision and the reasons for it; and
13                (b) give a copy to each of --
14                        (i) the patient; and
15                       (ii) the Chief Mental Health Advocate.
16              Note for section 269:

17              For the purpose of deciding under section 269(1) what is or is not in the best
18              interests of a patient, Part 2 Division 3 applies.

19   270.       Advising nominated person of decision
20      (1)     A patient's psychiatrist who decides under section 269(1) that
21              the patient's nominated person is not entitled to be provided
22              with information or involved in a matter must, if the nominated
23              person requests to be provided with the information or involved
24              in the matter --
25                (a) advise the nominated person of the decision and the
26                      reasons for it; and
27                (b) file a record of the advice and give a copy to the patient.
28      (2)     A patient's nominated person to whom advice is provided orally
29              under subsection (1)(a) may request the patient's psychiatrist to
30              confirm the advice in writing.




     page 196
                                                               Mental Health Bill 2013
                                         Protection of patients' rights       Part 16
                                                  Nominated persons        Division 3
                                                                                s. 271



1       (3)   The patient's psychiatrist must --
2              (a) comply with the request; and
3              (b) file a copy of the confirmation and give another copy to
4                    the patient.
5             Note for section 270:

6             Any advice provided under section 270(1)(a) or (3)(a) must be provided in
7             accordance with section 9(2).

8    271.     Revocation of decision
9       (1)   A patient's psychiatrist may revoke a decision made under
10            section 269(1) that the patient's nominated person is not entitled
11            to be provided with information or involved in a matter if
12            satisfied that the reasons for making the decision no longer
13            apply.
14      (2)   The patient's psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file a
15            record of the decision and the reasons for it and give a copy to
16            the patient.
17      (3)   If the nominated person previously requested to be provided
18            with the information or involved in the matter, the patient's
19            psychiatrist must ensure that, as soon as practicable --
20               (a) the nominated person is provided with the information
21                    or involved in the matter; and
22              (b) a record of when and how the nominated person was
23                    provided with the information or involved in the matter
24                    is filed and a copy given to the patient.
25      (4)   However, there is no requirement to involve the nominated
26            person in a matter if the time for doing so has passed.

27   272.     Rights in another capacity not affected
28            This Subdivision does not affect any right that a patient's
29            nominated person has (whether under this Act or otherwise) to
30            be provided with information or involved in a matter in another
31            capacity.

                                                                                 page 197
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 16         Protection of patients' rights
     Division 3      Nominated persons
     s. 273



1               Note for section 272:

2               A child's nominated person could for example also be the child's parent or
3               guardian.

4                 Subdivision 3 -- Making and ending nomination

5    273.       Who can make nomination
6       (1)     A person, including a child, may nominate another person to be
7               the person's nominated person.
8       (2)     A person cannot make a nomination under subsection (1) unless
9               the person understands the effect of making the nomination.

10   274.       Who can be nominated
11              Only an adult is eligible to be nominated under section 273(1).

12   275.       Formal requirements
13      (1)     A nomination is not valid unless --
14               (a) it is in the approved form; and
15               (b) it states the name and contact details of the person being
16                    nominated; and
17               (c) it states the date on which it takes effect; and
18               (d) it is signed by the person making the nomination or by
19                    another person in the presence of, and at the direction of,
20                    the person making the nomination; and
21               (e) the signature referred to in paragraph (d) is witnessed by
22                    a person referred to in subsection (2); and
23                (f) it is signed by the person being nominated to indicate
24                    that the person accepts the nomination; and
25               (g) the signature referred to in paragraph (f) is witnessed by
26                    a person referred to in subsection (2).
27      (2)     For the purposes of subsection (1)(e) and (g), the witness must
28              be authorised by law to take declarations but cannot be a person
29              referred to in subsection (1)(d) or (f).

     page 198
                                                           Mental Health Bill 2013
                                     Protection of patients' rights       Part 16
                                              Nominated persons        Division 3
                                                                            s. 276



1    276.     Only one nominated person
2             A person cannot have more than one nominated person at any
3             time.

4    277.     Revocation of nomination
5       (1)   A nomination may be revoked by the person who made it at any
6             time by any means whatsoever.
7       (2)   A nomination is revoked if the person who made it makes
8             another nomination.

9    278.     Resignation of nominated person
10      (1)   A nominated person may resign the nomination by writing
11            signed and given to the person who made the nomination.
12      (2)   The resignation takes effect on the later of the following --
13             (a) receipt by the person who made the nomination;
14             (b) the day specified in the resignation.

15   279.     Notification of revocation or resignation
16      (1)   Subsection (2) applies if a patient's nominated person --
17             (a) resigns the nomination; or
18             (b) becomes aware that the patient has revoked the
19                   nomination.
20      (2)   The nominated person must take all reasonable steps to notify
21            any medical practitioner, mental health practitioner or mental
22            health service that the nominated person is aware is providing
23            treatment or care to the patient that the nomination no longer
24            has effect.
25      (3)   Subsection (4) applies if a medical practitioner, mental health
26            practitioner or mental health service who is providing treatment
27            or care to a patient becomes aware that the patient has revoked a
28            nomination.


                                                                        page 199
    Mental Health Bill 2013
    Part 16         Protection of patients' rights
    Division 3      Nominated persons
    s. 279



1      (4)     The practitioner or the person in charge of the mental health
2              service must ensure that all reasonable steps are taken to notify
3              the nominated person of the revocation.
4              Note for Division 3:

5              Part 21 Division 10 confers jurisdiction on the Mental Health Tribunal to hear
6              and determine applications relating to nominated persons.




    page 200
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                       Recognition of rights of carers and families        Part 17
                                       Role of carers and families      Division 1
                                                                             s. 280



1    Part 17 -- Recognition of rights of carers and families
2                 Division 1 -- Role of carers and families
3    280.     Carers
4       (1)   For this Act, a carer of a person is a person who is that person's
5             carer under the Carers Recognition Act 2004 section 5.
6       (2)   It is recognised that very often, although not invariably, a
7             person's carer is a family member.
8       (3)   It is also recognised that, even though a family member is a
9             person's carer --
10               (a) the person may not identify the family member as his or
11                     her carer; or
12               (b) the family member may not identify himself or herself
13                     as the person's carer.

14   281.     Close family members
15      (1)   For this Act, a close family member of a person is a family
16            member referred to in subsection (2) --
17             (a) who is not also the person's carer or the person's
18                    nominated person; but
19             (b) who provides ongoing care or assistance to the person.
20      (2)   For subsection (1), a family member of a person is any member
21            of the person's family, including --
22              (a) any of these people, whether the relationship is
23                    established by or traced through consanguinity,
24                    marriage, a de facto relationship, a written law or a
25                    natural relationship --
26                       (i) a spouse or de facto partner;
27                      (ii) a child;
28                     (iii) a step child;
29                     (iv) a parent;

                                                                         page 201
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 17         Recognition of rights of carers and families
     Division 1      Role of carers and families
     s. 282



1                       (v) a step parent;
2                      (vi) a foster parent;
3                     (vii) a sibling;
4                    (viii) a grandparent;
5                      (ix) an aunt or uncle;
6                       (x) a niece or nephew;
7                      (xi) a cousin;
8                     and
9                (b) if the person is of Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander
10                    descent -- any person regarded under the customary
11                    law, tradition or kinship of that person's community as
12                    the equivalent of a person described in paragraph (a).

13   282.       Acknowledgment of and respect for role of carers and close
14              family members
15              The role of carers and close family members in the provision of
16              treatment, care and support to a person who has a mental illness
17              should be acknowledged and respected.

18   283.       More than one carer or close family member
19      (1)     Without limiting a requirement under this Act relating to any
20              carer of a person, it is sufficient for compliance with the
21              requirement if there is compliance in respect of at least one
22              carer.
23      (2)     Without limiting a requirement under this Act relating to any
24              close family member of a person, it is sufficient for compliance
25              with the requirement if there is compliance in respect of at least
26              one close family member.
27      (3)     This section does not apply in relation to a requirement under
28              Part 9 Division 2 or section 444 or 445 in respect of a carer or
29              close family member.




     page 202
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                        Recognition of rights of carers and families        Part 17
      Information about and involvement in patient's treatment and       Division 2
                                                               care
                                                                              s. 284


1             Note for section 283:

2             Under Part 9 Division 2, it is sufficient if at least one personal support person
3             is notified if a notifiable event occurs. Under sections 444 and 445, it is
4             sufficient if at least one personal support person is notified of an application
5             made to, or a hearing in a proceeding of, the Mental Health Tribunal. In both
6             cases, that personal support person can (but need not) be a carer or close
7             family member.

8     Division 2 -- Information about and involvement in patient's
9                        treatment and care
10   284.     Application of this Division
11            This Division does not apply in relation to the notification of an
12            event to which Part 9 applies.

13   285.     Rights of carers and close family members
14      (1)   Any carer or close family member of a patient is entitled --
15             (a) subject to this Division, to be provided with information
16                   relating to the patient's treatment and care, including
17                   information about these matters --
18                      (i) the mental illness for which the patient is being
19                           provided with treatment or care;
20                     (ii) if the patient is an involuntary patient -- the
21                           grounds on which, and the provision of this Act
22                           under which, the involuntary treatment order was
23                           made;
24                    (iii) the treatment and care proposed to be provided to
25                           the patient and any other options for the patient's
26                           treatment and care that are reasonably available;
27                    (iv) the treatment provided to the patient and the
28                           patient's response to that treatment;
29                     (v) the seclusion of, or use of bodily restraint on, the
30                           patient;
31                    (vi) the services available to meet the patient's needs;
32                   and


                                                                                     page 203
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 17         Recognition of rights of carers and families
     Division 2      Information about and involvement in patient's treatment and
                     care
     s. 285


1                    (b)     subject to this Division, to be involved in matters
2                            relating to the patient's treatment and care, including
3                            these matters --
4                               (i) the consideration of the options that are
5                                    reasonably available for the patient's treatment
6                                    and care; and
7                              (ii) the provision of support to the patient; and
8                             (iii) the preparation and review of any treatment,
9                                    support and discharge plan for the patient;
10                           and
11                   (c)     to be provided with information about the patient's
12                           rights under this Act and how those rights can be
13                           accessed and exercised; and
14                   (d)     to be provided with information about the rights of the
15                           carer or close family member under this Act and how
16                           those rights can be accessed and exercised.
17      (2)     A carer or close family member of a patient may indicate the
18              extent to which the carer or close family member wants to be
19              provided with the information referred to in
20              subsection (1)(a), (c) or (d) or to be involved in the matters
21              referred to in subsection (1)(b).
22      (3)     To avoid doubt, a carer or close family member of a patient is
23              not authorised to apply on the patient's behalf for admission or
24              discharge by a mental health service, or make a treatment
25              decision about the provision of treatment to the patient, unless
26              the carer or close family member is authorised to do so in
27              another capacity.
28              Notes for section 285:

29              1.         Any information provided under section 285(1)(a), (c) or (d) must be
30                         provided in accordance with section 9(2).

31              2.         For section 285(3), a carer of a patient could for example also be the
32                         patient's enduring guardian or guardian or a close family member of a
33                         patient could for example also be the person responsible for the patient
34                         under the GAA Act section 110ZD.



     page 204
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                        Recognition of rights of carers and families        Part 17
      Information about and involvement in patient's treatment and       Division 2
                                                               care
                                                                              s. 286


1    286.     Voluntary patient with capacity to consent
2       (1)   This section applies in relation to a voluntary patient who has
3             the capacity to consent to a carer or close family member of the
4             patient being provided with the information referred to in
5             section 285(1)(a), or being involved in the matters referred to in
6             section 285(1)(b), relating to his or her treatment and care.
7       (2)   The carer or close family member is entitled to be provided with
8             that information, or to be involved in those matters, with the
9             voluntary patient's consent.

10   287.     Voluntary patient with no capacity to consent
11      (1)   This section applies in relation to a voluntary patient who does
12            not have the capacity to consent to a carer or close family
13            member of the patient being provided with the information
14            referred to in section 285(1)(a), or being involved in the matters
15            referred to in section 285(1)(b), relating to his or her treatment
16            and care.
17      (2)   The carer or close family member is entitled, subject to
18            section 292, to be provided with that information, or to be
19            involved in those matters.

20   288.     Involuntary patient or mentally impaired accused with
21            capacity to consent
22      (1)   This section applies in relation to a patient --
23             (a) who is --
24                      (i) an involuntary patient; or
25                     (ii) a mentally impaired accused required under the
26                           MIA Act to be detained at an authorised hospital;
27                   and
28             (b) who has the capacity to consent to a carer or close
29                   family member of the patient being provided with the
30                   information referred to in section 285(1)(a), or being



                                                                          page 205
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 17         Recognition of rights of carers and families
     Division 2      Information about and involvement in patient's treatment and
                     care
     s. 289


1                       involved in the matters referred to in section 285(1)(b),
2                       relating to his or her treatment and care.
3       (2)     The carer or close family member is entitled to be provided with
4               that information, or to be involved in those matters, unless --
5                 (a) the patient has refused to consent to the carer or close
6                       family member being provided with that information or
7                       being involved in those matters; and
8                 (b) the patient's psychiatrist considers that the refusal is
9                       reasonable.

10   289.       Involuntary patient or mentally impaired accused with no
11              capacity to consent
12      (1)     This section applies in relation to a patient --
13               (a) who is --
14                        (i) an involuntary patient; or
15                       (ii) a mentally impaired accused required under the
16                             MIA Act to be detained at an authorised hospital;
17                     and
18               (b) who does not have the capacity to consent to a carer or
19                     close family member of the patient being provided with
20                     the information referred to in section 285(1)(a), or being
21                     involved in the matters referred to in section 285(1)(b),
22                     relating to his or her treatment and care.
23      (2)     The carer or close family member is entitled, subject to
24              section 292, to be provided with that information, or to be
25              involved in those matters.

26   290.       Responsibility of patient's psychiatrist
27              A patient's psychiatrist must ensure that any carer or close
28              family member of the patient is provided with information
29              referred to in section 285(1)(a), (c) or (d), or involved in a
30              matter referred to in section 285(1)(b), if no other provision is
31              made under this Act about who must ensure that any carer or


     page 206
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                        Recognition of rights of carers and families        Part 17
      Information about and involvement in patient's treatment and       Division 2
                                                               care
                                                                              s. 291


1             close family member is provide with that information or
2             involved in that matter.

3    291.     Contacting carer or close family member
4       (1)   This section applies in relation to each of these requirements --
5              (a) a requirement under this Act to provide any carer of a
6                    patient with information referred to in
7                    section 285(1)(a), (c) or (d) or involve any carer of a
8                    patient in a matter referred to in section 285(1)(b);
9              (b) a requirement under this Act to provide any close family
10                   member of a patient with information referred to in
11                   section 285(1)(a), (c) or (d) or involve any close family
12                   member of a patient in a matter referred to in
13                   section 285(1)(b).
14      (2)   Without limiting a requirement referred to in subsection (1)(a)
15            or (b), the requirement is taken to have been complied with if
16            the person responsible for ensuring that the requirement is
17            complied with ensures that reasonable efforts to provide any
18            carer or any close family member with the information or
19            involve any carer or any close family member in the matter
20            continue to be made until the first of these things occurs --
21              (a) at least one carer or one close family member is
22                     provided with the information or involved in the matter;
23              (b) it is reasonable for the person responsible to conclude
24                     that no carer or no close family member can be provided
25                     with the information or involved in the matter.
26      (3)   The person responsible must ensure that one of the following is
27            filed --
28               (a) a record of when and how any carer or any close family
29                   member was provided with the information or involved
30                   in the matter;
31              (b) if no carer or no close family member could be provided
32                   with the information or involved in the matter -- a
33                   record of the efforts made to do so.

                                                                          page 207
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 17         Recognition of rights of carers and families
     Division 2      Information about and involvement in patient's treatment and
                     care
     s. 292


1       (4)     Sections 296 and 297 do not limit --
2                 (a) the requirement under subsection (1)(a) to make
3                      reasonable efforts to provide a carer of a patient with
4                      information or involve a carer of a patient in a matter; or
5                (b) the requirement under subsection (1)(b) to make
6                      reasonable efforts to provide a close family member of a
7                      patient with information or involve a close family
8                      member of a patient in a matter.

9    292.       Provision of information or involvement not in patient's best
10              interests
11      (1)     A carer or close family member of a patient is not entitled under
12              section 287(2) or 289(2) to be provided with particular
13              information or involved in a particular matter if the patient's
14              psychiatrist reasonably believes that it is not in the best interests
15              of the patient for the carer or close family member to be
16              provided with that information or involved in that matter.
17      (2)     A patient's psychiatrist who decides under subsection (1) that a
18              carer or close family member of the patient is not entitled to be
19              provided with particular information or involved in a particular
20              matter must --
21                (a) file a record of the decision and the reasons for it; and
22                (b) give a copy to each of --
23                         (i) the patient; and
24                        (ii) the Chief Mental Health Advocate.
25              Note for section 292:

26              For the purpose of deciding under section 292(1) what is or is not in the best
27              interests of a patient, Part 2 Division 3 applies.

28   293.       Advising carer or close family member of decision
29      (1)     A patient's psychiatrist who decides under section 292(1) that a
30              carer or close family member of the patient is not entitled to be
31              provided with particular information or involved in a particular


     page 208
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                        Recognition of rights of carers and families        Part 17
      Information about and involvement in patient's treatment and       Division 2
                                                               care
                                                                              s. 294


1             matter must, if the carer or close family member requests to be
2             provided with the information or involved in the matter --
3               (a) advise the carer or close family member of the decision
4                    and the reasons for it; and
5               (b) file a record of the advice and give a copy to the patient.
6       (2)   A carer or close family member of a patient to whom advice is
7             provided orally under subsection (1)(a) may request the
8             patient's psychiatrist to confirm the advice in writing.
9       (3)   The patient's psychiatrist must --
10             (a) comply with the request; and
11             (b) file a copy of the confirmation and give another copy to
12                   the patient.
13            Note for section 293:

14            Any information or advice provided under section 293(1)(a) or (3)(a) must be
15            provided in accordance with section 9(2).

16   294.     Revocation of decision
17      (1)   A patient's psychiatrist may revoke a decision under
18            section 292(1) that a carer or close family member of the patient
19            is not entitled to be provided with particular information or
20            involved in a particular matter if satisfied that the reasons for
21            making the decision no longer apply.
22      (2)   The patient's psychiatrist must, as soon as practicable, file a
23            record of the decision and the reasons for it and give a copy to
24            the patient.
25      (3)   If the carer or close family member previously requested to be
26            provided with the information or involved in the matter, the
27            patient's psychiatrist must ensure that, as soon as practicable --
28               (a) the carer or close family member is provided with the
29                     information or involved in the matter; and




                                                                                 page 209
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 17         Recognition of rights of carers and families
     Division 3      Identifying carer or close family member
     s. 295



1                 (b)    a record of when and how the carer or close family
2                        member was provided with the information or involved
3                        in the matter is filed and given to the patient.
4       (4)     However, there is no requirement to involve the carer or close
5               family member in a matter if the time for doing so has passed.

6    295.       Rights in another capacity not affected
7               This Division does not affect any right that a carer or close
8               family member of a patient has (whether under this Act or
9               otherwise) to be provided with information or involved in a
10              matter in another capacity.
11              Note for section 295:

12              A carer of a patient who is a child could for example also be the child's parent
13              or guardian or a close family member of a patient could also be the person
14              responsible for the patient under the GAA Act section 110ZD.

15          Division 3 -- Identifying carer or close family member
16   296.       When being admitted or received
17      (1)     This section applies when a person is being admitted by, or is
18              being received into, a mental health service for the purpose of
19              providing the person with treatment or care.
20      (2)     The person in charge of the mental health service must ensure
21              that the person is asked --
22                (a) whether or not the person has a carer; and
23                (b) whether or not the person has a close family member;
24                      and
25                (c) if the person has a carer or close family member,
26                      whether or not the person consents to the carer or close
27                      family member being --
28                        (i) provided with the information referred to in
29                              section 285(1)(a) in connection with the
30                              provision of that treatment or care; and


     page 210
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                        Recognition of rights of carers and families        Part 17
                          Identifying carer or close family member       Division 3
                                                                              s. 297



1                      (ii)   involved in the matters referred to in
2                             section 285(1)(b) while the person is being
3                             provided with that treatment or care.
4       (3)   The person in charge of the mental health service must ensure
5             that a record of the person's answers to the questions asked
6             under subsection (2) is filed.

7    297.     While being provided with treatment or care
8       (1)   This section applies in relation to a person --
9              (a) who is being provided with treatment or care by a
10                   mental health service; and
11             (b) who --
12                      (i) has refused to consent when asked under
13                           section 296(2)(c)(i) or (ii); or
14                     (ii) has refused to consent when asked under
15                           subsection (2); or
16                    (iii) consented when asked under section 296(2)(c)(i)
17                           or (ii) or subsection (2) but has since then
18                           withdrawn the consent.
19      (2)   The person in charge of the mental health service must ensure
20            that the person is asked periodically whether or not the person
21            consents to a matter referred to in section 296(2)(c)(i) or (ii) in
22            respect of which the patient has refused to consent or has
23            withdrawn consent.
24      (3)   The person in charge of the mental health service must ensure
25            that a record of the following is filed --
26              (a) each time when the person is asked under
27                     subsection (2); and
28              (b) the person's answers at that time to the questions asked
29                     under subsection (2).




                                                                          page 211
    Mental Health Bill 2013
    Part 17         Recognition of rights of carers and families
    Division 3      Identifying carer or close family member
    s. 298



1   298.       Person can withdraw consent, or can consent, at any time
2              To avoid doubt --
3               (a) a person who consents when asked under
4                     section 296(2)(c)(i) or (ii) can withdraw consent at any
5                     time; and
6               (b) a person who refuses to consent when asked under
7                     section 296(2)(c)(i) or (ii) can consent at any time.




    page 212
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                                   Children who have a mental illness      Part 18

                                                                                       s. 299



1             Part 18 -- Children who have a mental illness
2    299.       Best interests of child is a primary consideration
3               In performing a function under this Act in relation to a child, a
4               person or body must have regard to what is in the best interests
5               of the child as a primary consideration.
6              Note for section 299:

7              For the purpose of deciding under section 299 what is or is not in the best
8              interests of a child, Part 2 Division 3 applies.

9    300.       Child's wishes
10              In performing a function under this Act in relation to a child, a
11              person or body must have regard to the child's wishes, to the
12              extent that it is practicable to ascertain those wishes.

13   301.       Views of child's parent or guardian
14              In performing a function under this Act in relation to a child, a
15              person or body must have regard to the views of the child's
16              parent or guardian.

17   302.       Child who is a voluntary patient
18      (1)     This section applies in relation to a child who is a voluntary
19              patient.
20      (2)     An application for the admission or discharge of the child by a
21              mental health service may be made by the child's parent or
22              guardian unless it is shown that the child has the capacity to
23              make the application himself or herself.
24      (3)     A treatment decision about the provision of treatment to the
25              child may be made by the child's parent or guardian unless it is
26              shown that the child has the capacity to make the treatment
27              decision himself or herself.




                                                                                    page 213
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 18         Children who have a mental illness

     s. 303



1               Note for section 302:

2               Part 5 Division 1 sets out what is required to show that a child has the
3               capacity to make a decision, including a treatment decision, about himself or
4               herself.

5    303.       Segregation of children from adult inpatients
6       (1)     This section applies in relation to a mental health service that
7               does not ordinarily provide treatment or care to children who
8               have a mental illness.
9       (2)     A child cannot be admitted by a mental health service as an
10              inpatient unless the person in charge of the mental health
11              service is satisfied that --
12                (a)    the mental health service can provide the child with
13                       treatment, care and support that is appropriate having
14                       regard to the child's age, maturity, gender, culture and
15                       spiritual beliefs; and
16                (b)    the treatment, care and support can be provided to the
17                       child in a part of the mental health service that is
18                       separate from any part of the mental health service in
19                       which adults are provided with treatment and care if,
20                       having regard to the child's age and maturity, it would
21                       be appropriate to do so.
22      (3)     When a child is being admitted by a mental health service as an
23              inpatient, the person in charge of the mental health service
24              must --
25                (a) give to the child's parent or guardian a written report
26                      setting out --
27                         (i) the reasons why the person in charge is satisfied
28                              of the matters referred to in subsection (2)(a)
29                              and (b); and
30                       (ii) the measures that the mental health service will
31                              take to ensure that, while the child is admitted as
32                              an inpatient, the child is protected and the child's



     page 214
                                                        Mental Health Bill 2013
                               Children who have a mental illness      Part 18

                                                                           s. 304



1                            individual needs in relation to treatment and care
2                            are met;
3                     and
4              (b)    file a copy of the report and give another copy to the
5                     Chief Psychiatrist.

6    304.     Off-label treatment provided to child who is involuntary
7             patient
8       (1)   This section applies if off-label treatment is provided to a child
9             who is an involuntary patient.
10      (2)   In this section --
11            approved product information, for registered therapeutic goods,
12            means the product information approved under the Therapeutic
13            Goods Act 1989 (Commonwealth) in relation to the registered
14            therapeutic goods;
15            off-label treatment means the use of registered therapeutic
16            goods other than in accordance with the approved product
17            information for the registered therapeutic goods;
18            product information has the meaning given in the Therapeutic
19            Goods Act 1989 (Commonwealth) section 3(1);
20            registered therapeutic goods means registered goods as defined
21            in the Therapeutic Goods Act 1989 (Commonwealth)
22            section 3(1).
23      (3)   The patient's psychiatrist must ensure that, as soon as
24            practicable --
25              (a) a record of these things is filed --
26                      (i) the decision to provide the off-label treatment,
27                           including a description of the off-label treatment;
28                     (ii) the reasons for the decision;
29                    and




                                                                        page 215
    Mental Health Bill 2013
    Part 18         Children who have a mental illness

    s. 304



1                (b)     a copy of the record is given to the Chief Psychiatrist.
2              Note for Part 18:

3              Part 17 applies in relation to a child's carer who is not also the child's parent
4              or guardian.




    page 216
                                                       Mental Health Bill 2013
                       Complaints about mental health services        Part 19
                                          Preliminary matters      Division 1
                                                                        s. 305



1      Part 19 -- Complaints about mental health services
2                   Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
3    305.   Terms used
4           In this Part --
5           Carers Charter has the meaning given in the Carers
6           Recognition Act 2004 section 4;
7           complainant, in relation to a complaint made to the Director
8           under Division 3 Subdivision 3, means the person or persons in
9           respect of whom the complaint alleges the respondent acted, or
10          failed to act, in a manner referred to in section 320(2);
11          complaint, for the purposes of Division 3 Subdivision 3,
12          includes a part of a complaint;
13          Complaints Office means the Health and Disability Services
14          Complaints Office continued by the Health and Disability
15          Services (Complaints) Act 1995 section 6(1);
16          Complaints Office staff means the staff of the Complaints
17          Office referred to in the Health and Disability Services
18          (Complaints) Act 1995 section 14, 15 or 16;
19          Director means the Director of the Health and Disability
20          Services Complaints Office appointed under the Health and
21          Disability Services (Complaints) Act 1995 section 7(1);
22          investigation means --
23            (a) an investigation of a complaint made to the Director
24                   under Division 3 Subdivision 3; or
25            (b) an investigation conducted under section 341;
26          mental health service --
27            (a) means --
28                     (i) a service provided specifically for people who
29                           have or may have a mental illness; or




                                                                    page 217
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 19         Complaints about mental health services
     Division 1      Preliminary matters
     s. 306



1                        (ii)   a service provided specifically for carers of
2                               people who have or may have a mental illness;
3                       but
4                 (b) does not include a service referred to in paragraph (a)(i)
5                       or (ii) if it is --
6                          (i) provided wholly from funds paid to a service
7                                provider by the Commonwealth; or
8                         (ii) provided to a person who has or may have a
9                                mental illness by the person's carer; or
10                       (iii) prescribed by the regulations for this paragraph;
11              respondent, in relation to a complaint made to the Director
12              under Division 3 Subdivision 3, means the service provider who
13              the complaint alleges acted, or failed to act, in a manner referred
14              to in section 320(2);
15              service provider --
16                (a) means an individual, group of individuals or body
17                      (whether corporate or unincorporate) that renders or
18                      provides mental health services; but
19                (b) does not include --
20                         (i) the Chief Psychiatrist; or
21                        (ii) a mental health advocate; or
22                       (iii) the Mental Health Tribunal.

23   306.       Making complaint to service provider or Director of
24              Complaints Office
25      (1)     A complaint about a mental health service may be made --
26               (a) to a service provider in accordance with the service
27                    provider's complaints procedure referred to in
28                    section 308; or
29               (b) to the Director under Division 3 Subdivision 3.
30      (2)     It is irrelevant for the purposes of this Part that a person in
31              respect of whom a complaint made under subsection (1) alleges

     page 218
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                         Complaints about mental health services        Part 19
                                 Complaints to service providers     Division 2
                                                                          s. 307



1             a service provider acted, or failed to act, does not identify
2             himself or herself as a person who has or may have a mental
3             illness or as a carer of a person who has or may have a mental
4             illness.

5    307.     Divisions 3 and 4 to be read with Health and Disbility
6             Services (Complaints) Act 1995
7             Divisions 3 and 4 are to be read with the Health and Disability
8             Services (Complaints) Act 1995.

9              Division 2 -- Complaints to service providers
10   308.     Service provider must have complaints procedure
11      (1)   The person in charge of a service provider must ensure --
12             (a) that there is a procedure (a complaints procedure) for
13                   investigating any complaint made to the person in
14                   charge about any mental health service provided by the
15                   service provider; and
16             (b) that the complaints procedure is reviewed regularly and
17                   revised as necessary.
18      (2)   The person in charge of a service provider must ensure --
19             (a) that copies of the most up-to-date version of the service
20                   provider's complaints procedure are freely available at
21                   the service provider's premises; and
22             (b) that a person who requests a copy of the service
23                   provider's complaints procedure is provided with a copy
24                   of that version.

25   309.     Prescribed service providers must provide Director with
26            information about complaints
27      (1)   In this section --
28            prescribed means prescribed by the regulations for this section.




                                                                      page 219
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 19         Complaints about mental health services
     Division 3      Complaints to Director of Complaints Office
     s. 310



1       (2)     Within the prescribed period after 30 June in each year a
2               prescribed service provider, or a service provider in a class of
3               prescribed service provider, must give to the Director a report in
4               the form prescribed for the service provider or class of service
5               provider relating to --
6                 (a) complaints received by the service provider during the
7                       year that ended on that day; and
8                 (b) action taken by the service provider during the year that
9                       ended on that day in relation to complaints whenever
10                      received by the service provider.
11              Penalty: a fine of $1 000.

12      Division 3 -- Complaints to Director of Complaints Office
13                      Subdivision 1 -- Preliminary matters

14   310.       Parties themselves may resolve complaint
15      (1)     This Division does not prevent the complainant and the
16              respondent resolving a complaint by agreement at any time,
17              whether or not with the help of the Complaints Office, but if
18              that occurs the complainant must notify the Director without
19              delay that the complaint has been resolved.
20      (2)     The Director must stop dealing with a complaint under this
21              Division if the Director is satisfied that it has been resolved.

22   311.       Things done by or in relation to complainant
23      (1)     Except as provided by this Division, a thing required to be done
24              under this Division by or in relation to a complainant may be
25              done by or in relation to --
26                (a) another complainant who made the complaint on the
27                      complainant's behalf under section 315(1)(a) and (3); or
28               (b) the person, service provider or registration board who
29                      made the complaint on the complainant's behalf under
30                      section 315(1)(b) or (2)(b).


     page 220
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                         Complaints about mental health services         Part 19
                       Complaints to Director of Complaints Office    Division 3
                                                                           s. 312



1       (2)   For the purposes of this Division, a thing done under
2             subsection (1) is taken to have been done by or in relation to the
3             complainant who is required to do the thing or in respect of
4             whom the thing is required to be done under this Division.

5               Subdivision 2 -- Director of Complaints Office

6    312.     Functions of Director
7       (1)   The functions of the Director under this Division are --
8              (a) dealing with complaints made to the Director in
9                    accordance with this Division; and
10             (b) in collaboration with groups of service providers or
11                   groups of persons to whom mental health services are
12                   provided or both, reviewing and identifying the causes
13                   of complaints and suggesting ways of removing and
14                   minimising those causes and bringing them to the notice
15                   of the public; and
16             (c) taking steps to bring to the notice of people who have or
17                   may have a mental illness, the carers of people who
18                   have or may have a mental illness and service providers
19                   details of procedures for making complaints under this
20                   Division; and
21             (d) assisting service providers in developing and improving
22                   procedures for making complaints made to the service
23                   providers and the training of their staff in handling such
24                   complaints; and
25             (e) with the approval of the Minister, inquiring into broader
26                   issues about the care of people who have or may have a
27                   mental illness arising out of complaints, whether made
28                   to service providers or to the Director in accordance
29                   with this Division; and
30              (f) preparing and publishing information about, and
31                   promoting, the role of the Complaints Office and how to
32                   make a complaint to the Director in accordance with this
33                   Division; and


                                                                       page 221
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 19         Complaints about mental health services
     Division 3      Complaints to Director of Complaints Office
     s. 313



1                (g)   providing advice generally on any matter relating to
2                      complaints made to the Director in accordance with this
3                      Division, and in particular --
4                         (i) advice to people who have or may have a mental
5                             illness and the carers of people who have or may
6                             have a mental illness on the making of
7                             complaints; and
8                        (ii) advice to people who have or may have a mental
9                             illness and the carers of people who have or may
10                            have a mental illness as to other avenues
11                            available for dealing with complaints; and
12                      (iii) advice about removing or minimising the causes
13                            of complaints;
14                     and
15               (h)   any other functions conferred on the Director by this
16                     Division.
17      (2)     The function of the Director under subsection (1)(f) does not
18              include the publication of personal information about a person
19              who has or may have a mental illness, but this subsection does
20              not affect the operation of section 343.

21   313.       Directions by Minister
22      (1)     The Minister may, after consultation with the Director, issue
23              written directions about the general policy to be followed by the
24              Director in performing functions under this Act.
25      (2)     The Director may request the Minister to issue a direction under
26              subsection (1).
27      (3)     A direction cannot be issued under this section in respect of --
28               (a) a particular complaint; or
29               (b) a particular person who has or may have a mental
30                     illness; or
31               (c) a particular carer of a person who has or may have a
32                     mental illness; or

     page 222
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                         Complaints about mental health services         Part 19
                       Complaints to Director of Complaints Office    Division 3
                                                                           s. 314



1              (d)   a particular service provider; or
2              (e)   any other particular person or body.
3       (4)   The Director must comply with a direction issued under this
4             section.
5       (5)   The Minister must cause the text of a direction issued under this
6             section to be laid before each House of Parliament on or within
7             14 sitting days of the House after the day on which the direction
8             is issued.
9       (6)   The text of a direction issued under this section must be
10            included in the annual report submitted by the accountable
11            authority in respect of the Complaints Office under the
12            Financial Management Act 2006 Part 5.

13   314.     Minister to have access to specified information about
14            Director's functions
15      (1)   In this section --
16            specified information means information specified, or of a
17            description specified, by the Minister that relates to the
18            functions of the Director under this Division.
19      (2)   The Minister is entitled --
20             (a) to have specified information in the possession of the
21                  Director; and
22             (b) if the specified information is in or on a document -- to
23                  have, and make and retain copies of, that document.
24      (3)   For the purposes of subsection (2), the Minister may --
25             (a) request the Director to give specified information to the
26                    Minister; and
27             (b) request the Director to give to the Minister access to
28                    specified information; and
29             (c) for the purpose of accessing specified information
30                    requested under paragraph (b), be assisted by members
31                    of the Complaints Office staff.

                                                                       page 223
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 19         Complaints about mental health services
     Division 3      Complaints to Director of Complaints Office
     s. 315



1       (4)     The Director must --
2                (a) comply with a request made under subsection (3)(a)
3                      or (b); and
4                (b) make members of the Complaints Office staff and
5                      facilities of the Complaints Office available to the
6                      Minister for the purpose of subsection (3)(c).
7       (5)     This section does not entitle the Minister to have personal
8               information unless the information is about an individual who
9               consents to the Minister having the information.

10                       Subdivision 3 -- Right to complain
11   315.       Who may complain
12      (1)     A complaint about a service provider referred to in
13              section 320(1) alleging that the service provider acted, or failed
14              to act, in a manner referred to in section 320(2) in respect of a
15              person who has or may have a mental illness, or in respect of a
16              carer of a person who has or may have a mental illness, may be
17              made to the Director --
18                (a) personally by the person who has or may have a mental
19                       illness; or
20                (b) on behalf of the person who has or may have a mental
21                       illness by --
22                          (i) the person's representative recognised under
23                               section 316(2); or
24                         (ii) a service provider if section 318 applies; or
25                        (iii) a registration board if section 319 applies.
26      (2)     A complaint about a service provider referred to in
27              section 320(1) that is an applicable organisation (as defined in
28              the Carers Recognition Act 2004 section 4) alleging that the
29              service provider acted, or failed to act, in a manner referred to in
30              section 320(2)(g) in respect of a carer of a person who has or
31              may have a mental illness may be made to the Director --
32                (a) personally by the carer; or

     page 224
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                         Complaints about mental health services         Part 19
                       Complaints to Director of Complaints Office    Division 3
                                                                           s. 316



1              (b)   on behalf of the carer by a registration board if
2                    section 319 applies.
3       (3)   A complaint made under subsection (1)(a) may be made by --
4              (a) one person --
5                      (i) on his or her own behalf; or
6                    (ii) on behalf of himself or herself and another
7                          person or other persons;
8                   or
9              (b) 2 or more persons --
10                     (i) on their own behalf; or
11                   (ii) on behalf of themselves and another person or
12                         other persons.

13   316.     Representative of person with mental illness or carer
14      (1)   In this section --
15            relative, of a complainant, means a family member of the
16            complainant referred to in section 281(2).
17      (2)   The Director may, for the purposes of this Division, recognise
18            as the representative for a complainant --
19              (a) a person chosen by the complainant; or
20              (b) a person not chosen by the complainant if, in the
21                    Director's opinion --
22                       (i) the complainant is unable to complain himself or
23                           herself and is unable to choose a person to be his
24                           or her representative himself or herself; and
25                      (ii) the prospective representative is a person who
26                           has a sufficient interest in the subject matter of
27                           the complaint;
28                    or
29              (c) a person not chosen by the complainant if --
30                       (i) the complainant has died; and


                                                                         page 225
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 19         Complaints about mental health services
     Division 3      Complaints to Director of Complaints Office
     s. 317



1                        (ii)   in the Director's opinion, the prospective
2                               representative is a person who has a sufficient
3                               interest in the subject matter of the complaint.
4       (3)     The Director cannot recognise a person as the representative of
5               a complainant unless satisfied that the prospective
6               representative --
7                 (a) is acting without remuneration or is a prescribed person
8                      as defined in section 317(1); and
9                 (b) if the prospective representative is not a relative of the
10                     complainant -- has no financial interest in the outcome
11                     of the complaint.

12   317.       Representative must not be paid
13      (1)     In this section --
14              prescribed person means --
15                (a) a mental health advocate; or
16                (b) a person designated under subsection (3) as a prescribed
17                       person; or
18                (c) a person, or a person in a class of person, prescribed by
19                       the regulations for this definition; or
20                (d) a legal practitioner who is being paid through a funding
21                       arrangement with government to provide free legal
22                       advice who is representing a person who has, or may
23                       have, a mental illness or a carer of a person who has, or
24                       may have, a mental illness.
25      (2)     A person who is not a prescribed person must not demand or
26              receive any remuneration for acting, for the purposes of this
27              Division, as the representative of a person who has or may have
28              a mental illness or a carer of a person who has or may have a
29              mental illness.
30              Penalty:
31                   (a) for a first offence, a fine of $1 000;
32                   (b) for a second or subsequent offence, a fine of $10 000.

     page 226
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                         Complaints about mental health services         Part 19
                       Complaints to Director of Complaints Office    Division 3
                                                                           s. 318



1       (3)   The Director may designate in writing a person to be a
2             prescribed person if satisfied that it is appropriate to do so.

3    318.     Service provider may complain on behalf of person with
4             mental illness or carer
5       (1)   A complaint about a service provider referred to in
6             section 320(1) may be made by another service provider on
7             behalf of a person who has or may have a mental illness or if the
8             Director is satisfied that --
9               (a) the person has died; or
10              (b) because of the person's state of health or general
11                    situation, it would be difficult or impossible for the
12                    person to make a complaint.
13      (2)   A complaint about a service provider referred to in
14            section 320(1) may be made by another service provider on
15            behalf of a carer of a person who has or may have a mental
16            illness or if the Director is satisfied that --
17               (a) the carer has died; or
18               (b) because of the carer's state of health or general situation,
19                     it would be difficult or impossible for the carer to make
20                     a complaint.

21   319.     Registration board may complain on behalf of person with
22            mental illness or carer
23            A complaint about a service provider referred to in
24            section 320(1) may be made by a registration board on behalf of
25            a person who has or may have a mental illness or a carer of a
26            person who has or may have a mental illness if --
27              (a) the service provider is a health professional or other
28                    person for whose professional or occupational
29                    registration the registration board is responsible; and




                                                                          page 227
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 19         Complaints about mental health services
     Division 3      Complaints to Director of Complaints Office
     s. 320



1                (b)   the registration board becomes aware that the health
2                      professional or other person has acted, or failed to act, in
3                      a manner referred to in section 320(2) in relation to the
4                      person who has or may have a mental illness or the
5                      carer.

6    320.       Who and what can be complained about
7       (1)     A complaint can only be about a service provider that, at the
8               time the subject matter of the complaint arose, was providing a
9               mental health service.
10      (2)     A complaint can only allege that, after the date on which this
11              section comes into operation, a service provider --
12                (a) acted unreasonably by not providing a mental health
13                      service; or
14                (b) acted unreasonably by providing a mental health
15                      service; or
16                (c) acted unreasonably in the manner of providing a mental
17                      health service; or
18                (d) acted unreasonably by denying or restricting access to
19                      records kept by the service provider; or
20                (e) acted unreasonably in disclosing records or confidential
21                      information; or
22                 (f) failed to comply with the Charter of Mental Health Care
23                      Principles; or
24                (g) failed to comply with the Carers Charter; or
25                (h) in respect of a complaint about a matter mentioned in
26                      paragraphs (a) to (e) made to the service provider by a
27                      person who has or may have a mental illness, acted
28                      unreasonably by --
29                        (i) not properly investigating the complaint or not
30                              causing it to be properly investigated; or




     page 228
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                         Complaints about mental health services         Part 19
                       Complaints to Director of Complaints Office    Division 3
                                                                           s. 321



1                      (ii)   not taking, or not causing to be taken, proper
2                             action in relation to the complaint;
3                     or
4               (i)   acted unreasonably by charging an excessive fee; or
5               (j)   acted unreasonably with respect to a fee.

6    321.     Time for complaining
7             The Director must reject a complaint the subject matter of
8             which occurred more than 24 months before the day on which
9             the complaint is made unless, in the Director's opinion, the
10            complainant has shown good reason for the delay.

11                     Subdivision 4 -- Initial procedures

12   322.     How to complain
13      (1)   A complaint may be made to the Director orally (including by
14            telephone) or in writing.
15      (2)   The Director must require a complainant who makes a
16            complaint orally to confirm it in writing unless the complainant
17            satisfies the Director that there is good reason why it should not
18            be confirmed in writing.
19      (3)   The Director --
20             (a) must require a complainant to provide his or her name;
21                   and
22             (b) may require the complainant to provide other
23                   information relating to the complainant's identity.
24      (4)   The Director may require a complainant to provide more
25            information about the complaint within a time fixed by the
26            Director.
27      (5)   The Director may reject a complaint if the complainant does not
28            comply with a requirement of the Director under
29            subsection (2), (3)(a) or (b) or (4).


                                                                        page 229
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 19         Complaints about mental health services
     Division 3      Complaints to Director of Complaints Office
     s. 323



1    323.       Referral of complaint about excluded mental health service
2       (1)     In this section --
3               excluded mental health service means a mental health service
4               that is provided without fee in a rescue or emergency situation.
5       (2)     The Director may, with the written consent of the complainant,
6               refer a complaint relating to an excluded mental health service
7               to an appropriate person or body.

8    324.       Withdrawal of complaint
9       (1)     A complainant may withdraw the complaint at any time by
10              notifying the Director.
11      (2)     If satisfied that the complainant has withdrawn the complaint,
12              the Director must stop dealing with the complaint under this
13              Division and must notify --
14                 (a) if details of the complaint have been given to the
15                       respondent under section 328(6)(b) -- the respondent of
16                       the withdrawal; and
17                (b) if the complaint has been referred to another person or
18                       body under section 323(2) or 329(4) -- that person or
19                       body of the withdrawal.

20   325.       Complainant should try to resolve matter
21              The Director may reject a complaint if the Director is not
22              satisfied that --
23                (a) if the complaint is made under section 315(1)(a)
24                      or (2)(a), whether only on the complainant's own behalf
25                      or also on behalf of one or more other complainants --
26                      the complainant has taken reasonable steps himself or
27                      herself to resolve the matter with the respondent; or
28                (b) if the complaint is made under section 315(1)(b)
29                      or (2)(b) -- the person, service provider or registration
30                      board who made the complaint on the complainant's
31                      behalf has taken all reasonable steps to resolve the
32                      matter with the respondent.

     page 230
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                         Complaints about mental health services         Part 19
                       Complaints to Director of Complaints Office    Division 3
                                                                           s. 326



1    326.     Complaint that is not to be dealt with by National Board
2             under Health Practitioner Regulation National Law (Western
3             Australia)
4       (1)   In this section --
5             registered service provider means a registered provider as
6             defined in the Health and Disability Services (Complaints)
7             Act 1995 section 3(1).
8       (2)   The Director may deal with a complaint relating to a registered
9             service provider under this Division if, because of the Health
10            Practitioner Regulation National Law (Western Australia)
11            section 150, the complaint is not to be dealt with by a National
12            Board under that Act.
13   327.     Complaint that is being dealt with by National Board under
14            Health Practitioner Regulation National Law (Western
15            Australia)
16      (1)   This section applies if, because of the Health Practitioner
17            Regulation National Law (Western Australia) section 150, a
18            complaint is being dealt with by a National Board under
19            that Act.
20      (2)   The Director must, on or within 28 days after the day on which
21            the National Board begins dealing with the complaint, notify the
22            complainant that the National Board is dealing with it.
23   328.     Preliminary decision by Director
24      (1)   This section applies in relation to a complaint other than a
25            complaint that, because of the Health Practitioner Regulation
26            National Law (Western Australia) section 150, is to be dealt
27            with by a National Board under that Act.
28      (2)   The Director must, on or within 28 days after the day on which
29            the Director receives the complaint or by the end of any
30            extension of that period under subsection (3), decide whether
31            and to what extent --
32              (a) to accept it; or


                                                                       page 231
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 19         Complaints about mental health services
     Division 3      Complaints to Director of Complaints Office
     s. 328



1                (b)   to reject, defer or refer it under section 329.
2       (3)     The Director may extend the period for making a decision under
3               subsection (2) from the end of the 28-day period referred to in
4               subsection (2) for a further period (not exceeding 28 days) if it
5               is for the benefit of the complainant to do so.
6       (4)     To enable the Director to make a decision under subsection (2),
7               the Director may make such inquiries as the Director considers
8               appropriate.
9       (5)     The Director must, on or within 14 days after the day on which
10              the Director makes a decision under subsection (2), take the
11              action required under subsection (6), (7) or (8).
12      (6)     If the Director accepts the complaint, the Director must --
13                 (a) give to the complainant written details of --
14                         (i) the decision; and
15                        (ii) if the Director decides under subsection (10)(a)
16                              or (b) that the complaint is suitable to be dealt
17                              with under section 331 or 332 -- the
18                              arrangements made for negotiated settlement or
19                              conciliation discussions between the complainant
20                              and the respondent;
21                      and
22                (b) give to the respondent written details of --
23                         (i) the complaint; and
24                        (ii) the decision; and
25                       (iii) if the Director decides under subsection (10)(a)
26                              or (b) that the complaint is suitable to be dealt
27                              with under section 331 or 332 -- the
28                              arrangements made for negotiated settlement or
29                              conciliation discussions between the complainant
30                              and the respondent; and
31                       (iv) a written statement that the respondent may
32                              make submissions to the Director.


     page 232
                                                        Mental Health Bill 2013
                       Complaints about mental health services         Part 19
                     Complaints to Director of Complaints Office    Division 3
                                                                         s. 328



1     (7)   If the Director rejects the complaint, the Director must give to
2           the complainant written details of the decision.
3     (8)   If the Director defers or refers the complaint, the Director
4           must --
5              (a) give to the complainant written details of the decision;
6                   and
7             (b) give to the respondent written details of --
8                      (i) the complaint; and
9                     (ii) the decision.
10    (9)   If a complaint is accepted, the Director may give to the
11          respondent a written notice requiring the respondent to give to
12          the Director a written response to the complaint in accordance
13          with section 330.
14   (10)   If a complaint is accepted, the Director must --
15             (a) attempt to negotiate a settlement of the complaint in
16                  accordance with section 331; or
17            (b) refer the complaint for conciliation under section 332 if,
18                  in the Director's opinion, it is suitable to be dealt with
19                  under that provision; or
20             (c) investigate the complaint if, in the Director's opinion --
21                     (i) it is not suitable to be dealt with under
22                          section 331 or 332; and
23                    (ii) an investigation is warranted, having regard to
24                          the likely costs and benefits of the investigation.
25   (11)   In giving details to the respondent under subsection (6)(b)
26          or (8)(b), the Director cannot disclose personal information
27          about the complainant if the Director considers that, because of
28          particular circumstances, the disclosure of the complainant's
29          identity --
30            (a) may result in the health, safety or welfare of the
31                  complainant being put at risk; or


                                                                      page 233
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 19         Complaints about mental health services
     Division 3      Complaints to Director of Complaints Office
     s. 329



1                (b)    would prejudice the proper investigation of the
2                       complaint.
3      (12)     If later the Director becomes satisfied that the circumstances
4               described under subsection (11) no longer apply, the Director
5               must disclose the identity of the complainant to the respondent.
6      (13)     If the Director decides that a complaint is not suitable to be
7               dealt with under section 331 or 332 and does not warrant
8               investigating, the Director must advise the complainant in
9               writing --
10                 (a) of the decision; and
11                (b) that the Director will take no further action on the
12                      complaint.
13     (14)     The Director cannot try to settle a complaint while performing
14              functions under this section in relation to the complaint.

15   329.       Rejection, deferral or referral of complaints
16      (1)     The Director must reject a complaint that, in the Director's
17              opinion --
18                (a) is vexatious, trivial or without substance; or
19               (b) does not warrant any further action; or
20                (c) does not comply with this Division.
21      (2)     The Director must reject a complaint to the extent that it relates
22              to an issue that has already been dealt with --
23                (a) under another provision of this Act; or
24                (b) under another written law; or
25                (c) under a law of the Commonwealth; or
26                (d) by a court.
27      (3)     The Director must defer dealing with a complaint to the extent
28              that it relates to an issue that is being dealt with --
29                (a) under another provision of this Act; or
30                (b) under another written law; or

     page 234
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                           Complaints about mental health services         Part 19
                         Complaints to Director of Complaints Office    Division 3
                                                                             s. 330



1               (c)    under a law of the Commonwealth; or
2               (d)    by a court.
3       (4)   If a complaint raises issues that, in the Director's opinion,
4             would be better dealt with under --
5                (a) another provision of this Act; or
6               (b) another written law,
7             the Director may, with the written consent of the complainant,
8             refer the complaint to the appropriate person or body to be dealt
9             with under that other provision or written law.
10      (5)   The Director cannot refer a complaint under subsection (4) to --
11             (a) a National Board under the Health Practitioner
12                   Regulation National Law (Western Australia); or
13             (b) a court.
14            Note for section 329:

15            Sections 326 and 327 set out what happens in relation to a complaint that
16            could be dealt with by a National Board under the Health Practitioner
17            Regulation National Law (Western Australia).

18   330.     Response by respondent
19      (1)   A respondent who is given details under section 328(6)(b) may
20            give the Director a written response to the complaint.
21      (2)   A respondent who is given a notice under section 328(9) must
22            give the Director a written response to the complaint.
23      (3)   Any response given under subsection (1) or (2) must be given to
24            the Director --
25              (a) on or within 28 days after the day on which the
26                    respondent receives --
27                       (i) the details given under section 328(6)(b); or
28                      (ii) the notice given under section 328(9);
29                    or
30              (b) by the end of any extension of that period under
31                    subsection (4).

                                                                                 page 235
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 19         Complaints about mental health services
     Division 3      Complaints to Director of Complaints Office
     s. 331



1       (4)     The Director may extend the period within which a response
2               must be given under subsection (1) or (2) for good reason.
3       (5)     The Director may deal with a complaint under this Division
4               even if the respondent does not comply with subsection (3).
5       (6)     Details of any breach of subsection (3) that, in the Director's
6               opinion, was committed without a reasonable excuse must be
7               included in the annual report submitted by the accountable
8               authority in respect of the Complaints Office under the
9               Financial Management Act 2006 Part 5.
10      (7)     Evidence of anything said in a response given by a respondent
11              under this section is not admissible in proceedings before a
12              court or tribunal.
13      (8)     Despite the Parliamentary Commissioner Act 1971
14              section 20(3), evidence referred to in subsection (7) may be
15              disclosed to the Parliamentary Commissioner for the purposes
16              of an investigation under that Act.

17            Subdivision 5 -- Negotiated settlements and conciliation

18   331.       Resolving complaints by negotiation
19      (1)     Having accepted a complaint and complied with section 328(6),
20              the Director may, by negotiating with the complainant and the
21              respondent, attempt to bring about a settlement of the complaint
22              that is acceptable to the parties to it.
23      (2)     For the purposes of subsection (1), the Director may make any
24              inquiries the Director considers appropriate.
25      (3)     If the complaint is not settled under subsection (1) on or within
26              56 days after the day on which the Director complies with
27              section 328(6) or by the end of any extension of that period
28              under subsection (4), the Director must --
29                 (a) refer it for conciliation under section 332 if, in the
30                       Director's opinion, it is suitable to be dealt with under
31                       that provision; or

     page 236
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                         Complaints about mental health services         Part 19
                       Complaints to Director of Complaints Office    Division 3
                                                                           s. 332



1              (b)   investigate it if, in the Director's opinion --
2                       (i) it is not suitable to be dealt with under
3                            section 332; and
4                      (ii) an investigation is warranted, having regard to
5                            the likely costs and benefits of the investigation.
6       (4)   The Director may extend the period for attempting to bring
7             about a negotiated settlement if it is for the benefit of the
8             complainant to do so.
9       (5)   If the Director decides a complaint is not suitable to be dealt
10            with under section 332 and does not warrant investigating, the
11            Director must advise the complainant in writing --
12               (a) of the decision; and
13              (b) that the Director will take no further action on the
14                    complaint.
15      (6)   Evidence of anything said or admitted during any negotiation
16            conducted under subsection (1) is not admissible in proceedings
17            before a court or tribunal.
18      (7)   Despite the Parliamentary Commissioner Act 1971
19            section 20(3), evidence referred to in subsection (6) may be
20            disclosed to the Parliamentary Commissioner for the purposes
21            of an investigation under that Act.

22   332.     Conciliation of complaints
23      (1)   On referring a complaint for conciliation, the Director must
24            assign the task of conciliating the complaint to a member of the
25            Complaints Office staff whose duties consist of or include the
26            conciliation of complaints.
27      (2)   A conciliator's function is to encourage the settlement of the
28            complaint by --
29              (a) arranging for the complainant and the respondent to hold
30                   informal discussions about the complaint; and
31              (b) helping in the conduct of those discussions; and

                                                                        page 237
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 19         Complaints about mental health services
     Division 3      Complaints to Director of Complaints Office
     s. 332



1                 (c)   if possible, assisting the complainant and the respondent
2                       to reach agreement.
3       (3)     Except as provided by subsections (4) and (5), neither the
4               complainant nor the respondent may be represented by another
5               person during the conciliation process.
6       (4)     The complainant may be represented by the complainant's
7               representative recognised under section 316(2).
8       (5)     The Director may allow either or both the complainant and the
9               respondent to be represented if the Director is satisfied that the
10              process will not work effectively otherwise.
11      (6)     Subsections (3), (4) and (5) do not prevent the personal
12              attendance of any other person who may, in the opinion of the
13              conciliator, help in the conciliation.
14      (7)     Evidence of anything said or admitted during the conciliation
15              process is not admissible in proceedings before a court or
16              tribunal.
17      (8)     Despite the Parliamentary Commissioner Act 1971
18              section 20(3), evidence referred to in subsection (7) may be
19              disclosed to the Parliamentary Commissioner for the purposes
20              of an investigation under that Act.
21      (9)     If the conciliation process results in the settlement of a
22              complaint between the complainant and the respondent, the
23              conciliator must make a final report to the Director about the
24              result of that process.
25     (10)     A report made under subsection (9) must include details of any
26              agreement reached.
27     (11)     If the conciliation process fails to result in the settlement of a
28              complaint between the complainant and the respondent, the
29              Director may investigate the complaint if, in the Director's
30              opinion, an investigation is warranted, having regard to the
31              likely costs and benefits of the investigation.


     page 238
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                         Complaints about mental health services         Part 19
                       Complaints to Director of Complaints Office    Division 3
                                                                           s. 333



1                        Subdivision 6 -- Investigations

2    333.     Conduct generally
3       (1)   The Director may at any time during an investigation encourage
4             the settlement of a complaint.
5       (2)   The purpose of an investigation is to enable the Director to
6             decide whether or not a service provider has acted, or failed to
7             act, in a manner referred to in section 320(2).
8       (3)   In making a decision under subsection (2), the Director must
9             have regard to the following --
10              (a) any treatment, support and discharge plan that is
11                   relevant to the investigation;
12              (b) the generally accepted quality of service delivery
13                   expected of a service provider;
14              (c) any standards for the provision of mental health services
15                   that are prescribed by the regulations for this subsection;
16              (d) the Charter of Mental Health Care Principles;
17              (e) the Carers Charter.
18      (4)   In conducting an investigation, the Director --
19              (a) must proceed with as little formality and technicality,
20                   and as speedily, as the requirements of this Part and
21                   proper investigation of the matter permits; and
22              (b) is not bound by the rules of evidence but may inform
23                   himself or herself of any matter in such manner as he or
24                   she considers appropriate; and
25              (c) may, subject to this Part and the rules of natural justice,
26                   determine his or her own procedures.
27      (5)   In conducting an investigation, the Director may be assisted by
28            members of the Complaints Office staff.




                                                                       page 239
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 19         Complaints about mental health services
     Division 3      Complaints to Director of Complaints Office
     s. 334



1    334.       Power to require information and records
2       (1)     In this section --
3               person's representative means --
4                 (a) the person's representative recognised under
5                        section 316(2); or
6                 (b) the person's enduring guardian or guardian; or
7                 (c) if the person is a child -- the child's parent or guardian;
8               relevant information means information that, in the Director's
9               opinion, is or is likely to be relevant to an investigation;
10              relevant record means a record of information (however
11              compiled, recorded or stored) that is relevant to an investigation.
12      (2)     The Director may, by written notice given to a person, require
13              the person to do one or both of the following --
14                (a) provide the Director with a statement signed by the
15                      person or, if the person is a body corporate, by an officer
16                      of the body corporate, containing the relevant
17                      information specified in the notice;
18                (b) produce to the Director the relevant records specified in
19                      the notice.
20      (3)     The Director cannot give a notice to a person under
21              subsection (2) unless the Director reasonably believes that the
22              person is capable of providing the relevant information or
23              producing the relevant records.
24      (4)     A notice under subsection (2) must specify the time and place
25              for providing the relevant information or producing the relevant
26              records.
27      (5)     The Director may do any of these things in relation to a relevant
28              record that is produced in accordance with a notice under
29              subsection (2) --
30                (a) take possession of and retain the record for the period
31                      that is reasonably necessary for the purposes of the
32                      investigation;

     page 240
                                                       Mental Health Bill 2013
                      Complaints about mental health services         Part 19
                    Complaints to Director of Complaints Office    Division 3
                                                                        s. 334



1           (b)   inspect, and take a copy of the whole or any part of, the
2                 record.
3    (6)   While the Director retains possession of a relevant record, the
4          Director must permit a person who would be entitled to inspect
5          the record if it were not in the Director's possession to inspect
6          the record at any reasonable time and to take a copy of the
7          whole or any part of the record.
8    (7)   This section does not prevent a person from --
9           (a) refusing to provide relevant information, or to produce a
10                relevant record, because it contains information in
11                respect of which there is legal professional privilege; or
12          (b) refusing to produce a medical record unless --
13                   (i) the medical record relates to the subject matter of
14                        the complaint; and
15                  (ii) the person to whom the medical record relates, or
16                        the person's representative, has consented to the
17                        disclosure of information in the medical record.
18   (8)   A person who is given a notice under subsection (2) commits an
19         offence if the person --
20           (a) without reasonable excuse, proof of which is on the
21                person, does not provide relevant information or
22                produce a relevant record in accordance with the notice;
23                or
24           (b) in purporting to comply with a requirement under
25                subsection (2)(a) in the notice, provides relevant
26                information that the person knows is false or misleading
27                in a material particular; or
28           (c) in purporting to comply with a requirement under
29                subsection (2)(b) in the notice, makes available a
30                relevant record that the person knows is false or
31                misleading in a material particular --
32                   (i) without indicating that the record is false or
33                         misleading and, to the extent the person can, how
34                         the record is false or misleading; and

                                                                    page 241
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 19         Complaints about mental health services
     Division 3      Complaints to Director of Complaints Office
     s. 335



1                        (ii)   if the person has or can reasonably obtain the
2                               correct information -- without providing the
3                               correct information.
4               Penalty: a fine of $6 000.
5       (9)     It is enough for a prosecution notice lodged against a person for
6               an offence under subsection (8)(b) or (c) to state that the
7               relevant information or relevant record was false or misleading
8               to the person's knowledge without stating which.

9    335.       Warrant to enter and inspect premises
10      (1)     The Director may apply for a warrant under the Health and
11              Disability Services (Complaints) Act 1995 section 63 in respect
12              of premises if the Director reasonably believes that the entry
13              and inspection of those premises is necessary for the purposes
14              of an investigation.
15      (2)     The Health and Disability Services (Complaints) Act 1995
16              Part 4 applies (with the necessary changes) in relation to --
17                (a) an application made under subsection (1) for a warrant;
18                      and
19               (b) the execution of any warrant issued in respect of such an
20                      application.
21      (3)     An offence under the Health and Disability Services
22              (Complaints) Act 1995 section 66 as applied by
23              subsection (2)(b) is punishable by a fine not exceeding $6 000.

24   336.       Conciliator cannot investigate
25              A person who under section 332 has conciliated, or attempted to
26              conciliate, a complaint cannot investigate that complaint.




     page 242
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                         Complaints about mental health services         Part 19
                       Complaints to Director of Complaints Office    Division 3
                                                                           s. 337



1               Subdivision 7 -- Consequences of investigation

2    337.     What Director must do on completing investigation
3       (1)   On completing an investigation, the Director must --
4              (a) decide whether or not a service provider has acted, or
5                   failed to act, in a manner referred to in section 320(2);
6                   and
7              (b) give written notice of the decision to --
8                      (i) if a complaint was investigated -- the
9                           complainant and the respondent; or
10                    (ii) if the investigation was conducted under
11                          section 341 -- the Minister and any person
12                          affected by the decision.
13      (2)   The written notice must be given on or within 14 days after the
14            day on which the Director makes the decision.
15      (3)   The written notice must specify --
16             (a) the reasons for the decision; and
17             (b) if the Director has decided that a service provider has
18                   acted, or failed to act, in a manner referred to in
19                   section 320(2) -- any action that the Director
20                   recommends ought to be taken to remedy the matter by
21                   the respondent or any other person.
22      (4)   Before recommending action that ought to be taken to remedy
23            the matter by the respondent or another person, the Director
24            must consult --
25              (a) the respondent or that other person; and
26              (b) if any action that the Director considers ought to be
27                   taken to remedy the matter is likely to have an impact on
28                   people other than the respondent or that other person --
29                   a group of those people.




                                                                       page 243
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 19         Complaints about mental health services
     Division 3      Complaints to Director of Complaints Office
     s. 338



1    338.       Respondent or other person to report on remedial action
2       (1)     This section applies if the respondent or other person receives
3               written notice of the decision under section 337(1)(b)
4               recommending remedial action be taken by the respondent or
5               other person.
6       (2)     The respondent or other person must give a written report about
7               what remedial action the respondent or other person has taken to
8               the Director --
9                 (a) on or within 45 days after the day on which the
10                      respondent or other person receives the notice; or
11                (b) by the end of any extension of that period under
12                      subsection (4).
13              Penalty: a fine of $2 500.
14      (3)     The respondent or other person may, before the expiry of the
15              45-day period, request the Director to extend the period within
16              which the respondent or other person must report under
17              subsection (2).
18      (4)     The Director may, if requested by the respondent or other
19              person under subsection (3), extend the period within which the
20              respondent or other person must report under subsection (2)
21              from the end of the 45-day period for a further period (not
22              exceeding 15 days) if the Director considers it appropriate to
23              do so.

24   339.       Report not provided or remedial action not taken: report to
25              Parliament
26      (1)     The Director must, if the respondent or other person does not
27              report in accordance with section 338 about what remedial
28              action has been taken, give to the Minister --
29                (a) a copy of the decision; and
30                (b) a written report about the refusal or failure by the
31                      respondent or other person to so report.


     page 244
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                           Complaints about mental health services         Part 19
                         Complaints to Director of Complaints Office    Division 3
                                                                             s. 340



1       (2)     The Director must, if the respondent or other person does not
2               take the remedial action recommended within a time that, in the
3               Director's opinion, is reasonable, give to the Minister --
4                 (a) a copy of the decision; and
5                 (b) a written report about the refusal or failure by the
6                       respondent or other person to take the remedial action.
7       (3)     The Director cannot include in a document given to the Minister
8               under subsection (1) or (2) personal information about a
9               complainant except with the consent of the complainant.
10      (4)     The Minister may cause a copy of each of the documents given
11              to the Minister under subsection (1) or (2) to be laid before each
12              House of Parliament.
13            Subdivision 8 -- Other matters relating to investigations
14   340.       Director to stop if other proceedings begun
15      (1)     The Director must stop investigating or otherwise dealing with a
16              complaint to the extent that it relates to an issue that the
17              Director becomes aware is being dealt with --
18                (a) under another provision of this Act; or
19                (b) under another written law; or
20                (c) under a law of the Commonwealth; or
21                (d) in a court.
22      (2)     The Director must, on or within 14 days after the day on which
23              the Director stops dealing with an issue under subsection (1),
24              give written notice of that fact to --
25                (a) the complainant; and
26                (b) the respondent.
27      (3)     The Director may resume dealing with an issue that the Director
28              stopped dealing with under subsection (1) if the Director
29              becomes aware that the issue --
30                (a) is no longer being dealt with under that other provision
31                     or law or by that court; but

                                                                         page 245
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 19         Complaints about mental health services
     Division 3      Complaints to Director of Complaints Office
     s. 341



1                (b)   has not been resolved.

2    341.       Minister may refer matters for investigation
3               The Minister may direct the Director to conduct an investigation
4               under Subdivision 6 in accordance with a reference specified by
5               the Minister if, in the Minister's opinion --
6                 (a) circumstances exist in relation to a person who has or
7                      may have a mental illness that would justify a complaint
8                      being made under this Division; or
9                 (b) it is in the public interest on a matter of general
10                     importance relating to mental health that an
11                     investigation be carried out.

12   342.       Confidentiality
13      (1)     A person must not (whether directly or indirectly) record,
14              disclose or use any information obtained by the person because
15              the person is or was --
16                (a) a person to whom --
17                         (i) details are or were given under section 328(6),
18                              (7) or (8); or
19                        (ii) a disclosure is or was made under
20                              section 328(12);
21                      or
22                (b) a person, or a member, officer, employee or agent, of a
23                      body, to whom a complaint is or was referred under
24                      section 329(4); or
25                (c) a participant in a conciliation under section 332; or
26                (d) a participant in an investigation; or
27                (e) a person to whom the information is or was provided by
28                      a complainant or respondent for the purpose of
29                      providing the complainant or respondent with a report
30                      for use by the complainant or respondent in pursuing or
31                      responding to a complaint; or


     page 246
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                          Complaints about mental health services        Part 19
                                           Miscellaneous matters      Division 4
                                                                           s. 343



1               (f)  a person who is or was given notice of a decision under
2                    section 337(1)(b).
3             Penalty: a fine of $5 000.
4       (2)   Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to the recording,
5             disclosure or use of statistical or other information that is not
6             personal information.
7       (3)   A person does not commit an offence under subsection (1) if the
8             recording, disclosure or use of the information is authorised
9             under section 575(1).

10                    Division 4 -- Miscellaneous matters
11   343.     Reports to Parliament
12      (1)   The Director may at any time lay a report before each House of
13            Parliament on any matter that the Director considers
14            necessary --
15              (a) arising from an individual complaint made to the
16                   Director under Division 3 Subdivision 3 or an
17                   investigation; or
18              (b) in relation to the performance of the Director's functions
19                   under this Part.
20      (2)   The Director cannot include in a report prepared under
21            subsection (1) personal information about a person who has or
22            may have a mental illness except with the consent of the person.
23      (3)   This section does not limit the Financial Management Act 2006
24            Part 5.

25   344.     False or misleading information or documents
26      (1)   A person commits an offence if the person --
27             (a) gives to the Director or a member of the Complaints
28                   Office staff information that the person knows is false or
29                   misleading in a material particular; or


                                                                         page 247
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 19         Complaints about mental health services
     Division 4      Miscellaneous matters
     s. 345



1                (b)   makes available to the Director or a member of the
2                      Complaints Office staff a document that the person
3                      knows is false or misleading in a material particular --
4                         (i) without indicating that the document is false or
5                               misleading and, to the extent the person can, how
6                               the document is false or misleading; and
7                        (ii) if the person has or can reasonably obtain the
8                               correct information -- without providing the
9                               correct information.
10              Penalty: a fine of $6 000.
11      (2)     It is enough for a prosecution notice lodged against a person for
12              an offence under subsection (1)(a) or (b) to state that the
13              information or document was false or misleading to the person's
14              knowledge without stating which.

15   345.       Person must not be penalised because of complaint or
16              investigation
17      (1)     In this section --
18              complaint means a complaint made --
19                (a) to a service provider in accordance with the service
20                       provider's complaints procedure referred to in
21                       section 308; or
22                (b) to the Director under Division 3 Subdivision 3;
23              prejudicial conduct, in relation to a person, means --
24                (a) refusing to employ the person; or
25                (b) dismissing the person from employment; or
26                (c) subjecting the person to any detriment.
27      (2)     A person must not, by threats or intimidation, persuade or
28              attempt to persuade another person --
29                (a) not to make a complaint; or
30                (b) to withdraw a complaint; or



     page 248
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                         Complaints about mental health services        Part 19
                                          Miscellaneous matters      Division 4
                                                                          s. 346



1               (c)  not to continue proceedings under Division 3 in respect
2                    of a complaint; or
3              (d) not to provide information to, or not to otherwise assist,
4                    the Director or a member of the Complaints Office staff
5                    in performing functions under this Part.
6             Penalty: a fine of $2 500.
7       (3)   A person must not engage in prejudicial conduct in relation to
8             another person because the other person --
9               (a) intends to make a complaint; or
10              (b) has made a complaint; or
11              (c) intends to take part in, is taking part in or has taken part
12                   in proceedings under Division 3 in respect of a
13                   complaint or an investigation.
14            Penalty for this subsection: a fine of $2 500.

15   346.     Registers: complaints, matters directed to be investigated
16      (1)   The Director must establish and maintain --
17             (a) a register of complaints reported to the Director under
18                   section 309(2); and
19             (b) a register of complaints made to the Director under
20                   Division 3 Subdivision 3; and
21             (c) a register of matters the subject of a direction to conduct
22                   an investigation under section 341.
23      (2)   Each register must be established and maintained in the manner
24            determined by the Director.
25      (3)   The form and contents of each register must be determined by
26            the Director.

27   347.     Delegation by Director
28      (1)   The Director may delegate to a member of the Complaints
29            Office staff any power or duty of the Director under another
30            provision of this Part.

                                                                        page 249
    Mental Health Bill 2013
    Part 19         Complaints about mental health services
    Division 4      Miscellaneous matters
    s. 347



1      (2)     The delegation must be in writing signed by the Director.
2      (3)     A person to whom a power or duty is delegated under this
3              section cannot delegate that power or duty.
4      (4)     A person exercising or performing a power or duty that has been
5              delegated to the person under this section is taken to do so in
6              accordance with the terms of the delegation unless the contrary
7              is shown.
8      (5)     This section does not limit the ability of the Director to perform
9              a function through an officer or agent.




    page 250
                                                        Mental Health Bill 2013
                               Mental health advocacy services         Part 20
                                            Preliminary matters     Division 1
                                                                         s. 348



1           Part 20 -- Mental health advocacy services
2                   Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
3    348.   Terms used
4           In this Part --
5           identified person means any of these people --
6             (a) a person who is referred under section 26(2) or (3)(a)
7                    or 36(2) for an examination to be conducted by a
8                    psychiatrist;
9             (b) a voluntary inpatient who is under an order made under
10                   section 34(1) for the assessment of the voluntary patient;
11            (c) a person who is under an order made under
12                   section 55(1)(c) or 61(1)(c) to enable an examination to
13                   be conducted by a psychiatrist;
14            (d) an involuntary patient;
15            (e) a person who is under a hospital order made under the
16                   MIA Act section 5(2);
17             (f) a mentally impaired accused required under the
18                   MIA Act to be detained at an authorised hospital;
19            (g) a mentally impaired accused who has been released
20                   under a release order made under the MIA Act
21                   section 35(1) on a condition imposed under
22                   section 35(4)(a) of that Act that the mentally impaired
23                   accused undergo treatment as defined in section 4 of this
24                   Act;
25            (h) a person who is, for the purposes of the Hospitals and
26                   Health Services Act 1927 Part IIIB, a resident of a
27                   private psychiatric hostel;
28             (i) a person who --
29                     (i) has or may have a mental illness; and
30                    (ii) is being provided with treatment or care by a
31                           body or organisation that is prescribed by the
32                           regulations for this paragraph;

                                                                      page 251
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 20         Mental health advocacy services
     Division 2      Mental health advocates: appointment or engagement,
                     functions and powers
     s. 349


1                 (j)  a voluntary patient who is not a person referred to in
2                      paragraphs (a) to (e) or paragraph (h) or (i), but only if
3                      the voluntary patient is in a class that the Minister
4                      directs under section 354 is a class of identified person
5                      for the purposes of this paragraph;
6               mental health service includes a private psychiatric hostel.

7           Division 2 -- Mental health advocates: appointment or
8                     engagement, functions and powers
9    Subdivision 1 -- Appointment or engagement, functions and powers

10   349.       Chief Mental Health Advocate
11              There is to be a Chief Mental Health Advocate who is appointed
12              by the Minister.

13   350.       Other mental health advocates
14      (1)     The Chief Mental Health Advocate must engage under a
15              contract for services one or more persons to be mental health
16              advocates.
17      (2)     At least one mental health advocate (a youth advocate) engaged
18              under subsection (1) must have qualifications, training or
19              experience relevant to children and young people.
20      (3)     A mental health advocate engaged under subsection (1) may
21              have qualifications, training or experience relevant to a
22              particular group in the community.
23      (4)     Otherwise, any person can be engaged under subsection (1).

24   351.       Functions of Chief Mental Health Advocate
25      (1)     The functions of the Chief Mental Health Advocate are --
26               (a) ensuring that identified persons are visited or otherwise
27                     contacted in accordance with section 357; and



     page 252
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                                   Mental health advocacy services         Part 20
              Mental health advocates: appointment or engagement,       Division 2
                                              functions and powers
                                                                             s. 352


1                (b)   promoting compliance with the Charter of Mental
2                      Health Care Principles by mental health services; and
3                (c)   preparing and publishing information about, and
4                      promoting, the role of mental health advocates and how
5                      to contact the Chief Mental Health Advocate; and
6                (d)   developing standards and protocols for the performance
7                      by mental health advocates of their functions under this
8                      Act; and
9                (e)   ensuring that mental health advocates receive adequate
10                     training in relation to the performance of their functions
11                     under this Act; and
12               (f)   providing advice, assistance, control and direction to
13                     mental health advocates engaged under section 350(1) in
14                     relation to the performance of their functions under this
15                     Act; and
16               (g)   ensuring compliance with any directions given by the
17                     Minister under section 354(1) or the Chief Mental
18                     Health Advocate under paragraph (f); and
19               (h)   any other functions conferred on the Chief Mental
20                     Health Advocate by this Act or another written law.
21      (2)    The function of the Chief Mental Health Advocate under
22             subsection (1)(c) does not include the publication of personal
23             information about a person who has or may have a mental
24             illness.

25   352.      Functions of mental health advocates
26      (1)    The functions of a mental health advocate are --
27              (a) visiting or otherwise contacting identified persons in
28                    accordance with section 357; and
29              (b) inquiring into or investigating any matter relating to the
30                    conditions of mental health services that is adversely
31                    affecting, or is likely to adversely affect, the health,
32                    safety or wellbeing of identified persons; and


                                                                         page 253
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 20         Mental health advocacy services
     Division 2      Mental health advocates: appointment or engagement,
                     functions and powers
     s. 352


1                (c)    inquiring into or investigating the extent to which
2                       identified persons have been informed by mental health
3                       services of their rights under this Act and the extent to
4                       which those rights have been observed; and
5                (d)    inquiring into and seeking to resolve complaints made to
6                       mental health advocates about the detention of identified
7                       persons at, or the treatment or care that is being
8                       provided to identified persons by, mental health
9                       services; and
10               (e)    referring any issues arising out of the performance of a
11                      function under paragraph (b), (c) or (d) to the
12                      appropriate persons or bodies to deal with those issues,
13                      including to the Chief Mental Health Advocate under
14                      section 363(2); and
15                (f)   assisting identified persons to protect and enforce their
16                      rights under this Act; and
17               (g)    assisting identified persons to access legal services; and
18               (h)    in consultation with the medical practitioners and mental
19                      health practitioners responsible for their treatment and
20                      care, advocating for and facilitating access by identified
21                      persons to other services; and
22                (i)   any other functions conferred on a mental health
23                      advocate by this Act or another written law.
24      (2)     For the purposes of subsection (1)(d), a complaint may be made
25              to a mental health advocate by a person who has a sufficient
26              interest in the identified person concerned.
27      (3)     The performance by a mental health advocate of the function
28              under subsection (1)(e) includes --
29                (a) assisting an identified person to make a complaint under
30                     Part 19 to --
31                       (i) the person in charge of a mental health service;
32                             or



     page 254
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                                   Mental health advocacy services         Part 20
              Mental health advocates: appointment or engagement,       Division 2
                                              functions and powers
                                                                             s. 353


1                       (ii) the Director of the Complaints Office;
2                      and
3                (b)   being an identified person's representative in respect of
4                      a complaint referred to in paragraph (a)(ii) if recognised
5                      as the identified person's representative under
6                      section 316(2).
7       (4)    The performance by a mental health advocate of the function
8              under subsection (1)(f) includes --
9                (a) assisting an identified person in relation to any
10                    application made under this Act in respect of the
11                    identified person to, and in relation to any proceedings
12                    under this Act in respect of the identified person before,
13                    the Mental Health Tribunal or the State Administrative
14                    Tribunal; and
15              (b) if authorised under this Act -- representing an identified
16                    person in any proceedings under this Act in respect of
17                    the identified person before the Mental Health Tribunal
18                    or the State Administrative Tribunal.
19      (5)    In performing a function under this section, a mental health
20             advocate engaged under section 350(1) is subject to the general
21             direction and control of the Chief Mental Health Advocate.

22   353.      Powers generally
23             In addition to the specific powers conferred on a mental health
24             advocate by this Act or another written law, a mental health
25             advocate may do anything necessary or convenient for the
26             performance of the functions conferred on the mental health
27             advocate by this Act or another written law.

28   354.      Directions to Chief Mental Health Advocate about general
29             matters
30      (1)    The Minister may, after consultation with the Chief Mental
31             Health Advocate, issue written directions about the general



                                                                         page 255
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 20         Mental health advocacy services
     Division 2      Mental health advocates: appointment or engagement,
                     functions and powers
     s. 355


1               policy to be followed by the Chief Mental Health Advocate in
2               performing functions under this Act.
3       (2)     The Chief Mental Health Advocate may request the Minister to
4               issue a direction under subsection (1).
5       (3)     A direction cannot be issued under this section in respect of --
6                (a) a particular identified person; or
7                (b) a particular mental health service; or
8                (c) any other particular person or body.
9       (4)     The Chief Mental Health Advocate must comply with a
10              direction issued under this section.
11      (5)     The power to issue a direction under this section includes the
12              power to amend, replace or revoke the direction and that power
13              is exercisable in the same manner, and is subject to the same
14              conditions, as the power to issue the direction.
15      (6)     The Minister must cause the text of a direction issued under this
16              section to be laid before each House of Parliament on or within
17              14 sitting days of the House after the day on which the direction
18              is issued.
19      (7)     The text of a direction issued under this section must be
20              included in the Chief Mental Health Advocate's annual report
21              prepared under section 377.

22   355.       Directions to Chief Mental Health Advocate to report on
23              particular issues
24      (1)     The Minister may issue a written direction requiring the Chief
25              Mental Health Advocate --
26               (a) to report to the Minister about the provision of treatment
27                     or care by a particular mental health service to a
28                     particular person; or
29               (b) to ensure that a particular mental health service is visited
30                     by a mental health advocate and to report to the Minister
31                     on the visit.

     page 256
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                                   Mental health advocacy services         Part 20
              Mental health advocates: appointment or engagement,       Division 2
                                              functions and powers
                                                                             s. 356


1       (2)     The Chief Mental Health Advocate must comply with a
2               direction issued under this section.
3       (3)     The power to issue a direction under this section includes the
4               power to amend, replace or revoke the direction and that power
5               is exercisable in the same manner, and is subject to the same
6               conditions, as the power to issue the direction.
7       (4)     The Minister must cause the text of a direction issued under this
8               section to be laid before each House of Parliament on or within
9               14 sitting days of the House after the day on which the direction
10              is issued.
11      (5)     The text of a direction issued under this section must be
12              included in the Chief Mental Health Advocate's annual report
13              prepared under section 377.
14      (6)     The Minister must cause the text of a report provided by the
15              Chief Mental Health Advocate in response to a direction issued
16              under this section to be laid before each House of Parliament on
17              or within 14 sitting days of the House after the day on which the
18              report is provided.
19      (7)     The text of a report provided by the Chief Mental Health
20              Advocate in response to a direction issued under this section
21              must be included in the Chief Mental Health Advocate's annual
22              report prepared under section 377.
23      (8)     Subsections (4) to (7) do not authorise the publication of
24              personal information about a person.

25          Subdivision 2 -- Contacting identified person or person with
26                              sufficient interest

27   356.       Request to contact identified person
28      (1)     A request for an identified person to be contacted by a mental
29              health advocate may be made by --
30                (a) the identified person; or
31                (b) the identified person's psychiatrist; or

                                                                         page 257
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 20         Mental health advocacy services
     Division 2      Mental health advocates: appointment or engagement,
                     functions and powers
     s. 357


1                 (c)   a person who has a sufficient interest in the identified
2                       person.
3       (2)     The request may be made to --
4                (a) the mental health service where the identified person is
5                      being detained or that is providing treatment or care to
6                      the identified person; or
7                (b) the Chief Mental Health Advocate.
8       (3)     If the request is made to the mental health service, the person in
9               charge of the mental health service must ensure that the Chief
10              Mental Health Advocate is notified of the request as soon as
11              practicable and, in any event, within 24 hours after the time
12              when the request was made.

13   357.       Duty to contact identified person
14      (1)     An identified person under paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of the
15              definition of identified person in section 348 who is detained
16              under section 28(1) or (2), 34(1), 52(1)(b), 53(1), 58(1)(b),
17              59(2), 62(1) or (2) or 70(1)(b) must be visited or otherwise
18              contacted by a mental health advocate as soon as practicable
19              and, in any event, on or within 3 days after the day on which the
20              Chief Mental Health Advocate receives a request under
21              section 356(2)(b), or is notified of a request under
22              section 356(3), for the person to be contacted.
23      (2)     An identified person under paragraph (d) of the definition of
24              identified person in section 348 who is under an involuntary
25              treatment order made on or after the day on which this section
26              commences must be visited or otherwise contacted by a mental
27              health advocate --
28                (a) if, when the order is made, the person is an adult -- on
29                      or within 7 days after the day on which the involuntary
30                      treatment order is made; or
31                (b) if, when the order is made, the person is a child --
32                      within 24 hours after the time when the involuntary
33                      treatment order is made.

     page 258
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                Mental health advocacy services         Part 20
           Mental health advocates: appointment or engagement,       Division 2
                                           functions and powers
                                                                          s. 357


1    (3)    An identified person under paragraph (d) of the definition of
2           identified person in section 348 who is under an involuntary
3           treatment order made --
4             (a) before the day on which this section commences; or
5             (b) on or after the day on which this section commences that
6                   has been in force for more than 7 days from the day on
7                   which the order is made,
8           must be visited or otherwise contacted by a mental health
9           advocate on or as soon as practicable after the day on which the
10          Chief Mental Health Advocate receives a request under
11          section 356(2)(b), or is notified of a request under
12          section 356(3), for the person to be contacted.
13   (4)    An identified person under paragraph (f) of the definition of
14          identified person in section 348 who is detained at an
15          authorised hospital under the MIA Act on or after the day on
16          which this section commences must be visited or otherwise
17          contacted by a mental health advocate --
18            (a) if, when detained, the person is an adult -- on or within
19                  7 days after the day on which the person is detained; or
20            (b) if, when detained, the person is a child -- within
21                  24 hours after the time when the person is detained.
22   (5)    An identified person under paragraph (f) of the definition of
23          identified person in section 348 --
24            (a) who was detained at an authorised hospital under the
25                  MIA Act before the day on which this section
26                  commences; or
27            (b) who is detained at an authorised hospital under the
28                  MIA Act on or after the day on which this section
29                  commences for more than 7 days,
30          must be visited or otherwise contacted by a mental health
31          advocate on or as soon as practicable after the day on which the
32          Chief Mental Health Advocate receives a request under



                                                                      page 259
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 20         Mental health advocacy services
     Division 2      Mental health advocates: appointment or engagement,
                     functions and powers
     s. 358


1               section 356(2)(b), or is notified of a request under
2               section 356(3), for the person to be contacted.
3       (6)     An identified person under paragraph (e), (g), (h) or (i) of the
4               definition of identified person in section 348 must be visited or
5               otherwise contacted by a mental health advocate on or as soon
6               as practicable after the day on which the Chief Mental Health
7               Advocate receives a request under section 356(2)(b), or is
8               notified of a request under section 356(3), for the person to be
9               contacted and, in any event, within 7 days after that day.
10      (7)     An identified person under paragraph (j) of the definition of
11              identified person in section 348 must be visited or otherwise
12              contacted by a mental health advocate on or within a reasonable
13              time after the day on which the Chief Mental Health Advocate
14              receives a request under section 356(2)(b), or is notified of a
15              request under section 356(3), for the person to be contacted.
16      (8)     Despite subsections (6) and (7), an identified person under
17              paragraph (e), (g), (h), (i) or (j) of the definition of identified
18              person in section 348 who is a child must be visited or
19              otherwise contacted by a mental health advocate on or within
20              24 hours after the day on which the Chief Mental Health
21              Advocate receives a request under section 356(2)(b), or is
22              notified of a request under section 356(3), for the person to be
23              contacted.

24   358.       Contact on mental health advocate's own initiative
25              In addition to any requirement under section 357 to contact an
26              identified person, a mental health advocate may, subject to any
27              direction of the Chief Mental Health Advocate under
28              section 359(3), visit or otherwise contact an identified person at
29              any time.




     page 260
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                                   Mental health advocacy services         Part 20
              Mental health advocates: appointment or engagement,       Division 2
                                              functions and powers
                                                                             s. 359


1           Subdivision 3 -- Specific powers of mental health advocates

2    359.      Specific powers of mental health advocates
3       (1)    The powers of a mental health advocate include these powers --
4               (a) visiting, at any time and for as long as the mental health
5                    advocate considers appropriate, a mental health service
6                    at which one or more identified persons are being
7                    detained or that is providing treatment or care to one or
8                    more identified persons;
9               (b) inspecting any part of a mental health service that the
10                   mental health advocate visits;
11              (c) seeing and speaking with an identified person unless the
12                   identified person objects to the mental health advocate
13                   doing so;
14              (d) making inquiries about any of these things --
15                      (i) the admission or reception of an identified
16                           person by a mental health service or other place;
17                     (ii) the referral of an identified person for an
18                           examination to be conducted by a psychiatrist at
19                           a mental health service or other place;
20                    (iii) the detention of an identified person at a mental
21                           health service or other place;
22                    (iv) the provision of treatment or care to an identified
23                           person by a mental health service or other place;
24              (e) requiring a staff member of a mental health service or
25                   other place to do any of these things --
26                      (i) answer questions or provide information in
27                           response to any inquiry made about a matter
28                           referred to in paragraph (d)(i) to (iv);
29                     (ii) make available any document that the mental
30                           health advocate may inspect, or take a copy of,
31                           under paragraph (f) or (g);



                                                                         page 261
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 20         Mental health advocacy services
     Division 2      Mental health advocates: appointment or engagement,
                     functions and powers
     s. 360


1                       (iii)    give reasonable assistance to the mental health
2                                advocate in the exercise of a power under this
3                                subsection;
4                 (f)   inspecting and taking a copy of the whole or any part of
5                       the medical record of, or any other document about, an
6                       identified person that is held by the mental health
7                       service unless the identified person objects to the mental
8                       health advocate doing so;
9                (g)    inspecting and taking a copy of the whole or any part of
10                      any document, or any document in a class of document,
11                      that is held by the mental health service and is
12                      prescribed by the regulations.
13      (2)     A mental health advocate cannot exercise a power under
14              subsection (1)(c) or (f) in relation to an identified person who is
15              a voluntary patient without the consent of --
16                (a) the identified person; or
17                (b) if the identified person does not have the capacity to
18                     consent to the power being exercised in relation to him
19                     or her -- the person who is authorised by law to consent
20                     to the provision of treatment or care to the identified
21                     person.
22      (3)     The exercise by a mental health advocate of any power under
23              subsection (1) is subject to the direction of the Chief Mental
24              Health Advocate.

25   360.       Documents to which access is restricted
26      (1)     This section applies if an identified person is not entitled under
27              section 248(1) to have access to a document because the
28              identified person has been refused access to the document for a
29              reason referred to in section 249(1)(a).
30      (2)     The person in charge of a mental health service must ensure
31              that, before a staff member of the mental health service
32              complies with any requirement of a mental health advocate


     page 262
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                                   Mental health advocacy services         Part 20
              Mental health advocates: appointment or engagement,       Division 2
                                              functions and powers
                                                                             s. 361


1              under section 359(1)(e)(ii) to make available the document, the
2              mental health advocate is advised --
3                (a) that the identified person has been refused access to the
4                     document for a reason referred to in section 249(1)(a);
5                     and
6               (b) that it is an offence under section 361 for the mental
7                     health advocate to disclose any information in the
8                     relevant document to the identified person.
9       (3)    The person in charge of a mental health service must record on
10             an identified person's medical record or other file any advice
11             given to a mental health advocate under subsection (2) about the
12             matters referred to in subsection (2)(a) and (b).

13   361.      Disclosure by mental health advocate
14             A mental health advocate who under section 359(1)(f) inspects,
15             or takes a copy of the whole or any part of, a document must not
16             disclose any information in the document if --
17               (a) the identified person to whom the document relates has
18                     been refused access to the document for a reason
19                     referred to in section 249(1)(a); and
20               (b) before the document was made available to the mental
21                     health advocate in compliance with a requirement by the
22                     mental health advocate under section 359(1)(e)(ii), the
23                     mental health advocate was advised of the matters
24                     referred to in section 360(2)(a) and (b).
25             Penalty: a fine of $5 000.

26   362.      Interfering with exercise of powers
27      (1)    A person commits an offence if the person --
28              (a) without reasonable excuse, proof of which is on the
29                    person, does not answer a question or provide
30                    information when required under section 359(1)(e)(i); or
31              (b) in purporting to comply with a requirement under
32                    section 359(1)(e)(i), gives an answer or provides

                                                                         page 263
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 20         Mental health advocacy services
     Division 2      Mental health advocates: appointment or engagement,
                     functions and powers
     s. 363


1                      information that the person knows is false or misleading
2                      in a material particular; or
3                 (c) in purporting to comply with a requirement under
4                      section 359(1)(e)(ii), makes available a document that
5                      the person knows is false or misleading in a material
6                      particular --
7                         (i) without indicating that the document is false or
8                               misleading and, to the extent the person can, how
9                               the document is false or misleading; and
10                       (ii) if the person has or can reasonably obtain the
11                              correct information -- without providing the
12                              correct information;
13                     or
14               (d) without reasonable excuse, proof of which is on the
15                     person, does not give reasonable assistance when
16                     required under section 359(1)(e)(iii); or
17                (e) without reasonable excuse, proof of which is on the
18                     person, obstructs or hinders --
19                        (i) a mental health advocate in the exercise of a
20                              power under section 359(1); or
21                       (ii) a person assisting a mental health advocate under
22                              section 359(1)(e)(iii).
23              Penalty: a fine of $6 000.
24      (2)     It is enough for a prosecution notice lodged against a person for
25              an offence under subsection (1) alleged to have been committed
26              in the circumstances referred to in subsection (1)(b) or (c) to
27              state that the answer, information or document was false or
28              misleading to the person's knowledge without stating which.

29   363.       Issues arising out of inquiries and investigations
30      (1)     A mental health advocate may attempt to resolve any issue that
31              arises in the course of an inquiry into or investigation of a
32              matter under section 352(1)(b), (c) or (d) by dealing directly


     page 264
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                Mental health advocacy services         Part 20
           Mental health advocates: appointment or engagement,       Division 2
                                           functions and powers
                                                                          s. 363


1           with the relevant staff members of the mental health service
2           concerned.
3    (2)    A mental health advocate must refer an issue to the Chief
4           Mental Health Advocate if the mental health advocate cannot
5           resolve the issue or considers it appropriate to do so.
6    (3)    The Chief Mental Health Advocate may provide a report about
7           an issue referred to the Chief Mental Health Advocate under
8           subsection (2) to the person in charge of the mental health
9           service concerned.
10   (4)    The Chief Mental Health Advocate may also provide a copy of
11          any report provided to a person in charge of a mental health
12          service under subsection (3) to one or more of the following --
13            (a) the Minister;
14            (b) the CEO;
15            (c) the CEO of the Health Department;
16            (d) the Chief Psychiatrist.
17   (5)    A person to whom a copy of a report about an issue is provided
18          under subsection (4) must advise the Chief Mental Health
19          Advocate --
20            (a) whether or not the person considers further inquiry into
21                 or investigation of the issue is warranted; and
22           (b) if it is warranted -- the outcome of the further inquiry or
23                 investigation, including any recommendations made,
24                 directions given or other action taken under this Act or
25                 another written law.
26   (6)    This section does not limit the powers that a mental health
27          advocate has for dealing with any issue that arises in the course
28          of an inquiry into or investigation of a matter under
29          section 352(1)(b), (c) or (d).




                                                                      page 265
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 20         Mental health advocacy services
     Division 3      Terms and conditions of appointment or engagement
     s. 364



1           Division 3 -- Terms and conditions of appointment or
2                              engagement
3                 Subdivision 1 -- Chief Mental Health Advocate

4    364.       Terms and conditions of appointment
5       (1)     The Chief Mental Health Advocate --
6                (a) holds office for the period (not exceeding 5 years)
7                     specified in the instrument of appointment; and
8                (b) is eligible for reappointment.
9       (2)     Subject to this Subdivision, the Chief Mental Health Advocate
10              holds office on the terms and conditions of appointment
11              determined by the Minister.

12   365.       Remuneration
13              The Chief Mental Health Advocate is entitled to the
14              remuneration determined by the Minister on the
15              recommendation of the Public Sector Commissioner.

16   366.       Resignation
17      (1)     The Chief Mental Health Advocate may resign from office by
18              writing signed and given to the Minister.
19      (2)     The resignation takes effect on the later of the following --
20               (a) receipt by the Minister;
21               (b) the day specified in the resignation.

22   367.       Removal from office
23              The Minister may remove a person from the office of Chief
24              Mental Health Advocate on any of these grounds --
25               (a) mental or physical incapacity;
26               (b) incompetence;



     page 266
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                 Mental health advocacy services        Part 20
              Terms and conditions of appointment or engagement      Division 3
                                                                          s. 368



1              (c)   neglect of duty;
2              (d)   misconduct.

3    368.     Acting Chief Mental Health Advocate
4       (1)   The Minister may appoint a person to act in the office of the
5             Chief Mental Health Advocate referred to in section 349 --
6              (a) during a vacancy in the office, whether or not an
7                    appointment has previously been made to the office; or
8              (b) during a period, or during all periods, when the person
9                    holding the office or a person acting in the office under
10                   an appointment under this subsection is on leave or is
11                   otherwise unable to perform the functions of the office.
12      (2)   An appointment under subsection (1) may be expressed to have
13            effect only in the circumstances specified in the instrument of
14            appointment.
15      (3)   The Minister may --
16             (a) determine the terms and conditions of an appointment
17                  under subsection (1), including as to remuneration; and
18             (b) terminate an appointment under subsection (1) at any
19                  time.
20      (4)   The validity of anything done by or in relation to a person
21            purporting to act under an appointment under subsection (1) is
22            not to be called into question on any of these grounds --
23              (a) the occasion for the appointment had not arisen;
24             (b) there is a defect or irregularity in the appointment;
25              (c) the appointment had ceased to have effect;
26             (d) the occasion for the person to act had not arisen or had
27                    ceased.
28      (5)   A person cannot act under an appointment under subsection (1)
29            for a continuous period exceeding 12 months.



                                                                       page 267
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 20         Mental health advocacy services
     Division 3      Terms and conditions of appointment or engagement
     s. 369



1                 Subdivision 2 -- Other mental health advocates

2    369.       Terms and conditions of engagement
3       (1)     A mental health advocate engaged under section 350(1) --
4                (a) holds office for the period (not exceeding 3 years)
5                     specified in the contract for services; and
6                (b) is eligible for re-engagement.
7       (2)     Subject to this Subdivision, a mental health advocate engaged
8               under section 350(1) holds office on the terms and conditions of
9               engagement determined by the Minister.

10   370.       Remuneration
11              A mental health advocate engaged under section 350(1) is
12              entitled to the remuneration determined by the Minister.

13   371.       Resignation
14      (1)     A mental health advocate engaged under section 350(1) may
15              resign from office by writing signed and given to the Chief
16              Mental Health Advocate.
17      (2)     The resignation takes effect on the later of the following --
18               (a) receipt by the Chief Mental Health Advocate;
19               (b) the day specified in the resignation.

20   372.       Removal from office
21              The Chief Mental Health Advocate may remove a person from
22              the office of mental health advocate referred to in section 350(1)
23              on any of these grounds --
24                (a) mental or physical incapacity;
25                (b) incompetence;
26                (c) neglect of duty;
27                (d) misconduct.



     page 268
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                                  Mental health advocacy services          Part 20
                 Other matters relating to mental health advocates      Division 4
                                                                             s. 373



1    Division 4 -- Other matters relating to mental health advocates
2    373.     Conflict of interest
3       (1)   A mental health advocate may be employed by, or have a
4             disqualifying interest under subsection (3) in, a body or
5             organisation that provides treatment or care for identified
6             persons.
7       (2)   However, the mental health advocate cannot perform any
8             functions under this Act as a mental health advocate in relation
9             to an identified person who is being provided with treatment or
10            care by the body or organisation.
11      (3)   For subsection (1), a mental health advocate has a disqualifying
12            interest in a body or organisation if --
13              (a) the mental health advocate; or
14              (b) another person with whom the mental health advocate is
15                     closely associated,
16            has a financial interest in the body or organisation other than a
17            financial interest prescribed by the regulations for this
18            subsection.
19      (4)   For subsection (3)(b), a person is closely associated with a
20            mental health advocate if the person --
21             (a) is the spouse, de facto partner or child of the mental
22                   health advocate; or
23             (b) is in partnership with the mental health advocate; or
24             (c) is an employer of the mental health advocate; or
25             (d) is a beneficiary under a trust, or an object of a
26                   discretionary trust, of which the mental health advocate
27                   is a trustee; or
28             (e) is a body corporate of which the mental health advocate
29                   is an officer; or




                                                                         page 269
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 20         Mental health advocacy services
     Division 4      Other matters relating to mental health advocates
     s. 374



1                 (f)   is a body corporate in which the mental health advocate
2                       holds shares that have a total nominal value
3                       exceeding --
4                          (i) the amount prescribed by the regulations for this
5                               paragraph; or
6                         (ii) the percentage prescribed by the regulations for
7                               this paragraph of the total nominal value of the
8                               issued share capital of the body corporate;
9                       or
10               (g)    has a relationship specified in paragraphs (a) to (f) with
11                      the mental health advocate's spouse or de facto partner.

12   374.       Delegation by Chief Mental Health Advocate
13      (1)     In this section --
14              advocacy services officer means --
15                (a) a public service officer who is appointed or made
16                       available to assist the Chief Mental Health Advocate as
17                       required by section 375; or
18                (b) an officer or employee whose services are being used by
19                       the Chief Mental Health Advocate by arrangement
20                       under section 376(1).
21      (2)     The Chief Mental Health Advocate may delegate to another
22              mental health advocate or an advocacy services officer any
23              power or duty of the Chief Mental Health Advocate under
24              another provision of this Act.
25      (3)     The delegation must be in writing signed by the Chief Mental
26              Health Advocate.
27      (4)     A person to whom a power or duty is delegated under this
28              section cannot delegate that power or duty.
29      (5)     A person exercising or performing a power or duty that has been
30              delegated to the person under this section is taken to do so in
31              accordance with the terms of the delegation unless the contrary
32              intention is shown.

     page 270
                                                           Mental Health Bill 2013
                                 Mental health advocacy services          Part 20
                                                Staff and facilities   Division 5
                                                                            s. 375



1       (6)   This section does not limit the ability of the Chief Mental
2             Health Advocate to perform a function through an officer or
3             agent.

4                      Division 5 -- Staff and facilities
5    375.     Advocacy services staff
6             Public service officers must be appointed under, or made
7             available under, the Public Sector Management Act 1994 Part 3
8             to assist the Chief Mental Health Advocate in performing his or
9             her functions under this Act or another written law.

10   376.     Use of government staff and facilities
11      (1)   The Chief Mental Health Advocate may, by arrangement, use
12            (either full-time or part-time) the services of any officer or
13            employee employed in the Public Service or a State agency or
14            instrumentality or employed otherwise in the service of the
15            State.
16      (2)   The Chief Mental Health Advocate may, by arrangement, use
17            any facilities of a department of the Public Service or a State
18            agency or instrumentality.
19      (3)   An arrangement under subsection (1) or (2) must be made on
20            terms agreed to by the parties.

21                       Division 6 -- Annual reports
22   377.     Annual report: preparation
23            Within 3 months after 30 June in each year, the Chief Mental
24            Health Advocate must prepare and give to the Minister a report
25            as to the general activities of mental health advocates during the
26            financial year ending on that day.




                                                                        page 271
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 20         Mental health advocacy services
     Division 6      Annual reports
     s. 378



1    378.       Annual report: tabling
2       (1)     The Minister must cause a copy of a report referred to in
3               section 377 to be laid before each House of Parliament, or dealt
4               with under subsection (2), on or within 21 days after the day on
5               which the Minister receives the report.
6       (2)     The Minister must transmit a copy of the report to the Clerk of a
7               House of Parliament if --
8                (a) at the beginning of the 21-day period referred to in
9                      subsection (1), the House is not sitting; and
10               (b) in the Minister's opinion, the House will not sit during
11                     that period.
12      (3)     A copy of a report transmitted under subsection (2) to the Clerk
13              of a House is taken to have been laid before that House.
14      (4)     The laying of a copy of a report that is taken to have occurred
15              under subsection (3) must be recorded in the Minutes, or Votes
16              and Proceedings, of the House on the first sitting day of the
17              House after the receipt of the copy by the Clerk.




     page 272
                                                       Mental Health Bill 2013
                                        Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                          Preliminary matters      Division 1
                                                                        s. 379



1               Part 21 -- Mental Health Tribunal
2                   Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
3    379.   Terms used
4           In this Part --
5           application means an application made to the Tribunal under
6           this Part;
7           decision, of the Tribunal, includes an order, direction or
8           declaration made by the Tribunal;
9           hearing means a hearing in a proceeding;
10          lawyer means an Australian lawyer as defined in the Legal
11          Profession Act 2008 section 3;
12          member means --
13            (a) the President of the Tribunal; or
14            (b) a member of the Mental Health Tribunal appointed
15                   under section 474(1);
16          party means a party to a proceeding;
17          person concerned, in an application or proceeding, means the
18          patient or other person whom the application or proceeding
19          concerns;
20          President of the Tribunal means President of the Mental Health
21          Tribunal appointed under section 473;
22          presiding member, in a proceeding, has the meaning given in
23          section 438;
24          proceeding means a proceeding of the Tribunal under this Part
25          and includes part of a proceeding;
26          registrar means the registrar of the Mental Health Tribunal
27          referred to in section 481;
28          registry officer means a public service officer appointed or
29          made available to assist the registrar as required by section 484;



                                                                     page 273
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 2      Establishment, jurisdiction and constitution
     s. 380



1               Tribunal means the Mental Health Tribunal established by
2               section 380;
3               witness means a witness in a proceeding.

4        Division 2 -- Establishment, jurisdiction and constitution
5    380.       Establishment
6               The Mental Health Tribunal is established.

7    381.       Jurisdiction
8               The Tribunal has the jurisdiction conferred on it by this Part.

9    382.       Constitution specified by President
10              When exercising its jurisdiction, subject to sections 383
11              and 384, the Tribunal must be constituted by the members
12              specified by the President of the Tribunal.

13   383.       Constitution generally
14              For the purpose of a proceeding, except as provided by
15              section 384, the Tribunal must be constituted by 3 members as
16              follows --
17                (a) a member who is a lawyer;
18                (b) if the patient is an adult -- a member who is a
19                      psychiatrist;
20                (c) if the patient is a child --
21                        (i) a member who is a child and adolescent
22                             psychiatrist; or
23                       (ii) if a member referred to in subparagraph (i) is not
24                             available -- a member who is a psychiatrist;
25                (d) a member who is not --
26                        (i) a lawyer; or
27                       (ii) a medical practitioner; or



     page 274
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                                          Mental Health Tribunal         Part 21
                      Establishment, jurisdiction and constitution    Division 2
                                                                           s. 384



1                   (iii)   a mental health practitioner who is a staff
2                           member of a mental health service or private
3                           psychiatric hostel.

4    384.   Constitution for psychosurgical matters
5           For a proceeding in relation to an application made under
6           section 415(1) for approval for psychosurgery to be performed,
7           the Tribunal must be constituted by 5 members as follows --
8             (a) a member who is a lawyer;
9             (b) a neurosurgeon who is appointed as a member after
10                  consultation by the Minister with the Health Minister
11                  held after consultation by the Health Minister with the
12                  Royal Australasian College of Surgeons;
13            (c) if the patient is an adult -- 2 members who are
14                  psychiatrists;
15            (d) if the patient is a child --
16                     (i) a member who is a child and adolescent
17                          psychiatrist; and
18                    (ii) another member who is a psychiatrist who can
19                          (but need not) be a child and adolescent
20                          psychiatrist;
21            (e) a member who is not --
22                     (i) a lawyer; or
23                    (ii) a medical practitioner; or
24                   (iii) a mental health practitioner who is a staff
25                          member of a mental health service or private
26                          psychiatric hostel.

27   385.   Contemporaneous exercise of jurisdiction
28          The Tribunal constituted in accordance with this Part may
29          exercise its jurisdiction even if the Tribunal differently
30          constituted under this Part is exercising its jurisdiction at the
31          same time.


                                                                        page 275
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 3      Involuntary treatment orders: review
     s. 386




1             Division 3 -- Involuntary treatment orders: review
2    386.       Initial review after order made
3       (1)     In this section --
4               initial review period, for an involuntary treatment order,
5               means --
6                 (a) if, when the order is made, the involuntary patient is an
7                        adult -- the period of 35 days from the day on which the
8                        order is made; or
9                 (b) if, when the order is made, the involuntary patient is a
10                       child -- the period of 10 days from the day on which the
11                       order is made.
12      (2)     Unless subsection (4) or (5) applies, as soon as practicable after
13              an involuntary treatment order is made and, in any event, by the
14              end of the initial review period, the Tribunal must review the
15              order to decide whether or not the involuntary patient is still in
16              need of the involuntary treatment order having regard to the
17              criteria specified in section 25.
18      (3)     It is sufficient for compliance with subsection (2) if the review
19              is commenced in accordance with that provision and is
20              completed as soon as practicable.
21      (4)     The Tribunal is not required to review the order under
22              subsection (2) if the involuntary patient has not, under
23              section 388, been an involuntary patient continuously since the
24              order was made.
25      (5)     The Tribunal is not required to review the order under
26              subsection (2) if --
27                (a) the Tribunal has --
28                       (i) previously reviewed under this Division an
29                              involuntary treatment order made in respect of
30                              the involuntary patient; or



     page 276
                                                           Mental Health Bill 2013
                                            Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                              Involuntary treatment orders: review     Division 3
                                                                            s. 387



1                      (ii)   previously reviewed under this Division the
2                             terms of a community treatment order that a
3                             psychiatrist has been directed under
4                             section 395(2)(b) to make in respect of the
5                             involuntary patient;
6                     and
7              (b)    the involuntary patient, has under section 388, been an
8                     involuntary patient continuously since the previous
9                     review.

10   387.     Periodic reviews while order in force
11      (1)   In this section --
12            last review, of an involuntary treatment order, means --
13              (a) the last review of the order under section 386(2) or
14                     subsection (2); or
15              (b) if the order has not been reviewed under either of those
16                     provisions because it was made after another
17                     involuntary treatment order was last reviewed under one
18                     or other of those provisions -- the last review of that
19                     other order;
20            last review day, for an involuntary treatment order, means the
21            day on which the decision on the last review of the order is
22            made;
23            periodic review period means --
24              (a) for an inpatient treatment order or for a community
25                     treatment order in respect of a patient who, on the last
26                     review day, has been an involuntary community patient
27                     continuously for not more than 12 months --
28                        (i) if, on the last review day, the involuntary patient
29                            is an adult -- the period of 3 months from that
30                            day; or
31                       (ii) if, on the last review day, the involuntary patient
32                            is a child -- the period of 28 days from that day;
33                     or

                                                                        page 277
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 3      Involuntary treatment orders: review
     s. 388



1                (b)    for a community treatment order in respect of a patient
2                       who, on the last review day, has been an involuntary
3                       community patient continuously for more than
4                       12 months -- the period of 6 months from that day;
5               prescribed number of days, before the end of a periodic review
6               period, means --
7                 (a) if, when the involuntary treatment order that is the
8                       subject of the proceeding was made, the involuntary
9                       patient is an adult -- 21 days before the day on which
10                      that period ends; or
11                (b) if, when the involuntary treatment order that is the
12                      subject of the proceeding was made, the involuntary
13                      patient was a child -- 7 days before the day on which
14                      that period ends.
15      (2)     Unless subsection (4) applies, the Tribunal must, on or within
16              the prescribed number of days before the day on which a
17              periodic review period for an involuntary treatment order ends,
18              review the order to decide whether or not the involuntary patient
19              is still in need of the involuntary treatment order having regard
20              to the criteria specified in section 25.
21      (3)     It is sufficient for compliance with subsection (2) if a review is
22              commenced in accordance with that provision and is completed
23              as soon as practicable.
24      (4)     The Tribunal is not required to review the order under
25              subsection (2) if the involuntary patient has not, under
26              section 388, been an involuntary patient continuously since the
27              last review day.

28   388.       Involuntary patient for continuous period
29              For sections 386(4) and (5)(b) and 387(4), a person has been an
30              involuntary patient continuously for a period if --
31                (a) one, or a series of 2 or more, involuntary treatment
32                      orders were in force in respect of the person for the
33                      whole period; or

     page 278
                                                           Mental Health Bill 2013
                                            Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                              Involuntary treatment orders: review     Division 3
                                                                            s. 389



1              (b)   during the period, an involuntary treatment order ceased
2                    to be in force in respect of the person and another
3                    involuntary treatment order came into force in respect of
4                    the person on or within 7 days after the day of the
5                    cessation.

6    389.     Review period may be extended
7       (1)   In this section --
8             maximum extension period means --
9               (a) if, on the day on which the relevant decision is made,
10                     the involuntary patient is an adult -- the period of
11                     21 days; or
12              (b) if, on the day on which the relevant decision is made,
13                     the involuntary patient is a child -- the period of 7 days;
14            prescribed period means --
15              (a) if, on the day on which the relevant decision is made,
16                     the involuntary patient is an adult -- the period of
17                     28 days; or
18              (b) if, on the day on which the relevant decision is made,
19                     the involuntary patient is a child -- the period of 7 days;
20            relevant decision, in relation to the review of an involuntary
21            treatment order under section 386(2) or 387(2), means a
22            decision of the Tribunal the making of which involves a
23            consideration of substantially the same issues as would be raised
24            in the review;
25            review period, for an involuntary treatment order, means --
26              (a) the initial review period under section 386(1) for the
27                     involuntary treatment order; or
28              (b) a periodic review period under section 387(1) for the
29                     involuntary treatment order.
30      (2)   If the Tribunal makes a relevant decision within the prescribed
31            period before the day on which a review period for an
32            involuntary treatment order ends, the Tribunal may make an


                                                                        page 279
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 3      Involuntary treatment orders: review
     s. 390



1               order extending the review period from the day on which it
2               would otherwise have ended for the further period (not
3               exceeding the maximum extension period) specified in the
4               order.

5    390.       Application for review
6       (1)     A person specified in subsection (2) may apply to the Tribunal
7               for a review of any of these things --
8                 (a) an involuntary treatment order, to decide whether or not
9                       the involuntary patient is still in need of an involuntary
10                      treatment order having regard to the criteria specified in
11                      section 25;
12                (b) an inpatient treatment order, to decide whether or not the
13                      involuntary inpatient is still in need of an inpatient
14                      treatment order having regard to the criteria specified in
15                      section 25(1);
16                (c) a community treatment order, to decide whether or not
17                      the terms of the order are appropriate;
18                (d) a transfer order made under section 66(1) or 91(2) in
19                      respect of an involuntary inpatient, or a refusal to make
20                      such an order, to decide whether or not the making of
21                      the order or the refusal to do so is appropriate;
22                (e) the transfer under section 135(1)(a) of a psychiatrist's
23                      responsibility as the supervising psychiatrist under a
24                      community treatment order, or a refusal to transfer that
25                      responsibility, to decide whether or not the transfer of
26                      responsibility or the refusal to do so is appropriate;
27                 (f) the transfer under section 137(a) of a practitioner's
28                      responsibility as the treating practitioner under a
29                      community treatment order, or a refusal to transfer that
30                      responsibility, to decide whether or not the transfer of
31                      responsibility or the refusal to do so is appropriate;
32                (g) a transfer order made under section 553(1) in respect of
33                      a State inpatient, or a refusal to make such an order, to


     page 280
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                                           Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                             Involuntary treatment orders: review     Division 3
                                                                           s. 391



1                    decide whether or not the making of the order or the
2                    refusal to do so is appropriate.
3       (2)   An application may be made under subsection (1) by any of
4             these people --
5               (a) the involuntary patient;
6               (b) a carer, close family member or other personal support
7                     person of the involuntary patient;
8               (c) a mental health advocate;
9               (d) any other person who, in the Tribunal's opinion, has a
10                    sufficient interest in the matter.
11      (3)   The application must be in writing and, unless subsection (4)
12            applies, may be made at any time.
13      (4)   The application cannot be made within the prescribed period
14            after the day on which the Tribunal makes a decision that
15            involves a consideration of substantially the same issues as
16            would be raised by the application unless there has been a
17            material change in the involuntary patient's circumstances since
18            that day.
19      (5)   For subsection (4), the prescribed period is --
20             (a) if, on the day on which the decision is made, the
21                   involuntary patient is an adult -- the period of 28 days;
22                   or
23             (b) if, on the day on which the decision is made, the
24                   involuntary patient is a child -- the period of 7 days.

25   391.     Review on Tribunal's own initiative
26            The Tribunal may, on its own initiative whenever it considers it
27            appropriate, review --
28              (a) an involuntary treatment order referred to in
29                   section 390(1)(a) to (c) to decide the matter referred in
30                   that provision; or



                                                                       page 281
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 3      Involuntary treatment orders: review
     s. 392



1                (b)    a transfer order referred to in section 390(1)(d) or (g) to
2                       decide the matter referred in that provision; or
3                 (c)   a transfer of responsibility under section 390(1)(e) or (f)
4                       to decide the matter referred to in that provision.

5    392.       Suspending order pending review
6       (1)     For the purposes of a proceeding for a review under this
7               Division, the Tribunal may make an order --
8                (a) suspending the operation of the involuntary treatment
9                       order that is the subject of the proceeding until the
10                      Tribunal makes a decision on the review; or
11               (b) restraining the taking of any action, or any further
12                      action, under the involuntary treatment order that is the
13                      subject of the proceeding until then.
14      (2)     The Tribunal may make an order under subsection (1) on the
15              application of a party or on its own initiative.

16   393.       Parties to proceeding
17              The parties to a proceeding under this Division are --
18               (a) the involuntary patient; and
19               (b) the patient's psychiatrist; and
20               (c) if the proceeding relates to an application made under
21                     section 390 and the applicant is not a person referred to
22                     in paragraph (a) or (b) -- the applicant; and
23               (d) any other person who, in the opinion of the Tribunal, has
24                     a sufficient interest in the matter.

25   394.       Things to which Tribunal must have regard
26      (1)     In making a decision on a review under this Division in respect
27              of an involuntary patient, the Tribunal must have regard to these
28              things --
29                (a) if the involuntary patient is a child and the Tribunal is
30                      not constituted with a child and adolescent

     page 282
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
                                               Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                 Involuntary treatment orders: review     Division 3
                                                                               s. 395



1                      psychiatrist -- the views of a medical practitioner or
2                      mental health practitioner specified in subsection (2);
3               (b)    the involuntary patient's psychiatric condition;
4               (c)    the involuntary patient's medical and psychiatric
5                      history;
6               (d)    the involuntary patient's treatment, support and
7                      discharge plan;
8               (e)    the involuntary patient's wishes, to the extent that it is
9                      practicable to ascertain those wishes;
10               (f)   the views of any carer, close family member or other
11                     personal support person of the involuntary patient;
12              (g)    any other things that the Tribunal considers relevant to
13                     making the decision.
14      (2)   For subsection (1)(a), a medical practitioner or mental health
15            practitioner must --
16              (a) have qualifications, training or experience relevant to
17                    children who have a mental illness; and
18              (b) be authorised by the Chief Psychiatrist for this
19                    paragraph.
20            Note for section 394:

21            For the purpose of ascertaining the involuntary patient's wishes under
22            section 394(1)(e), Part 2 Division 4 applies.

23   395.     What Tribunal may do on completing review
24      (1)   On completing a review under this Division, the Tribunal may
25            make any orders, and give any directions, the Tribunal considers
26            appropriate.
27      (2)   Those orders and directions include the following --
28             (a) an order revoking an involuntary treatment order;
29             (b) a direction to the psychiatrist named in the order to
30                   make, within a reasonable period specified in the
31                   direction, a community treatment order in terms that are


                                                                                  page 283
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 4      Involuntary treatment orders: validity
     s. 396



1                       consistent with section 115 and specified in the
2                       direction;
3                 (c)   an order varying the terms of a community treatment
4                       order in any way that is consistent with section 115.
5       (3)     The Tribunal cannot make an order or give a direction under
6               subsection (1) in relation to an involuntary patient's treatment,
7               support or discharge plan, but may make --
8                 (a) a recommendation that the patient's psychiatrist review
9                      the treatment, support or discharge plan; and
10                (b) if such a recommendation is made -- a recommendation
11                     about the amendments that could be made to the
12                     treatment, support and discharge plan.
13      (4)     The Tribunal may give a copy of any recommendation made
14              under subsection (3) to the Chief Psychiatrist.

15   396.       Review of direction given to psychiatrist
16      (1)     A psychiatrist who is directed under section 395(2)(b) to make a
17              community treatment order may, during the period within which
18              the order must be made, apply to the Tribunal for a review of
19              the direction.
20      (2)     Sections 392 to 394 and section 395(1) and (2)(a) and (c) apply
21              (with the necessary changes) in relation to an application made
22              under subsection (1) as if it were an application made under
23              section 390(1)(c).

24            Division 4 -- Involuntary treatment orders: validity
25   397.       Application of this Division
26              This Division applies in relation to any of these orders (a
27              treatment order) --
28                (a) an involuntary treatment order;
29                (b) a continuation order made under section 89(2)(a)
30                     or 121(1) in respect of an involuntary treatment order;


     page 284
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                                             Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                              Involuntary treatment orders: validity    Division 4
                                                                             s. 398



1               (c)   an order made under section 122(1) varying a
2                     community treatment order.

3    398.     Declaration about validity of treatment order
4       (1)   The Tribunal may, on the application of a person specified in
5             section 400 or on its own initiative, declare that a treatment
6             order is valid or invalid.
7       (2)   If the Tribunal declares that a treatment order is invalid,
8             section 399 applies.
9       (3)   Instead of declaring that a treatment order is invalid, the
10            Tribunal --
11              (a) may declare the treatment order to be valid; and
12              (b) may make an order varying the terms of the treatment
13                    order in the manner the Tribunal considers most likely
14                    to give effect to the intention of the psychiatrist who
15                    made the treatment order.
16      (4)   The Tribunal cannot make a declaration under subsection (3)(a)
17            in respect of a treatment order if the Tribunal is satisfied that the
18            treatment order is invalid on the ground referred to in
19            section 401.
20      (5)   A declaration made under subsection (1) or (3)(a) has effect
21            according to its terms.

22   399.     Consequences of declaring treatment order invalid
23      (1)   If the Tribunal declares that an inpatient treatment order is
24            invalid --
25               (a) the inpatient treatment order ceases to be in force; but
26              (b) if the Tribunal reasonably suspects that the person who
27                    was subject to the involuntary inpatient order is in need
28                    of an involuntary treatment order --
29                       (i) the Tribunal may make an order for the
30                            assessment of the person by a medical
31                            practitioner or authorised mental health

                                                                            page 285
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 4      Involuntary treatment orders: validity
     s. 400



1                               practitioner at the hospital where the person was
2                               detained under the inpatient treatment order and
3                               authorising the person's detention there for up to
4                               the period specified in the order to enable the
5                               assessment to be conducted; and
6                        (ii)   this Act applies (with any changes that are
7                               necessary or convenient to give effect to the
8                               Tribunal's order) as if the Tribunal's order were
9                               an order made under section 34(1).
10      (2)     If the Tribunal declares that a community treatment order is
11              invalid, the community treatment order ceases to be in force.
12      (3)     If the Tribunal declares that a continuation order made under
13              section 89(2)(a) or 121(1) is invalid, the continuation order
14              ceases to be in force and the involuntary treatment order expires
15              when it would have expired had the continuation order not been
16              made.
17      (4)     If the Tribunal declares that an order made under section 122(1)
18              is invalid, the community treatment order as in force
19              immediately before the order was made under section 122(1)
20              continues in force.

21   400.       Application for declaration
22              An application may be made under section 398(1) by any of
23              these people --
24                (a) the involuntary patient;
25                (b) the psychiatrist who made the treatment order;
26                (c) a carer, close family member or other personal support
27                      person of the involuntary patient;
28                (d) a mental health advocate;
29                (e) any other person who, in the Tribunal's opinion, has a
30                      sufficient interest in the matter.




     page 286
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                                            Mental Health Tribunal         Part 21
              Review of admission of long-term voluntary inpatients     Division 5
                                                                             s. 401



1    401.     Failure to comply with this Act
2             Without limiting the grounds on which a treatment order can be
3             declared under section 398(1) to be invalid, the Tribunal may
4             declare that a treatment order is invalid if satisfied that --
5               (a) there has been a failure to comply with the requirements
6                     of this Act in relation to --
7                        (i) the making of the treatment order; or
8                       (ii) the conduct of any assessment or examination, or
9                              the making of any referral or order, that led to
10                             the making of the treatment order;
11                    and
12              (b) because of that failure, whether alone or in combination
13                    with one or more other such failures, the rights or
14                    interests of the involuntary patient have been
15                    substantially prejudiced.

16             Division 5 -- Review of admission of long-term
17                          voluntary inpatients
18   402.     Application of this Division
19            This Division applies in relation to a person (a long-term
20            voluntary inpatient) who --
21              (a) is a voluntary inpatient at an authorised hospital; and
22              (b) has been a voluntary inpatient at the authorised hospital
23                   for --
24                     (i) if the inpatient is an adult -- a continuous period
25                           of more than 6 months; or
26                    (ii) if the inpatient is a child -- a continuous period
27                           of more than 3 months.

28   403.     Application for review
29      (1)   A person specified in subsection (2) may apply to the Tribunal
30            for a review of the long-term voluntary inpatient's admission by


                                                                         page 287
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 5      Review of admission of long-term voluntary inpatients
     s. 404



1               the authorised hospital to decide whether or not there is still a
2               need for the admission.
3       (2)     An application may be made under subsection (1) by any of
4               these people --
5                 (a) the long-term voluntary inpatient;
6                 (b) a carer, close family member or other personal support
7                       person of the long-term voluntary inpatient;
8                 (c) a mental health advocate;
9                 (d) any other person who, in the opinion of the Tribunal, has
10                      a sufficient interest in the matter.

11   404.       Parties to proceeding
12              The parties to a proceeding in relation to the application are --
13               (a) the long-term voluntary inpatient; and
14               (b) the treating psychiatrist; and
15               (c) if the applicant is not a person referred to in
16                     paragraph (a) or (b) -- the applicant; and
17               (d) any other person who, in the opinion of the Tribunal, has
18                     a sufficient interest in the matter.

19   405.       Things to which Tribunal must have regard
20      (1)     In making a decision on a review under this Division in respect
21              of a long-term voluntary inpatient, the Tribunal must have
22              regard to these things --
23                (a) if the inpatient is a child and the Tribunal is not
24                      constituted with a child and adolescent psychiatrist --
25                      the views of a medical practitioner or mental health
26                      practitioner specified in subsection (2);
27                (b) the inpatient's psychiatric condition;
28                (c) the inpatient's medical and psychiatric history;
29                (d) the inpatient's wishes, to the extent that it is practicable
30                      to ascertain those wishes;


     page 288
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                              Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                 Electroconvulsive therapy approvals     Division 6
                                                                              s. 406



1               (e)    the views of any carer, close family member or other
2                      personal support person of the inpatient;
3                (f)   any other things that the Tribunal considers relevant to
4                      making the decision.
5       (2)   For subsection (1)(a), a medical practitioner or mental health
6             practitioner must --
7               (a) have qualifications, training or experience relevant to
8                     children who have a mental illness; and
9               (b) be authorised by the Chief Psychiatrist for this
10                    paragraph.
11            Note for section 405:

12            For the purpose of the Tribunal ascertaining the patient's wishes under
13            section 405(1)(d), Part 2 Division 4 applies.

14   406.     What Tribunal may do on completing review
15            On completing a review under this Division in respect of a
16            long-term voluntary inpatient, the Tribunal may make any of
17            these recommendations --
18              (a) the treating psychiatrist consider whether or not there is
19                    still a need for the admission;
20              (b) a treatment, support and discharge plan for the inpatient
21                    be prepared and be reviewed regularly;
22              (c) the inpatient be discharged.

23            Division 6 -- Electroconvulsive therapy approvals
24   407.     Application of this Division
25            This Division relates to obtaining the Tribunal's approval to
26            electroconvulsive therapy being performed on --
27              (a) a child who has reached 14 years of age but is under
28                    18 years of age and is a voluntary patient, as required by
29                    section 195(2)(b); or



                                                                                  page 289
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 6      Electroconvulsive therapy approvals
     s. 408



1                (b)    a child who has reached 14 years of age but is under
2                       18 years of age and is an involuntary patient or mentally
3                       impaired accused required under the MIA Act to be
4                       detained at an authorised hospital, as required by
5                       section 196(2); or
6                 (c)   an adult who is an involuntary patient or mentally
7                       impaired accused required under the MIA Act to be
8                       detained at an authorised hospital, as required by
9                       section 198(2).

10   408.       Application for approval
11      (1)     The patient's psychiatrist may apply for approval to perform
12              electroconvulsive therapy on the patient.
13      (2)     The application must be in writing and must set out --
14               (a) the reasons why the patient's psychiatrist is
15                     recommending that the electroconvulsive therapy be
16                     performed; and
17               (b) a treatment plan in relation to the electroconvulsive
18                     therapy, including --
19                        (i) the mental health service at which it is proposed
20                             to perform the electroconvulsive therapy; and
21                       (ii) the maximum number of treatments with
22                             electroconvulsive therapy that it is proposed will
23                             be performed; and
24                      (iii) the maximum period over which it is proposed to
25                             perform that number of treatments; and
26                      (iv) the minimum period that it is proposed will
27                             elapse between any 2 treatments.

28   409.       Parties to proceeding
29              The parties to a proceeding in relation to the application are --
30               (a) the patient; and
31               (b) the patient's psychiatrist; and


     page 290
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                                           Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                              Electroconvulsive therapy approvals     Division 6
                                                                           s. 410



1               (c)   any other person who, in the Tribunal's opinion, has a
2                     sufficient interest in the matter.

3    410.     Things Tribunal must be satisfied of
4       (1)   The Tribunal cannot approve electroconvulsive therapy being
5             performed on a patient unless satisfied that the mental health
6             service at which it is proposed to perform the electroconvulsive
7             therapy is approved under section 542 for that purpose.
8       (2)   The Tribunal cannot approve electroconvulsive therapy being
9             performed on a patient to whom section 195 applies unless
10            satisfied that informed consent to it being performed on the
11            patient is given as required by section 195(2)(a).

12   411.     Tribunal must have regard to Chief Psychiatrist's guidelines
13            In deciding whether or not to approve electroconvulsive therapy
14            being performed on a patient, the Tribunal must have regard to
15            the guidelines published under section 545(1)(f) about the
16            performance of electroconvulsive therapy.

17   412.     Other things to which Tribunal must have regard
18      (1)   In deciding whether or not to approve electroconvulsive therapy
19            being performed on a patient, the Tribunal must also have
20            regard to these things --
21              (a) if the patient is a child and the Tribunal is not
22                    constituted with a child and adolescent psychiatrist --
23                    the views of a medical practitioner or mental health
24                    practitioner specified in subsection (2);
25              (b) the patient's wishes, to the extent that it is practicable to
26                    ascertain those wishes;
27              (c) if the patient is an adult -- the views of the person who
28                    is authorised by law to give informed consent to the
29                    electroconvulsive therapy being performed on the
30                    patient were that consent required;



                                                                        page 291
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 6      Electroconvulsive therapy approvals
     s. 413



1                 (d)    if the patient is a child -- the views of the child's parent
2                        or guardian;
3                 (e)    if the patient has a nominated person -- the views of the
4                        nominated person;
5                 (f)    if the patient has a carer -- the views of the carer;
6                 (g)    if the patient has a close family member -- the views of
7                        the close family member;
8                 (h)    the reasons why the patient's psychiatrist is
9                        recommending that the electroconvulsive therapy be
10                       performed;
11                 (i)   the consequences for the treatment and care of the
12                       patient of not performing the electroconvulsive therapy;
13                 (j)   the nature and degree of any significant risk of
14                       performing the electroconvulsive therapy;
15                (k)    whether the electroconvulsive therapy is likely to
16                       promote and maintain the health and wellbeing of the
17                       patient;
18                (l)    whether any alternative treatment is available;
19               (m)     the nature and degree of any significant risk of
20                       providing any alternative treatment that is available;
21                (n)    any other things that the Tribunal considers relevant to
22                       making the decision.
23      (2)     For subsection (1)(a), a medical practitioner or mental health
24              practitioner must --
25                (a) have qualifications, training or experience relevant to
26                      children who have a mental illness; and
27                (b) be authorised by the Chief Psychiatrist for this
28                      paragraph.
29              Note for section 412:

30              For the purpose of the Tribunal ascertaining the patient's wishes under
31              section 412(1)(b), Part 2 Division 4 applies.




     page 292
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                          Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                        Psychosurgery approvals      Division 7
                                                                          s. 413



1    413.     Decision on application
2             The Tribunal may decide the application by --
3              (a) approving the electroconvulsive therapy being
4                    performed in accordance with the treatment plan set out
5                    in the application; or
6              (b) approving the electroconvulsive therapy being
7                    performed in accordance with the treatment plan set out
8                    in the application subject to the maximum number of
9                    treatments with electroconvulsive therapy to be
10                   performed being reduced to the number specified by the
11                   Tribunal; or
12             (c) refusing to approve the electroconvulsive therapy being
13                   performed.

14                 Division 7 -- Psychosurgery approvals
15   414.     Application of this Division
16            This Division relates to obtaining the Tribunal's approval to
17            psychosurgery being performed on a patient as required by
18            section 208(2)(b).

19   415.     Application for approval
20      (1)   The patient's psychiatrist may apply to the Tribunal for
21            approval for psychosurgery to be performed on a patient.
22      (2)   The application must be in writing and must set out --
23             (a) the reasons why the patient's psychiatrist is
24                   recommending that the psychosurgery be performed;
25                   and
26             (b) a treatment plan in relation to the psychosurgery,
27                   including --
28                     (i) a detailed description of the psychosurgery
29                           proposed to be performed; and



                                                                       page 293
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 7      Psychosurgery approvals
     s. 416



1                        (ii)   the name, qualifications and experience of the
2                               neurosurgeon who it is proposed will perform the
3                               psychosurgery; and
4                       (iii)   the name and address of the place where it is
5                               proposed to perform the psychosurgery.

6    416.       Parties to proceeding
7               The parties to a proceeding in relation to the application are --
8                (a) the patient; and
9                (b) the patient's psychiatrist; and
10               (c) any other person who, in the Tribunal's opinion, has a
11                     sufficient interest in the matter.

12   417.       Things Tribunal must be satisfied of
13              The Tribunal cannot approve the psychosurgery being
14              performed on the patient unless satisfied of these things --
15                (a) the patient gives informed consent to the psychosurgery
16                     being performed on himself or herself as required by
17                     section 208(2)(a);
18                (b) performing the psychosurgery has clinical merit and is
19                     appropriate in the circumstances;
20                (c) all alternatives to performing psychosurgery that are
21                     reasonably available and likely to be of a sufficient and
22                     lasting benefit to the patient have been appropriately
23                     trialled with the patient but have not resulted in a
24                     sufficient and lasting benefit to the patient;
25                (d) the neurosurgeon who it is proposed will perform the
26                     psychosurgery is suitably qualified and experienced;
27                (e) the place where it is proposed to perform the
28                     psychosurgery is a suitable place.




     page 294
                                                        Mental Health Bill 2013
                                       Mental Health Tribunal          Part 21
                    Compliance notices for non-clinical matters     Division 8
                                                                         s. 418



1    418.   Things to which Tribunal must have regard
2           In deciding whether or not to approve the psychosurgery
3           therapy being performed on the patient, the Tribunal must have
4           regard to these things --
5             (a) the views of any carer, close family member or other
6                   personal support person of the patient;
7             (b) the consequences for the treatment and care of the
8                   patient of not performing the psychosurgery;
9             (c) the nature and degree of any significant risk of
10                  performing the psychosurgery;
11            (d) whether the psychosurgery is likely to promote and
12                  maintain the health and wellbeing of the patient;
13            (e) any other things that the Tribunal considers relevant to
14                  making the decision.

15   419.   Decision on application
16          The Tribunal may decide the application by --
17           (a) approving the psychosurgery being performed in
18                 accordance with the application; or
19           (b) refusing to approve the psychosurgery being performed.

20      Division 8 -- Compliance notices for non-clinical matters
21   420.   Terms used
22          In this Division --
23          prescribed requirement means a requirement under this Act --
24            (a) to do any of these things --
25                    (i) give a document, or provide other information, to
26                          a patient or another person;
27                   (ii) include a document or other information on a
28                          patient's medical record;



                                                                     page 295
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 8      Compliance notices for non-clinical matters
     s. 421



1                       (iii)   comply with a request made by a patient or other
2                               person;
3                       or
4                 (b) to ensure that a thing referred to in paragraph (a) is
5                       done;
6               service provider, in relation to a prescribed requirement, means
7               the person in charge of a mental health service, the medical
8               practitioner or the mental health practitioner required under this
9               Act to comply with, or to ensure compliance with, the
10              requirement.

11   421.       Tribunal may issue service provider with compliance notice
12      (1)     The Tribunal may, on the application of a person referred to in
13              section 422 or on its own initiative, issue a service provider with
14              a compliance notice if it appears to the Tribunal that the service
15              provider has not complied with a prescribed requirement.
16      (2)     The compliance notice may direct the service provider --
17               (a) to take specified action within the specified period for
18                    the purpose of complying with the prescribed
19                    requirement; and
20               (b) to report to the Tribunal in the specified manner within
21                    the specified period that --
22                       (i) the service provider has taken the action
23                           specified under paragraph (a) within the period
24                           specified under paragraph (a); or
25                      (ii) if the service provider has not taken the specified
26                           action or has not taken that action within the
27                           specified period -- the reasons for not doing so.
28      (3)     Before deciding whether or not to issue a compliance notice
29              with a service provider, the Tribunal must consider whether it
30              would be appropriate to refer the matter to one or more of the
31              following --
32                (a) the CEO;


     page 296
                                                           Mental Health Bill 2013
                                          Mental Health Tribunal          Part 21
                       Compliance notices for non-clinical matters     Division 8
                                                                            s. 422



1              (b)   the CEO of the Health Department;
2              (c)   the Chief Psychiatrist;
3              (d)   a registration board.
4       (4)   If the Tribunal decides that it would be appropriate to refer the
5             matter to a person or body referred to in subsection (3), the
6             Tribunal may refer the matter instead of, or in addition to,
7             issuing the service provider with a compliance notice.

8    422.     Application for service of compliance notice
9             An application for the Tribunal to issue a service provider with
10            a compliance notice may be made under section 421(1) by any
11            of these people --
12              (a) the patient or other person to whom the prescribed
13                    requirement relates;
14              (b) a carer, close family member or other personal support
15                    person of the patient or other person;
16              (c) a mental health advocate;
17              (d) any other person who, in the Tribunal's opinion, has a
18                    sufficient interest in the matter.

19   423.     Parties to proceeding
20            The parties to a proceeding under section 421 are --
21             (a) the patient or other person to whom the prescribed
22                   requirement relates; and
23             (b) the service provider on whom the prescribed
24                   requirement is imposed; and
25             (c) if the proceeding relates to an application made under
26                   section 422 and the applicant is not the patient or other
27                   person to whom the prescribed requirement relates --
28                   the applicant; and
29             (d) any other person who, in the opinion of the Tribunal, has
30                   a sufficient interest in the matter.


                                                                        page 297
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 9      Review of orders restricting freedom of communication
     s. 424



1    424.       Compliance notices to be reported on in annual report
2               The President of the Tribunal must include in the report
3               prepared under section 486 in respect of a financial year --
4                 (a) the name of each service provider issued with a
5                      compliance notice during that year; and
6                 (b) the number of compliance notices with which each of
7                      those service providers was issued during that year.

8             Division 9 -- Review of orders restricting freedom
9                            of communication
10   425.       Application for review
11      (1)     A person specified in subsection (2) may apply to the Tribunal
12              for a review of an order made under section 262 prohibiting a
13              patient from exercising, or limiting the extent to which a patient
14              can exercise, a right under section 261.
15      (2)     An application may be made under subsection (1) by any of
16              these people --
17                (a) the patient;
18                (b) a carer, close family member or other personal support
19                      person of the patient;
20                (c) a mental health advocate;
21                (d) any other person who, in the opinion of the Tribunal, has
22                      a sufficient interest in the matter.

23   426.       Parties to proceeding
24              The parties to a proceeding in relation to the application are --
25               (a) the patient; and
26               (b) the person who made the decision under section 262;
27                     and
28               (c) if the applicant is not the patient -- the applicant; and
29               (d) any other person who, in the opinion of the Tribunal, has
30                     a sufficient interest in the matter.

     page 298
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                              Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                      Jurisdiction in relation to nominated persons     Division 10
                                                                              s. 427



1    427.     Decision on application
2             The Tribunal may decide the application by --
3              (a) confirming the order as made or amended; or
4              (b) amending, or further amending, the order as made or
5                    amended; or
6              (c) revoking the order.

7      Division 10 -- Jurisdiction in relation to nominated persons
8    428.     Application for decision
9       (1)   A person specified in subsection (2) may apply to the Tribunal
10            for a decision under this Division about a nomination.
11      (2)   An application may be made under subsection (1) by any of
12            these people --
13              (a) the person who made the nomination;
14              (b) the nominated person;
15              (c) a carer, close family member or other personal support
16                    person of the person who made the nomination;
17              (d) a mental health advocate;
18              (e) any other person who, in the opinion of the Tribunal, has
19                    a sufficient interest in the matter.
20   429.     Declaration about validity of nomination
21      (1)   The Tribunal may declare that a nomination is valid or invalid.
22      (2)   Instead of declaring that a nomination is invalid because of a
23            failure to comply with section 275, the Tribunal --
24              (a) may declare the nomination to be valid; and
25              (b) may make an order varying the terms of the nomination
26                     in the manner the Tribunal considers most likely to give
27                     effect to the intention of the person who made the
28                     nomination.
29      (3)   A declaration made under subsection (1) or (2)(a) has effect
30            according to its terms.

                                                                          page 299
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 11     Review of decisions affecting rights
     s. 430



1    430.       Revocation of nomination
2               The Tribunal may revoke a nomination if satisfied that the
3               nominated person is not an appropriate person to perform the
4               role of the nominated person because --
5                 (a) the person is likely, in performing that role, to adversely
6                        affect to a significant degree the interests of the person
7                        who made the nomination; or
8                 (b) the person is not capable of performing that role because
9                        of mental or physical incapacity; or
10                (c) the person is not willing, or is not reasonably able, to
11                       perform that role.

12   431.       Parties to proceeding
13              The parties to a proceeding in relation to an application under
14              this Division are --
15                (a) the person who made the nomination; and
16                (b) the nominated person; and
17                (c) if the applicant is not a person referred to in
18                      paragraph (a) or (b) -- the applicant; and
19                (d) any other person who, in the opinion of the Tribunal, has
20                      a sufficient interest in the matter.

21            Division 11 -- Review of decisions affecting rights
22   432.       Application for review
23      (1)     A person specified in subsection (2) may apply to the Tribunal
24              for a review of a decision made under this Act affecting a
25              person's rights under this Act.
26      (2)     An application may be made under subsection (1) by any of
27              these people --
28                (a) the person whose right is affected;
29                (b) a carer, close family member or other personal support
30                      person of the person whose right is affected;

     page 300
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                                           Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                             Procedural matters      Division 12
                                                                           s. 433



1              (c)    a mental health advocate;
2              (d)    any other person who, in the opinion of the Tribunal, has
3                     a sufficient interest in the matter.
4       (3)   The Tribunal can only review a decision under subsection (1) if
5             satisfied that the matter cannot be heard and determined by the
6             Tribunal under another Division of this Part.

7    433.     Parties to proceeding
8             The parties to a proceeding in relation to the application are --
9              (a) the person whose rights it is alleged are affected; and
10             (b) if the applicant is not the person referred to in
11                   paragraph (a) -- the applicant; and
12             (c) any other person who, in the opinion of the Tribunal, has
13                   a sufficient interest in the matter.

14   434.     What Tribunal may do on completing review
15            On completing the review, the Tribunal may make any orders,
16            and give any directions, the Tribunal considers appropriate.

17                    Division 12 -- Procedural matters
18                   Subdivision 1 -- Proceedings generally

19   435.     Lodgment of documents
20            An application or other document required to be made or given
21            to the Tribunal must be lodged at the office of the Tribunal.

22   436.     Sittings
23            The Tribunal sits at the times, and in the places in the State,
24            determined by the President of the Tribunal.




                                                                         page 301
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 12     Procedural matters
     s. 437



1    437.       Conduct of proceedings
2       (1)     A proceeding must be conducted with as little formality and
3               technicality, and as speedily, as a proper consideration of the
4               matter before the Tribunal permits.
5       (2)     In a proceeding, the Tribunal is bound by the rules of natural
6               justice.
7       (3)     Subject to this Part, the practice and procedure of the Tribunal
8               in a proceeding is --
9                 (a) as provided for in the rules made under section 470; or
10                (b) if no provision is made in the rules -- as determined by
11                      the Tribunal.

12   438.       Presiding member
13              The presiding member of the Tribunal as constituted for a
14              proceeding is the member of the Tribunal as so constituted who
15              is a lawyer.

16   439.       Deciding questions in proceedings
17      (1)     In this section --
18              question of law includes a question of mixed law and fact.
19      (2)     A question in a proceeding (other than a question of law) must
20              be resolved according to the opinion of the majority of the
21              members constituting the Tribunal for the proceeding.
22      (3)     A question of law in a proceeding before the Tribunal must be
23              resolved according to the opinion of the presiding member.

24   440.       Assistance from persons with relevant knowledge or
25              experience
26              The Tribunal may engage or appoint one or more persons with
27              knowledge or experience that the Tribunal considers relevant to
28              a proceeding to assist the Tribunal in the proceeding.



     page 302
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                          Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                            Procedural matters      Division 12
                                                                          s. 441



1    441.     No fees payable
2             No fees are payable in relation to --
3              (a) any application made under this Part; or
4              (b) any proceeding of the Tribunal under this Part.

5    442.     Each party to bear own costs
6             Subject to section 443(1)(b), each party must bear the party's
7             own costs.

8    443.     Frivolous, vexatious or improper proceedings
9       (1)   The Tribunal may, if satisfied that a proceeding is frivolous or
10            vexatious or has been brought for an improper purpose --
11              (a) dismiss the proceeding; and
12              (b) make any order as to costs that the Tribunal considers
13                   appropriate; and
14              (c) on the application of a party, order that the party who
15                   instituted the proceeding cannot institute a proceeding of
16                   a kind specified in the order without the leave of the
17                   Tribunal.
18      (2)   An order made under subsection (1)(c) has effect despite any
19            other provision of this Part.
20      (3)   The Tribunal may amend or revoke an order made under
21            subsection (1)(c).

22                   Subdivision 2 -- Notice of proceedings

23   444.     Notice of applications
24      (1)   If the person concerned in an application is an adult, the
25            Tribunal must give a copy of the application to --
26               (a) if the person concerned is not the applicant -- the
27                    person concerned and the person concerned's
28                    representative under section 447(1)(a) or (b); and


                                                                      page 303
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 12     Procedural matters
     s. 444



1                (b)   each of the other parties; and
2                (c)   any carer, close family member or other personal
3                      support person of the person concerned --
4                        (i) who is not the person concerned's representative
5                             under section 447(1)(a) or (b) or a party; and
6                       (ii) whose name and contact details are provided to
7                             the Tribunal.
8       (2)     If the person concerned in an application is a child, the Tribunal
9               must give a copy of the application to --
10                 (a) if the child is not the applicant and --
11                         (i) section 448(1) applies in respect of the child --
12                              the child and the child's representative under
13                              section 448(1)(b) or (c); or
14                        (ii) section 449(1) applies in respect of the child --
15                              the child's representative under that provision;
16                      and
17                (b) if the child's parent or guardian is not the child's
18                      representative under section 448(1)(b) or (c) or 449(1)
19                      or a party -- the child's parent or guardian; and
20                 (c) each of the other parties who is not the applicant; and
21                (d) any carer, close family member or other personal
22                      support person of the child --
23                         (i) who is not the child's representative under
24                              section 448(1)(b) or (c) or 449(1) or a party; and
25                        (ii) whose name and contact details are provided to
26                              the Tribunal;
27                      and
28                 (e) if a mental health advocate is not also a party -- the
29                      Chief Mental Health Advocate.
30      (3)     Without limiting the requirement under subsection (1)(c)
31              or (2)(d), the requirement is taken to have been complied with if
32              the Tribunal ensures that reasonable efforts to give to any carer,

     page 304
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                                           Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                             Procedural matters      Division 12
                                                                           s. 445



1             close family member or other personal support person a copy of
2             the application continue to be made until the first of these things
3             occurs --
4               (a) at least one carer, close family member or other personal
5                     support person is given a copy of the application;
6               (b) it is reasonable for the Tribunal to conclude that no
7                     carer, close family member or other personal support
8                     person can be given a copy of the application.

9    445.     Notice of hearings
10      (1)   If the person concerned in a proceeding is an adult, the Tribunal
11            must give notice of the date, time and place of any hearing to --
12               (a) the person concerned or the person concerned's
13                    representative under section 447(1)(a) or (b); and
14              (b) each of the other parties; and
15               (c) any carer, close family member or other personal
16                    support person of the person concerned --
17                       (i) who is not the person concerned's representative
18                            under section 447(1)(a) or (b) or a party; and
19                      (ii) whose name and contact details are provided to
20                            the Tribunal.
21      (2)   If the person concerned in a proceeding is a child, the Tribunal
22            must give notice of the date, time and place of any hearing to --
23               (a) if --
24                       (i) section 448(1) applies in respect of the child --
25                            the child or the child's representative under
26                            section 448(1)(b) or (c); or
27                      (ii) section 449(1) applies in respect of the child --
28                            the child's representative under that provision;
29                    and
30              (b) if the child's parent or guardian is not the child's
31                    representative under section 448(1)(b) or (c) or 449(1)
32                    or a party -- the child's parent or guardian; and

                                                                        page 305
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 12     Procedural matters
     s. 446



1                (c)    each of the other parties; and
2                (d)    any carer, close family member or other personal
3                       support person of the child --
4                          (i) who is not the child's representative under
5                              section 448(1)(b) or (c) or 449(1) or a party; and
6                         (ii) whose name and contact details are provided to
7                              the Tribunal;
8                       and
9                 (e)   if a mental health advocate is not also a party -- the
10                      Chief Mental Health Advocate.
11      (3)     Without limiting the requirement under subsection (1)(c)
12              or (2)(d), the requirement is taken to have been complied with if
13              the Tribunal ensures that reasonable efforts to give any carer,
14              close family member or other personal support person notice of
15              the hearing continue to be made until the first of these things
16              occurs --
17                (a) at least one carer, close family member or other personal
18                      support person is notified of the hearing;
19                (b) it is reasonable for the Tribunal to conclude that no
20                      carer, close family member or other personal support
21                      person can be notified of the application.

22   446.       Tribunal may request information from SAT about person's
23              guardian
24      (1)     For the purpose of giving under section 444 or 445 a copy of an
25              application or notice of a hearing to the guardian of an adult, the
26              Tribunal may request the State Administrative Tribunal for the
27              name and contact details of the adult's guardian.
28      (2)     The State Administrative Tribunal may comply with any request
29              made under subsection (1).




     page 306
                                                               Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                                  Procedural matters      Division 12
                                                                                s. 447



1               Subdivision 3 -- Appearance and representation

2    447.     Party is an adult
3       (1)   In a proceeding, a party who is an adult --
4               (a) may appear in person or be represented by another
5                     person; or
6               (b) must be represented by another person if the Tribunal
7                     makes an order under subsection (2) in respect of the
8                     party.
9       (2)   The Tribunal may make an order that the party must be
10            represented in the proceeding if, in the Tribunal's opinion, it is
11            not in the best interests of the party for the party to appear in
12            person in the proceeding.
13      (3)   Even though a party who is an adult is represented in the
14            proceeding, the party is entitled to express in person his or her
15            views about any matter arising in the course of the proceeding
16            that may affect the party.
17            Note for section 447:

18            For the purpose of deciding under section 447(2) what is or is not in the best
19            interests of a party, Part 2 Division 3 applies.

20   448.     Party is a child with capacity to consent
21      (1)   In a proceeding, a party who is a child with sufficient maturity
22            and understanding to make reasonable decisions about matters
23            relating to himself or herself --
24              (a) may appear in person; or
25              (b) may be represented by any of these people --
26                       (i) a legal practitioner;
27                      (ii) a mental health advocate;
28                     (iii) the child's parent or guardian unless the Tribunal
29                           makes an order under section 454(2)(b) in
30                           respect of the child's parent or guardian;


                                                                                   page 307
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 12     Procedural matters
     s. 449



1                         (iv)  any other person who, in the Tribunal's opinion,
2                               is willing and able to represent the child's
3                               interests; or
4                 (c)    must be represented by another person if the Tribunal
5                        makes an order under subsection (2) in respect of the
6                        party.
7       (2)     The Tribunal may make an order that the party must be
8               represented in the proceeding if, in the Tribunal's opinion, it is
9               not in the best interests of the party for the party to appear in
10              person in the proceeding.
11      (3)     Even though a party who is a child referred to in subsection (1)
12              is represented in the proceeding, the child is entitled to express
13              in person his or her views about any matter arising in the course
14              of the proceeding that may affect the child.
15              Note for section 448:

16              For the purpose of deciding under section 448(2) what is or is not in the best
17              interests of a party, Part 2 Division 3 applies.

18   449.       Party is a child with no capacity to consent
19      (1)     In a proceeding, a party who is a child who does not have
20              sufficient maturity or understanding to make reasonable
21              decisions about matters relating to himself or herself must be
22              represented by one of these people --
23                (a) a legal practitioner;
24                (b) a mental health advocate;
25                (c) the child's parent or guardian unless the Tribunal makes
26                      an order under section 454(2)(b) in respect of the child's
27                      parent or guardian;
28                (d) any other person who, in the Tribunal's opinion, can
29                      represent the child's interests.
30      (2)     Even though a party who is a child referred to in subsection (1)
31              is represented in a proceeding and the child does not have the
32              maturity or understanding referred to in subsection (1), the child


     page 308
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                          Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                            Procedural matters      Division 12
                                                                          s. 450



1             is entitled to express in person his or her views about any matter
2             arising in the course of the proceeding that may affect the child.

3    450.     Tribunal may make arrangements for representation
4             The Tribunal may make arrangements for a party to be
5             represented at a hearing if the party wants the Tribunal to make
6             such an arrangement on the party's behalf.

7    451.     Legal representation of person with mental illness
8             The fact that a person has a mental illness, or is being provided
9             with treatment for a mental illness, is presumed not to be an
10            impediment to the representation of the person by a legal
11            practitioner before the Tribunal or to the person giving
12            instructions to a legal practitioner for the purpose of that
13            representation.

14   452.     Representative must not be paid
15      (1)   In this section --
16            prescribed person means --
17              (a) a legal practitioner; or
18              (b) a mental health advocate; or
19              (c) a person prescribed by the regulations for this definition.
20      (2)   A person who is not a prescribed person must not demand or
21            receive any remuneration for representing a party in a
22            proceeding.
23            Penalty:
24                 (a) for a first offence, a fine of $1 000;
25                 (b) for a second or subsequent offence, a fine of $10 000.




                                                                       page 309
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 12     Procedural matters
     s. 453



1                      Subdivision 4 -- Hearings and evidence

2    453.       Nature of review proceedings
3       (1)     In this section --
4               decision-maker, in relation to a review proceeding, means --
5                 (a) the psychiatrist who made the involuntary treatment
6                        order; or
7                 (b) the medical practitioner who admitted the long-term
8                        voluntary patient; or
9                 (c) the psychiatrist who made the decision under
10                       section 262 to make, confirm or amend the order
11                       prohibiting, or limiting the extent of, the exercise of the
12                       right;
13              reviewable decision, in relation to a review proceeding,
14              means --
15                (a) the decision to make the involuntary treatment order; or
16                (b) the decision to admit the long-term voluntary patient; or
17                (c) the decision under section 262 to make, confirm or
18                       amend the order prohibiting, or limiting the extent of,
19                       the exercise of the right;
20              review proceeding means --
21                (a) a review under Division 3 of an involuntary treatment
22                       order; or
23                (b) a review under Division 5 of a long-term voluntary
24                       inpatient's admission; or
25                (c) a review under Division 9 of an order made under
26                       section 262 prohibiting a patient from exercising, or
27                       limiting the extent to which a patient can exercise, a
28                       right under section 261.
29      (2)     A review proceeding is a hearing de novo and is not confined to
30              material that was before the decision-maker but may involve the
31              consideration of new material whether or not it existed when the
32              reviewable decision was made.

     page 310
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                              Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                                Procedural matters      Division 12
                                                                              s. 454



1       (3)   The purpose of a review proceeding is to produce the correct
2             and preferable decision at the time of the Tribunal's decision on
3             the review proceeding.

4    454.     Closed hearings
5       (1)   A hearing is not open to the public unless the Tribunal orders
6             that the hearing or a part of the hearing is open to the public.
7       (2)   The Tribunal may, on the application of any person or on its
8             own initiative, make an order --
9              (a) permitting a specified person to be present at a hearing
10                   or part of a hearing; or
11             (b) excluding a specified person (including a witness) from
12                   a hearing or part of a hearing.
13      (3)   Despite section 467, the Tribunal must provide reasons for
14            making an order under this section at the time when the
15            Tribunal makes the order.
16      (4)   The operation of this section is not limited by section 456.
17            Note for section 454:

18            Any reasons provided under section 454(3) must be provided in accordance
19            with section 9(2).

20   455.     Conduct of hearing in absence of party
21      (1)   The Tribunal may conduct a hearing in the absence of a party if
22            satisfied that --
23              (a) the party has been given notice of the hearing; and
24              (b) it is in the best interests of the person concerned in the
25                    proceeding for the hearing not to be adjourned.

26   456.     Person chosen by person concerned may be present
27      (1)   A person chosen by the person concerned in a proceeding may
28            be present at a hearing unless the Tribunal makes an order under
29            section 454(2)(b) excluding the person from the hearing or a
30            part of the hearing.

                                                                              page 311
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 12     Procedural matters
     s. 457



1       (2)     The Tribunal may make an order referred to in subsection (1) on
2               the application of any person if satisfied that it is not in the best
3               interests of the person concerned for the person to be present at
4               the hearing or the part of the hearing.
5               Note for section 456:

6               For the purpose of deciding under section 456(2) what is or is not in the best
7               interests of the person concerned in a proceeding, Part 2 Division 3 applies.

8    457.       Right to be heard
9               The Tribunal must give each party a reasonable opportunity --
10               (a) to call or give evidence; and
11               (b) to examine or cross-examine witnesses; and
12               (c) to make submissions.

13   458.       Evidence generally
14      (1)     The Tribunal is not bound by the rules of evidence but may
15              inform itself of a matter relevant to a proceeding in any manner
16              the Tribunal considers appropriate.
17      (2)     Evidence in a proceeding may be given orally or in writing.
18      (3)     The Tribunal may require evidence in a proceeding to be given
19              on oath or by affidavit.
20      (4)     The presiding member in a proceeding may direct a person
21              appearing as a witness --
22                (a) to answer a question relevant to the proceeding; or
23                (b) to produce a document relevant to the proceeding.
24      (5)     A person appearing as a witness has the same protection and
25              immunity as a witness has in a proceeding in the Supreme
26              Court.




     page 312
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                          Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                            Procedural matters      Division 12
                                                                          s. 459



1    459.     Oral evidence about restricted information
2       (1)   In this section --
3             restricted information means information in a document to
4             which a person is not entitled to have access because of
5             section 249(1)(a) or (b) or (3).
6       (2)   At a hearing --
7              (a) oral evidence about restricted information cannot be
8                    given in the presence of the person who is not entitled to
9                    have access to the document containing the restricted
10                   information; and
11             (b) a witness cannot be examined or cross-examined about
12                   restricted information in the presence of that person; and
13             (c) an oral submission about restricted information cannot
14                   be made in the presence of that person.
15      (3)   The Tribunal must request the person to leave the hearing while
16            the evidence is given, the examination or cross-examination is
17            conducted or the submission is made.
18      (4)   If the person refuses to comply with the Tribunal's request, the
19            Tribunal must make an order excluding the person from the
20            hearing while the evidence is given, the examination or
21            cross-examination is conducted or the submission is made.

22   460.     Summons to give evidence or produce documents
23            The Tribunal may, by issuing a summons signed on behalf of
24            the Tribunal by a member or the registrar and serving the
25            summons on the person to whom it is addressed, require the
26            person to attend before the Tribunal at the time and place
27            specified in the summons --
28              (a) to give evidence in a proceeding; or
29              (b) to produce a document relevant to a proceeding that is in
30                    the person's custody or control and is specified in the
31                    summons; or
32              (c) to do both of those things.

                                                                      page 313
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 12     Procedural matters
     s. 461



1    461.       Self-incrimination
2       (1)     A person is not excused from complying with a direction given
3               to the person under section 458(4), or a summons served on the
4               person under section 460, on the ground that the answer to a
5               question or the production of a document might tend to
6               incriminate the person or expose the person to a criminal
7               penalty.
8       (2)     However, any answer given or document produced by a person
9               in compliance with a direction given to the person under
10              section 458(4), or a summons served on the person under
11              section 460, is not admissible in evidence in any criminal
12              proceedings against the person other than proceedings for an
13              offence under section 463(1)(d) or (e).

14   462.       Powers in relation to documents produced
15              In relation to a document produced to the Tribunal in a
16              proceeding, the Tribunal may do any of these things --
17                (a) inspect the document;
18                (b) retain the document for a reasonable period;
19                (c) take a copy of the whole or any part of the document.

20   463.       Offences relating to evidence and documents
21      (1)     A person commits an offence if the person --
22               (a) without reasonable excuse, proof of which is on the
23                     person, does not swear an oath or make an affirmation
24                     when required under section 458(3); or
25               (b) without reasonable excuse, proof of which is on the
26                     person, does not answer a question or produce a
27                     document when directed to do so under section 458(4);
28                     or
29               (c) without reasonable excuse, proof of which is on the
30                     person, does not attend before the Tribunal as required
31                     by a summons served on the person under section 460;
32                     or

     page 314
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                          Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                            Procedural matters      Division 12
                                                                          s. 464



1              (d)   gives an answer to the Tribunal in a proceeding that the
2                    person knows is false or misleading in a material
3                    particular; or
4               (e) produces a document or provides any other information
5                    to the Tribunal in a proceeding that the person knows is
6                    false or misleading in a material particular --
7                       (i) without indicating that the document or other
8                             information is false or misleading and, to the
9                             extent the person can, how the document or other
10                            information is false or misleading; and
11                     (ii) if the person has or can reasonably obtain the
12                            correct information -- without providing the
13                            correct information.
14            Penalty: a fine of $5 000.
15      (2)   It is enough for a prosecution notice lodged against a person for
16            an offence under subsection (1)(d) or (e) to state that the
17            answer, document or information was false or misleading to the
18            person's knowledge without stating which.

19   464.     Evidence and findings in other proceedings
20            In a proceeding, the Tribunal --
21              (a) may receive in evidence the transcript of evidence in a
22                    proceeding before a court or other person or body acting
23                    judicially and may draw any conclusion of fact from that
24                    evidence that the Tribunal considers appropriate; and
25              (b) may adopt a finding, decision or judgment of a court or
26                    other person or body acting judicially that is relevant to
27                    the proceeding.

28   465.     Hearings to be recorded
29            The registrar must ensure that each hearing is recorded and the
30            recording is kept in a form from which a transcript of the
31            hearing can be prepared if required.



                                                                       page 315
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 12     Procedural matters
     s. 466



1    466.       Publication of information about proceedings
2       (1)     In this section --
3               information about a proceeding means --
4                 (a) an account of a proceeding; or
5                 (b) any evidence in a proceeding; or
6                 (c) the contents of a document, or of a part of a document,
7                        produced in a proceeding; or
8                 (d) any other information about a proceeding;
9               publish means to disseminate to the public or a section of the
10              public by any means, including --
11                (a) in a newspaper or periodical publication; or
12                (b) by radio broadcast, television or other electronic means.
13      (2)     A person must not publish information about a proceeding that
14              identifies --
15                (a) a party; or
16                (b) a person who is related to or associated with a party; or
17                (c) a witness; or
18                (d) a person who is or is alleged to be concerned in any
19                      other way in a matter to which the proceeding relates.
20      (3)     A person must not publish a list of proceedings identified by
21              reference to the names of the parties except --
22                (a) by displaying in the Tribunal's premises a notice listing
23                      the proceedings; or
24                (b) as permitted by rules made under section 470.
25      (4)     A person who contravenes subsection (2) or (3) commits a
26              crime.
27              Penalty:
28                  (a) for an individual, a fine of $5 000 and imprisonment
29                        for 12 months;
30                  (b) for a body corporate, a fine of $10 000.

     page 316
                                                       Mental Health Bill 2013
                                        Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                          Procedural matters      Division 12
                                                                        s. 466



1          Summary conviction penalty:
2             (a) for an individual, a fine of $2 500;
3             (b) for a body corporate, a fine of $5 000.
4    (5)   A prosecution for an offence under subsection (4) cannot be
5          commenced except with the written consent of the Minister.
6    (6)   Without limiting subsection (2), information about a proceeding
7          identifies a person if --
8            (a) it contains particulars that are sufficient to identify the
9                  person to a member of the public or a member of the
10                 section of the public to which the information is
11                 disseminated, being any of these particulars --
12                     (i) the name, title, pseudonym or alias of the person;
13                    (ii) the address of any premises where the person
14                         resides or works or the locality where those
15                         premises are situated;
16                   (iii) the physical description or the style of dress of
17                         the person;
18                   (iv) any employment or occupation engaged in, or
19                         any profession practised or calling pursued by,
20                         the person or any official or honorary position
21                         held by the person;
22                    (v) the relationship of the person to identified
23                         relatives of the person or the association of the
24                         person with identified friends or identified
25                         business, official or professional acquaintances
26                         of the person;
27                   (vi) the recreational interests, or the political,
28                         philosophical or religious beliefs or interests, of
29                         the person;
30                  (vii) any real or personal property in which the person
31                         has an interest or with which the person is
32                         otherwise associated;
33                 or

                                                                     page 317
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 12     Procedural matters
     s. 466



1                (b)   it is accompanied by a picture of the person; or
2                (c)   it is spoken in whole or in part by the person and the
3                      person's voice is sufficient to identify the person to a
4                      member of the public or a member of the section of the
5                      public to which the account is disseminated.
6       (7)     Subsections (2) and (3) do not apply in relation to any of these
7               publications --
8                 (a) the communication of a transcript of evidence or other
9                      document to a person concerned in a proceeding in a
10                     court or tribunal for use in connection with the
11                     proceeding;
12               (b) the communication of a transcript of evidence or other
13                     document to --
14                        (i) a body that is responsible for disciplining
15                             members of a profession or occupation; or
16                       (ii) a person concerned in a proceeding before such a
17                             body;
18                (c) the communication of a transcript of evidence or other
19                     document to a body that grants assistance by way of
20                     legal aid for the purpose of making a decision as to
21                     whether such assistance should be granted or continued
22                     in a particular case;
23               (d) the publication of a notice or report at the direction of
24                     the Tribunal, the State Administrative Tribunal or a
25                     court;
26                (e) a publication genuinely intended primarily for the use of
27                     members of a profession or occupation, being --
28                        (i) a separate volume of, or a volume in a part of a
29                             series of, law reports; or
30                       (ii) a decision of a court or tribunal published from
31                             information stored electronically or otherwise; or
32                      (iii) any other publication of a technical character;



     page 318
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                                           Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                             Procedural matters      Division 12
                                                                           s. 467



1               (f)    the publication or other dissemination --
2                         (i) to a person who is a member of a profession or
3                             occupation in connection with the practice by the
4                             person of that profession or occupation or in the
5                             course of any form of professional or
6                             occupational training in which the person is
7                             involved; or
8                        (ii) to a person who is a student in connection with
9                             the person's studies.
10      (8)   Subsection (7)(e) does not authorise the publication of the name
11            of a party in a law report or other publication referred to in that
12            provision.
13      (9)   Without limiting subsection (2) or (3), the Tribunal may make
14            an order in relation to a particular proceeding that information
15            about the proceeding that is specified in the order --
16              (a) must not be published; or
17              (b) must not be published except in the manner specified, or
18                    to a person specified, in the order.
19    (10)    A person who contravenes an order made under subsection (9)
20            commits an offence.
21            Penalty for an offence under this subsection: a fine of $5 000.

22                    Subdivision 5 -- Decisions in proceedings

23   467.     Reasons for decision
24      (1)   A party may request the Tribunal to provide the party with
25            reasons for the Tribunal's decision in the proceeding.
26      (2)   The request must be made --
27             (a) on or within 28 days after the day on which the Tribunal
28                   makes a decision in the proceeding; or
29             (b) by the end of any extension of that period under
30                   section 468(2).


                                                                        page 319
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 12     Procedural matters
     s. 468



1       (3)     The Tribunal must comply with the request.
2               Note for section 467:

3               Any reasons provided under section 467(3) must be provided in accordance
4               with section 9(2).

5    468.       Extension of time to request reasons
6       (1)     A party may, whether before or after the expiry of the 28-day
7               period referred to in section 467(2)(a), request the President of
8               the Tribunal to extend the period within which the party may
9               request the Tribunal to provide the party with reasons for a
10              decision in the proceeding.
11      (2)     The President of the Tribunal may extend the period within
12              which a party may request reasons for a decision in the
13              proceeding from the end of the 28-day period referred to in
14              section 467(2)(a) for the further period that the President
15              specifies if the President considers that it is in the interests of
16              justice to do so.

17   469.       Giving effect to Tribunal's decisions
18      (1)     In this section --
19              decision, of the Tribunal, does not include --
20                (a) a recommendation made by the Tribunal under
21                       section 395(3) about an involuntary patient's treatment
22                       support and discharge plan; or
23                (b) a recommendation made by the Tribunal under
24                       section 406 about a long-term voluntary inpatient's
25                       admission as an inpatient.
26      (2)     A person who does not give effect to a decision of the Tribunal
27              according to its terms commits an offence.
28              Penalty for an offence under this subsection: a fine of $10 000.




     page 320
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                          Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                                           Rules    Division 13
                                                                          s. 470



1                             Division 13 -- Rules
2    470.     Power to make
3             The President of the Tribunal may make rules for the Tribunal,
4             but only after consultation with the members appointed under
5             section 474(1).

6    471.     Content
7       (1)   Rules made under section 470 may make provision for any
8             matter that is --
9              (a) required or permitted by this Act to be provided for in
10                    the rules; or
11             (b) necessary or convenient for the Tribunal to operate
12                    efficiently, economically and expeditiously.
13      (2)   Without limiting subsection (1), the rules may provide for any
14            of these things --
15              (a) the organisation and management of the business of the
16                    Tribunal;
17              (b) custody and use of the Tribunal's seal;
18              (c) the practice and procedure of the Tribunal in a
19                    proceeding, including --
20                       (i) the participation by a party, a party's
21                            representative or a witness in a hearing by
22                            telephone, video link or other means of
23                            communication; and
24                      (ii) the conduct of all or part of a proceeding entirely
25                            on the basis of documents and without the
26                            parties, their representatives or any witnesses
27                            appearing at or participating in a hearing;
28              (d) the form in which documents are to be lodged with or
29                    issued by the Tribunal or to be served, which may be an
30                    electronic form;
31              (e) the Tribunal's records.

                                                                       page 321
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 14     Tribunal members
     s. 472



1    472.       Publication and tabling
2       (1)     Rules made under section 470 --
3                (a) must be published in the Gazette; and
4                (b) take effect on or from the date of publication or on or
5                      from any later date or dates that are specified in the
6                      rules; and
7                (c) must be laid before each House of Parliament within
8                      6 sitting days of the House after the day on which the
9                      rules were published.
10      (2)     A rule or a part of a rule ceases to have effect if either House of
11              Parliament passes a resolution, of which notice is given at any
12              time on or within 6 sitting days of the House after the day on
13              which the rule was laid before it, disallowing the rule or the part
14              of the rule.
15      (3)     However, the validity of any proceedings taken or of anything
16              done in the meantime under the rule or the part of the rule is not
17              affected by the disallowance.
18      (4)     Notice of the passage of disallowing a rule or any part of a rule
19              must be published in the Gazette as soon as practicable.

20                      Division 14 -- Tribunal members
21   473.       President of Tribunal
22              There is to be a President of the Mental Health Tribunal who is
23              appointed by the Governor on the recommendation of the
24              Minister.

25   474.       Other members
26      (1)     There are to be 2 or more members of the Mental Health
27              Tribunal in addition to the President, each of whom is appointed
28              by the Governor on the recommendation of the Minister.




     page 322
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                          Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                             Tribunal members       Division 14
                                                                          s. 475



1       (2)   Any number of persons may be appointed under subsection (1)
2             provided that the membership of the Tribunal (including the
3             President of the Tribunal) includes --
4               (a) at least one lawyer; and
5               (b) at least one psychiatrist; and
6               (c) at least one person who is not --
7                       (i) a lawyer; or
8                      (ii) a medical practitioner; or
9                     (iii) a mental health practitioner who is a staff
10                           member of a mental health service or private
11                           psychiatric hostel.

12   475.     Terms and conditions of appointment
13      (1)   The President of the Tribunal may be appointed on a full-time
14            or part-time basis.
15      (2)   A member appointed under section 474(1) may be appointed on
16            a full-time, part-time or sessional basis.
17      (3)   A member --
18             (a) holds office for the period (not exceeding 5 years)
19                 specified in the instrument of appointment; and
20             (b) is eligible for reappointment.
21      (4)   Subject to this Division, a member holds office on the terms and
22            conditions of appointment determined by the Minister.

23   476.     Remuneration
24      (1)   The President of the Tribunal is entitled to the remuneration
25            determined by the Salaries and Allowances Tribunal under the
26            Salaries and Allowances Act 1975 and, for the purposes of that
27            Act and any other written law, the office of President of the
28            Mental Health Tribunal is taken to be prescribed under
29            section 6(1)(e) of that Act for the purposes of section 6 of that
30            Act.


                                                                       page 323
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 14     Tribunal members
     s. 477



1       (2)     A member appointed under section 474(1) is entitled to the
2               remuneration determined by the Minister on the
3               recommendation of the Public Sector Commissioner.

4    477.       Resignation
5       (1)     A member may resign from office by writing signed and given
6               to the Minister.
7       (2)     The resignation takes effect on the later of the following --
8                (a) receipt by the Minister;
9                (b) the day specified in the resignation.

10   478.       Removal from office
11              The Governor may remove a person from the office of member
12              on any of these grounds --
13                (a) mental or physical incapacity;
14               (b) incompetence;
15                (c) neglect of duty;
16               (d) misconduct;
17                (e) ceasing to have a particular status if the person was
18                     appointed to that office on the basis of having that
19                     status;
20                (f) attaining a particular status if the person was appointed
21                     to that office on the basis of not having that status.

22   479.       Acting members
23      (1)     The Minister may appoint a person to act in --
24               (a) the office of President of the Mental Health Tribunal
25                    referred to in section 473; or
26               (b) the office of member of the Mental Health Tribunal
27                    referred to in section 474(1).




     page 324
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                          Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                             Tribunal members       Division 14
                                                                          s. 480



1       (2)   A person may be appointed under subsection (1) to act in an
2             office --
3               (a) during a vacancy in the office, whether or not an
4                     appointment has previously been made to the office; or
5               (b) during a period, or during all periods, when the person
6                     holding the office or a person acting in the office under
7                     an appointment under subsection (1) is on leave or is
8                     otherwise unable to perform the functions of the office.
9       (3)   An appointment under subsection (1) may be expressed to have
10            effect only in the circumstances specified in the instrument of
11            appointment.
12      (4)   The Minister may --
13             (a) determine the terms and conditions of an appointment
14                  under subsection (1), including as to remuneration; and
15             (b) terminate an appointment under subsection (1) at any
16                  time.
17      (5)   The validity of anything done by or in relation to a person
18            purporting to act under an appointment under subsection (1) is
19            not to be called into question on any of these grounds --
20              (a) the occasion for the appointment had not arisen;
21             (b) there is a defect or irregularity in the appointment;
22              (c) the appointment had ceased to have effect;
23             (d) the occasion for the person to act had not arisen or had
24                    ceased.
25      (6)   A person cannot act under an appointment under subsection (1)
26            for a continuous period exceeding 12 months.

27   480.     Delegation by President
28      (1)   The President of the Tribunal may delegate to another member
29            or the registrar any power or duty of the President of the
30            Tribunal under another provision of this Act that is of an
31            administrative nature.

                                                                       page 325
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 15     Registrar and other staff
     s. 481



1       (2)     The President of the Tribunal may delegate the power or duty
2               under section 382 to a member who is a lawyer.
3       (3)     A delegation under this section must be in writing signed by the
4               President of the Tribunal.
5       (4)     A member to whom a power or duty is delegated under this
6               section cannot delegate that power or duty.
7       (5)     A delegation under this section to the registrar may expressly
8               authorise the registrar to further delegate the power or duty to a
9               registry officer.
10      (6)     A person exercising or performing a power or duty that has been
11              delegated to the person as authorised under this section is taken
12              to do so in accordance with the terms of the delegation unless
13              the contrary is shown.
14      (7)     This section does not limit the ability of the President of the
15              Tribunal to perform a function through an officer or agent.

16                   Division 15 -- Registrar and other staff
17   481.       Registrar
18              There is to be a registrar of the Mental Health Tribunal who is
19              appointed under the Public Sector Management Act 1994 Part 3.

20   482.       Functions of registrar
21              The functions of the registrar are --
22               (a) keeping, in accordance with the regulations, particulars
23                     of each involuntary patient; and
24               (b) ensuring that a proceeding for a review under Division 3
25                     of an involuntary treatment order is brought before the
26                     Tribunal within the period specified under that Division
27                     or, if no period is specified, as soon as practicable; and
28               (c) ensuring that any other proceeding is brought before the
29                     Tribunal as soon as practicable; and


     page 326
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                                          Mental Health Tribunal         Part 21
                                         Registrar and other staff   Division 15
                                                                           s. 483



1              (d)    receiving any document that must be given under this
2                     Act to the Tribunal and arranging for it to be dealt with
3                     as soon as practicable; and
4               (e)   ensuring that any document that must be given under
5                     this Act by the Tribunal is given in accordance with this
6                     Act and as soon as practicable; and
7               (f)   generally being the executive officer of the Tribunal;
8                     and
9              (g)    any other functions conferred on, or delegated to, the
10                    registrar by or under this Act or another written law.

11   483.     President may give registrar directions
12      (1)   The President of the Tribunal may give to the registrar
13            directions with respect to the performance of the registrar's
14            functions under this Act, either generally or in relation to a
15            particular matter.
16      (2)   The registrar must comply with a direction given under
17            subsection (1).

18   484.     Registry staff
19            Public service officers must be appointed under, or made
20            available under, the Public Sector Management Act 1994 Part 3
21            to assist the registrar in performing his or her functions under
22            this Act or another written law.

23   485.     Delegation by registrar
24      (1)   The registrar may delegate to a registry officer any power or
25            duty of the registrar under another provision of this Act.
26      (2)   The delegation must be in writing signed by the registrar.
27      (3)   A person to whom a power or duty is delegated cannot delegate
28            that power or duty.
29      (4)   A person exercising or performing a power or duty that has been
30            delegated to the person under this section is taken to do so in

                                                                        page 327
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
     Division 16     Annual reports
     s. 486



1               accordance with the terms of the delegation unless the contrary
2               is shown.
3       (5)     This section does not limit the ability of the registrar to perform
4               a function through an officer or agent.

5                         Division 16 -- Annual reports
6    486.       Annual report: preparation
7               Within 3 months after 30 June in each year, the President of the
8               Tribunal must prepare and give to the Minister a report as to the
9               general activities of the Tribunal during the financial year
10              ending on that day.

11   487.       Annual report: tabling
12      (1)     The Minister must cause a copy of a report referred to in
13              section 486 to be laid before each House of Parliament, or dealt
14              with under subsection (2), on or within 21 days after the day on
15              which the Minister receives the report.
16      (2)     The Minister must transmit a copy of the report to the Clerk of a
17              House of Parliament if --
18               (a) at the beginning of the 21-day period referred to in
19                     subsection (1), the House is not sitting; and
20               (b) in the Minister's opinion, the House will not sit during
21                     that period.
22      (3)     A copy of a report transmitted under subsection (2) to the Clerk
23              of a House is taken to have been laid before that House.
24      (4)     The laying of a copy of a report that is taken to have occurred
25              under subsection (3) must be recorded in the Minutes, or Votes
26              and Proceedings, of the House on the first sitting day of the
27              House after the receipt of the copy by the Clerk.




     page 328
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                          Mental Health Tribunal        Part 21
                                          Miscellaneous matters     Division 17
                                                                          s. 488



1                    Division 17 -- Miscellaneous matters
2    488.     Seal
3             The Tribunal must have a seal.

4    489.     Judicial notice of certain matters
5       (1)   A court or other person or body acting judicially must take
6             judicial notice of the following --
7               (a) the fact that a person is or was a member or the registrar;
8               (b) the official signature of a person who is or was a
9                     member or the registrar;
10              (c) a seal of the Tribunal affixed to a document.
11      (2)   A court or other person acting judicially must presume that the
12            seal of the Tribunal affixed to a document was properly affixed
13            unless the contrary is proved.

14   490.     Meetings of members
15      (1)   The members of the Tribunal must meet as often as necessary
16            for the effective and efficient operation of the Tribunal.
17      (2)   The President --
18             (a) may convene a meeting at any time; and
19             (b) must convene a meeting if requested in writing by 2 or
20                   more other members.
21      (3)   The quorum for a meeting is at least one-half of the members.
22      (4)   The presiding member at a meeting is --
23             (a) the President; or
24             (b) if the President is not present -- a member chosen by
25                   the members present.




                                                                      page 329
    Mental Health Bill 2013
    Part 21         Mental Health Tribunal
    Division 17     Miscellaneous matters
    s. 490



1      (5)     At a meeting --
2               (a) each member has a deliberative vote; and
3               (b) a question is decided by a majority of the members
4                     present and voting; and
5               (c) if the votes on a question are equal -- the question must
6                     be decided in the negative.
7      (6)     The registrar must ensure that minutes of each meeting are kept.
8      (7)     Except as provided by this section, the members can decide the
9              procedure for meetings.




    page 330
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                          Review by State Administrative Tribunal        Part 22
                                            Preliminary matters       Division 1
                                                                           s. 491



1     Part 22 -- Review by State Administrative Tribunal
2                     Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
3    491.     Terms used
4             In this Part --
5             application means an application made to the State
6             Administrative Tribunal under this Part;
7             decision, of the Mental Health Tribunal, includes an order,
8             direction or declaration made by the Mental Health Tribunal;
9             hearing means a hearing in a proceeding;
10            party means a party to a proceeding;
11            person concerned, in an application or proceeding, means the
12            patient or other person whom the application or proceeding
13            concerns;
14            proceeding means a proceeding of the State Administrative
15            Tribunal under this Part and includes part of a proceeding.

16                         Division 2 -- Jurisdiction
17   492.     Review of decisions of Mental Health Tribunal
18      (1)   A person in respect of whom the Mental Health Tribunal makes
19            a decision who is dissatisfied with the decision may apply to the
20            State Administrative Tribunal for a review of the decision.
21      (2)   Any other person who, in the State Administrative Tribunal's
22            opinion, has a sufficient interest in the matter may, with the
23            leave of the State Administrative Tribunal, apply to the State
24            Administrative Tribunal for a review of a decision of the Mental
25            Health Tribunal.




                                                                       page 331
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 22         Review by State Administrative Tribunal
     Division 3      Constitution
     s. 493



1    493.       Determination of questions of law before Mental Health
2               Tribunal
3       (1)     In this section --
4               question of law does not include a question of mixed law and
5               fact.
6       (2)     The Mental Health Tribunal may apply to the State
7               Administrative Tribunal for a determination on a question of
8               law that arises in a proceeding before the Mental Health
9               Tribunal.

10                          Division 3 -- Constitution
11   494.       Constitution generally
12              For the purpose of a proceeding, except as provided by
13              sections 495 and 496, the State Administrative Tribunal must be
14              constituted by 3 members as follows --
15                (a) a judicial member, a senior member or a legally
16                      qualified member;
17                (b) if the person concerned in the proceeding is an adult --
18                      a member who is a psychiatrist;
19                (c) if the person concerned in the proceeding is a child -- a
20                      member who is a child and adolescent psychiatrist;
21                (d) a member who is not --
22                         (i) a legally qualified member; or
23                        (ii) a medical practitioner; or
24                       (iii) a mental health practitioner who is a staff
25                              member of a mental health service or private
26                              psychiatric hostel.

27   495.       Constitution for psychosurgical matters
28              For the purpose of a proceeding under section 492 on an
29              application for review of a decision under Part 21 Division 7,


     page 332
                                                        Mental Health Bill 2013
                        Review by State Administrative Tribunal        Part 22
                                           Procedural matters       Division 4
                                                                         s. 496



1           the State Administrative Tribunal must be constituted by these
2           5 members --
3             (a) a judicial member, a senior member or a legally
4                   qualified member;
5             (b) a neurosurgeon appointed as a member after
6                   consultation by the Minister responsible for
7                   administering the State Administrative Tribunal
8                   Act 2004 with the Health Minister held after
9                   consultation by the Health Minister with the Royal
10                  Australasian College of Surgeons;
11            (c) if the patient is an adult -- a member who is a
12                  psychiatrist;
13            (d) if the patient is a child -- a child and adolescent
14                  psychiatrist;
15            (e) 2 members, neither of whom is --
16                     (i) a legally qualified member; or
17                    (ii) a medical practitioner; or
18                   (iii) a mental health practitioner who is a staff
19                          member of a mental health service or private
20                          psychiatric hostel.

21   496.   Constitution for determining questions of law
22          For the purpose of a proceeding under section 493 to determine
23          a question of law, the State Administrative Tribunal must be
24          constituted by a judicial member.

25                  Division 4 -- Procedural matters
26   497.   No fees payable
27          No fees are payable in relation to an application or proceeding.




                                                                     page 333
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 22         Review by State Administrative Tribunal
     Division 4      Procedural matters
     s. 498



1    498.       Appearance and representation
2       (1)     At a hearing, a party --
3                (a) may appear before the State Administrative Tribunal in
4                      person or be represented by another person; or
5                (b) must be represented by another person if the State
6                      Administrative Tribunal makes an order under
7                      subsection (2) in respect of the party.
8       (2)     The State Administrative Tribunal may make an order that the
9               party must be represented at the hearing if, in the State
10              Administrative Tribunal's opinion, it is not in the best interests
11              of the party for the party to appear in person at the hearing.
12      (3)     The State Administrative Tribunal may make arrangements for
13              a party to a proceeding under this Part to be represented at a
14              hearing if the party wants the State Administrative Tribunal to
15              make such an arrangement on the party's behalf.
16      (4)     The fact that a person has a mental illness, or is being provided
17              with treatment for a mental illness, is presumed not to be an
18              impediment to the representation of the person by a legal
19              practitioner before the State Administrative Tribunal or to the
20              person giving instructions to a legal practitioner for the purpose
21              of that representation.
22      (5)     Despite the State Administrative Tribunal Act 2004
23              section 39(1), a party to a proceeding under this Part may be
24              represented by a person who is not a legal practitioner or a
25              person referred to in section 39(1)(a) to (f) of that Act.
26              Note for section 498:

27              For the purpose of deciding under section 498(2) what is or is not in the best
28              interests of a party, Part 2 Division 3 applies.

29   499.       Closed hearings
30      (1)     A hearing is not open to the public unless the State
31              Administrative Tribunal orders that the hearing or a part of the
32              hearing is open to the public.

     page 334
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                          Review by State Administrative Tribunal        Part 22
                                             Procedural matters       Division 4
                                                                           s. 500



1       (2)   The State Administrative Tribunal may make an order --
2              (a) permitting a specified person to be present at a hearing
3                    or part of a hearing; or
4              (b) excluding a specified person (including a witness) from
5                    a hearing or part of a hearing.

6    500.     Publication of information about proceedings
7       (1)   In this section --
8             information about a proceeding means --
9               (a) an account of a proceeding; or
10              (b) any evidence in a proceeding; or
11              (c) the contents of a document, or of a part of a document,
12                     produced in a proceeding; or
13              (d) any other information about a proceeding;
14            publish means to disseminate to the public or a section of the
15            public by any means, including --
16              (a) in a newspaper or periodical publication; or
17              (b) by radio broadcast, television or other electronic means.
18      (2)   A person must not publish information about a proceeding that
19            identifies --
20              (a) a party; or
21              (b) a person who is related to or associated with a party; or
22              (c) a witness; or
23              (d) a person who is or is alleged to be concerned in any
24                    other way in a matter to which the proceeding relates.
25      (3)   A person must not publish a list of proceedings identified by
26            reference to the names of the parties except --
27              (a) by displaying in the State Administrative Tribunal's
28                    premises a notice listing the proceedings; or
29              (b) as permitted by rules made under the State
30                    Administrative Tribunal Act 2004 section 170(1).

                                                                       page 335
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 22         Review by State Administrative Tribunal
     Division 4      Procedural matters
     s. 500



1       (4)     A person who contravenes subsection (2) or (3) commits a
2               crime.
3               Penalty:
4                   (a) for an individual, a fine of $5 000 and imprisonment
5                         for 12 months;
6                   (b) for a body corporate, a fine of $10 000.
7               Summary conviction penalty:
8                   (a) for an individual, a fine of $2 500;
9                   (b) for a body corporate, a fine of $5 000.
10      (5)     A prosecution for an offence under subsection (4) cannot be
11              commenced except with the written consent of the Minister.
12      (6)     Without limiting subsection (2), information about a proceeding
13              identifies a person if --
14                (a) it contains particulars that are sufficient to identify the
15                      person to a member of the public or a member of the
16                      section of the public to which the information is
17                      disseminated, being any of these particulars --
18                         (i) the name, title, pseudonym or alias of the person;
19                        (ii) the address of any premises where the person
20                              resides or works or the locality where those
21                              premises are situated;
22                       (iii) the physical description or the style of dress of
23                              the person;
24                       (iv) any employment or occupation engaged in, or
25                              any profession practised or calling pursued by,
26                              the person or any official or honorary position
27                              held by the person;
28                        (v) the relationship of the person to identified
29                              relatives of the person or the association of the
30                              person with identified friends or identified
31                              business, official or professional acquaintances
32                              of the person;


     page 336
                                                      Mental Health Bill 2013
                      Review by State Administrative Tribunal        Part 22
                                         Procedural matters       Division 4
                                                                       s. 500



1                  (vi)   the recreational interests, or the political,
2                         philosophical or religious beliefs or interests, of
3                         the person;
4                 (vii)   any real or personal property in which the person
5                         has an interest or with which the person is
6                         otherwise associated;
7                 or
8           (b)   it is accompanied by a picture of the person; or
9           (c)   it is spoken in whole or in part by the person and the
10                person's voice is sufficient to identify the person to a
11                member of the public or a member of the section of the
12                public to which the account is disseminated.
13   (7)   Subsections (2) and (3) do not apply in relation to any of these
14         publications --
15           (a) the communication of a transcript of evidence or other
16                document to a person concerned in a proceeding in a
17                court or tribunal for use in connection with the
18                proceeding;
19          (b) the communication of a transcript of evidence or other
20                document to --
21                   (i) a body that is responsible for disciplining
22                        members of a profession or occupation; or
23                  (ii) a person concerned in a proceeding before such a
24                        body;
25           (c) the communication of a transcript of evidence or other
26                document to a body that grants assistance by way of
27                legal aid for the purpose of making a decision as to
28                whether such assistance should be granted or continued
29                in a particular case;
30          (d) the publication of a notice or report at the direction of
31                the State Administrative Tribunal or a court;




                                                                    page 337
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 22         Review by State Administrative Tribunal
     Division 4      Procedural matters
     s. 500



1                (e)    a publication genuinely intended primarily for the use of
2                       members of a profession or occupation, being --
3                          (i) a separate volume of, or a volume in a part of a
4                              series of, law reports; or
5                         (ii) a decision of a court or tribunal published from
6                              information stored electronically or otherwise; or
7                        (iii) any other publication of a technical character;
8                 (f)   the publication or other dissemination --
9                          (i) to a person who is a member of a profession or
10                             occupation in connection with the practice by the
11                             person of that profession or occupation or in the
12                             course of any form of professional or
13                             occupational training in which the person is
14                             involved; or
15                        (ii) to a person who is a student in connection with
16                             the person's studies.
17      (8)     Subsection (7)(e) does not authorise the publication of the name
18              of a party to a proceeding in a law report or other publication
19              referred to in that provision.
20      (9)     Without limiting subsection (2) or (3), the State Administrative
21              Tribunal may make an order in relation to a particular
22              proceeding that information about the proceeding that is
23              specified in the order --
24                (a) must not be published; or
25                (b) must not be published except in the manner specified, or
26                      to a person specified, in the order.
27     (10)     A person who contravenes an order made under subsection (9)
28              commits an offence.
29              Penalty for an offence under this subsection: a fine of $5 000.




     page 338
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                          Review by State Administrative Tribunal        Part 22
                                      Appeals to Supreme Court        Division 5
                                                                           s. 501



1                 Division 5 -- Appeals to Supreme Court
2    501.     Appeals against SAT's decisions
3       (1)   In this section --
4             decision or order means a decision or order of the State
5             Administrative Tribunal in the exercise of its jurisdiction under
6             this Act.
7       (2)   A person in respect of whom a decision or order is made who is
8             dissatisfied with the decision or order may appeal, without
9             leave, under the State Administrative Tribunal Act 2004
10            section 105 against the decision or order.
11      (3)   Any other person who, in the opinion of the Supreme Court, has
12            a sufficient interest in a matter in respect of which a decision or
13            order is made may appeal, with the leave of the Court, under the
14            State Administrative Tribunal Act 2004 section 105 against the
15            decision or order.

16   502.     Grounds of appeal
17            The grounds of an appeal under section 501 can be --
18             (a) that the State Administrative Tribunal --
19                      (i) made an error of law or of fact, or of both law
20                          and fact; or
21                     (ii) acted without jurisdiction or in excess of its
22                          jurisdiction; or
23                    (iii) did both of those things;
24                   or
25             (b) that there is another sufficient reason for hearing an
26                   appeal against the decision or order.

27   503.     Time for appeal or leave to appeal
28      (1)   An appeal under section 501(2) or an application for leave to
29            appeal under section 501(3) must be made within 28 days after
30            the decision or order is made.

                                                                        page 339
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 22         Review by State Administrative Tribunal
     Division 5      Appeals to Supreme Court
     s. 504



1       (2)     However, the State Administrative Tribunal or the Supreme
2               Court may, if satisfied that it is just and reasonable to do so,
3               extend the period within which the appeal or application for
4               leave may be made even though the 28-day period referred to in
5               subsection (1) has expired.

6    504.       Certain parties must be represented
7               The Supreme Court may make an order that a party to a
8               proceeding under this Part must be represented in the
9               proceeding if, in the Court's opinion, it is not in the best
10              interests of the party for the party to appear in person in the
11              proceeding.




     page 340
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                   Administration        Part 23
                                              Preliminary matters     Division 1
                                                                           s. 505



1                       Part 23 -- Administration
2                     Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
3    505.     Term used: mental health service
4             In this Part --
5             mental health service includes a private psychiatric hostel.

6                      Division 2 -- Chief Psychiatrist
7             Subdivision 1 -- Appointment, terms and conditions

8    506.     Appointment
9       (1)   There is to be a Chief Psychiatrist who is appointed by the
10            Governor on the recommendation of the Minister.
11      (2)   Only a psychiatrist is eligible to be appointed as the Chief
12            Psychiatrist.

13   507.     Terms and conditions of appointment
14      (1)   The Chief Psychiatrist --
15             (a) holds office for the period (not exceeding 5 years)
16                  specified in the instrument of appointment; and
17             (b) is eligible for reappointment.
18      (2)   Subject to this Subdivision, the Chief Psychiatrist holds office
19            on the terms and conditions of appointment determined by the
20            Minister.

21   508.     Remuneration
22            The Chief Psychiatrist is entitled to the remuneration
23            determined by the Salaries and Allowances Tribunal under the
24            Salaries and Allowances Act 1975 and, for the purposes of that
25            Act and any other written law, the office of Chief Psychiatrist is
26            taken to be prescribed under section 6(1)(e) of that Act for the
27            purposes of section 6 of that Act.

                                                                        page 341
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 23         Administration
     Division 2      Chief Psychiatrist
     s. 509



1    509.       Resignation
2       (1)     The Chief Psychiatrist may resign from office by writing signed
3               and given to the Minister.
4       (2)     The resignation takes effect on the later of the following --
5                (a) receipt by the Minister;
6                (b) the day specified in the resignation.

7    510.       Removal from office
8               The Governor may remove a person from the office of Chief
9               Psychiatrist on any of these grounds --
10                (a) mental or physical incapacity;
11               (b) incompetence;
12                (c) neglect of duty;
13               (d) misconduct.

14   511.       Acting Chief Psychiatrist
15      (1)     The Minister may appoint a psychiatrist to act in the office of
16              the Chief Psychiatrist referred to in section 506(1) --
17                (a) during a vacancy in the office, whether or not an
18                     appointment has previously been made to the office; or
19                (b) during a period, or during all periods, when the person
20                     holding the office or a person acting in the office under
21                     an appointment under this subsection is on leave or is
22                     otherwise unable to perform the functions of the office.
23      (2)     An appointment under subsection (1) may be expressed to have
24              effect only in the circumstances specified in the instrument of
25              appointment.
26      (3)     The Minister may --
27               (a) determine the terms and conditions of an appointment
28                    under subsection (1), including as to remuneration; and



     page 342
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                  Administration        Part 23
                                               Chief Psychiatrist    Division 2
                                                                          s. 512



1              (b)   terminate an appointment under subsection (1) at any
2                    time.
3       (4)   The validity of anything done by or in relation to a person
4             purporting to act under an appointment under subsection (1) is
5             not to be called into question on any of these grounds --
6               (a) the occasion for the appointment had not arisen;
7              (b) there is a defect or irregularity in the appointment;
8               (c) the appointment had ceased to have effect;
9              (d) the occasion for the person to act had not arisen or had
10                    ceased.
11      (5)   A person cannot act under an appointment under subsection (1)
12            for a continuous period exceeding 12 months.

13             Subdivision 2 -- Functions and powers generally

14   512.     Functions generally
15            The functions of the Chief Psychiatrist are the functions
16            conferred on the Chief Psychiatrist by this Act or another
17            written law.

18   513.     Responsibility for treatment and care
19      (1)   The Chief Psychiatrist is responsible for overseeing the
20            treatment and care of these people --
21              (a) all voluntary patients being provided with treatment or
22                   care by a mental health service;
23              (b) all involuntary patients;
24              (c) all mentally impaired accused required under the
25                   MIA Act to be detained at an authorised hospital;
26              (d) all persons referred under section 26(2) or (3)(a)
27                   or 36(2) for an examination to be conducted by a
28                   psychiatrist at an authorised hospital or other place;




                                                                      page 343
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 23         Administration
     Division 2      Chief Psychiatrist
     s. 514



1                 (e)   all persons under an order made under section 55(1)(c)
2                       or 61(1)(c) to enable an examination to be conducted by
3                       a psychiatrist at an authorised hospital.
4       (2)     The Chief Psychiatrist must discharge that responsibility by --
5                (a) publishing under section 545(2) standards for the
6                     treatment and care to be provided by mental health
7                     services to the persons referred to in subsection (1); and
8                (b) overseeing compliance with those standards.

9    514.       Directions by Minister
10      (1)     The Minister may, after consultation with the Chief Psychiatrist,
11              issue written directions about the general policy to be followed
12              by the Chief Psychiatrist in performing functions under this Act.
13      (2)     The Chief Psychiatrist may request the Minister to issue a
14              direction under subsection (1).
15      (3)     A direction cannot be issued under this section in respect of --
16               (a) a particular person referred to in section 513(1); or
17               (b) a particular medical practitioner or mental health
18                     practitioner; or
19               (c) a particular mental health service; or
20               (d) any other particular person or body.
21      (4)     The Chief Psychiatrist must comply with a direction issued
22              under this section.
23      (5)     The power to issue a direction under this section includes the
24              power to amend, replace or revoke the direction and that power
25              is exercisable in the same manner, and is subject to the same
26              conditions, as the power to issue the direction.
27      (6)     The Minister must cause the text of a direction issued under this
28              section to be laid before each House of Parliament on or within
29              14 sitting days of the House after the day on which the direction
30              is issued.


     page 344
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                  Administration        Part 23
                                               Chief Psychiatrist    Division 2
                                                                          s. 515



1       (7)   The text of a direction issued under this section must be
2             included in the Chief Psychiatrist's annual report prepared
3             under section 531(1).

4    515.     Minister may request report about any matter
5       (1)   The Minister may request the Chief Psychiatrist to report to the
6             Minister on a particular matter, or on matters generally, relating
7             to the Chief Psychiatrist's functions.
8       (2)   The Chief Psychiatrist must comply with a request made under
9             subsection (1) unless, in the Chief Psychiatrist's opinion, there
10            are reasonable grounds for not doing so.

11   516.     CEO of Health Department may request report about
12            treatment and care of patients
13      (1)   The CEO of the Health Department may request the Chief
14            Psychiatrist to report to the CEO of the Health Department on a
15            particular matter, or on matters generally, relating to the Chief
16            Psychiatrist's functions in respect of the treatment and care of
17            patients if the matter or matters are within the remit of the CEO
18            of the Health Department.
19      (2)   The Chief Psychiatrist must comply with a request made under
20            subsection (1) unless, in the Chief Psychiatrist's opinion, there
21            are reasonable grounds for not doing so.

22   517.     Powers generally
23            In addition to the specific powers conferred on the Chief
24            Psychiatrist by this Act or another written law, the Chief
25            Psychiatrist may do anything necessary or convenient for the
26            performance of the functions conferred on the Chief Psychiatrist
27            by this Act or another written law.




                                                                       page 345
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 23         Administration
     Division 2      Chief Psychiatrist
     s. 518



1       Subdivision 3 -- Specific powers relating to treatment and care

2    518.       Review of treatment
3       (1)     The Chief Psychiatrist may review any decision of a psychiatrist
4               about the provision of treatment to --
5                 (a) an involuntary patient; or
6                 (b) a patient who is a mentally impaired accused required
7                       under the MIA Act to be detained at an authorised
8                       hospital.
9       (2)     Before reviewing the decision, the Chief Psychiatrist must give
10              the psychiatrist written notice of the review.
11      (3)     On the review, the Chief Psychiatrist may decide to --
12               (a) affirm the decision; or
13               (b) vary the decision; or
14               (c) revoke the decision; or
15               (d) substitute another decision.
16      (4)     The Chief Psychiatrist --
17               (a) must advise the psychiatrist in writing of the decision
18                    under subsection (3) and the reasons for it; and
19               (b) may give to the psychiatrist written directions about
20                    implementing the decision.
21      (5)     The psychiatrist must comply with any directions given under
22              subsection (4)(b).
23              Penalty: a fine of $10 000.
24      (6)     This section does not affect the operation of Part 13 Division 2
25              or 3 in relation to the provision of treatment to --
26                (a) an involuntary patient; or
27                (b) a patient who is a mentally impaired accused required
28                       under the MIA Act to be detained at an authorised
29                       hospital.


     page 346
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                   Administration        Part 23
                                                Chief Psychiatrist    Division 2
                                                                           s. 519



1    519.     Visits to mental health services
2       (1)   The Chief Psychiatrist may visit --
3              (a) an authorised hospital whenever the Chief Psychiatrist
4                   considers it appropriate to do so; and
5              (b) a mental health service that is not an authorised hospital
6                   whenever the Chief Psychiatrist reasonably suspects that
7                   proper standards of treatment and care have not been, or
8                   are not being, maintained by the mental health service.
9       (2)   The Chief Psychiatrist may visit a mental health service under
10            subsection (1) at any time without notice.
11      (3)   While visiting a mental health service under subsection (1), the
12            Chief Psychiatrist may do any of these things --
13             (a) inspect any part of the mental health service;
14             (b) interview any person referred to in section 513(1) who is
15                   being provided with treatment or care by the mental
16                   health service;
17             (c) require a staff member of the mental health service to do
18                   any of these things --
19                      (i) answer questions or provide information about
20                           the provision of treatment or care by the mental
21                           health service to any person referred to in
22                           section 513(1);
23                     (ii) produce any medical record or other document
24                           that is held by the mental health service and
25                           relates to the treatment or care that has been or is
26                           being provided by the mental health service to
27                           any person referred to in section 513(1);
28                    (iii) give reasonable assistance to the Chief
29                           Psychiatrist in the exercise of a power under this
30                           section;
31             (d) inspect, or take a copy of the whole or any part of any
32                   medical record or other document produced under
33                   paragraph (c)(ii).

                                                                        page 347
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 23         Administration
     Division 2      Chief Psychiatrist
     s. 520



1    520.       Offence to interfere with visit to mental health service
2       (1)     A person commits an offence if the person --
3                 (a) without reasonable excuse, proof of which is on the
4                      person, does not answer a question or provide
5                      information when required under section 519(3)(c)(i); or
6                (b) in purporting to comply with a requirement under
7                      section 519(3)(c)(i), gives an answer or provides
8                      information that the person knows is false or misleading
9                      in a material particular; or
10                (c) in purporting to comply with a requirement under
11                     section 519(3)(c)(ii), makes available a document that
12                     the person knows is false or misleading in a material
13                     particular --
14                        (i) without indicating that the document is false or
15                              misleading and, to the extent the person can, how
16                              the document is false or misleading; and
17                       (ii) if the person has or can reasonably obtain the
18                              correct information -- without providing the
19                              correct information;
20                     or
21               (d) without reasonable excuse, proof of which is on the
22                     person, does not give reasonable assistance when
23                     required under section 519(3)(c)(iii); or
24                (e) without reasonable excuse, proof of which is on the
25                     person, obstructs or hinders --
26                        (i) the Chief Psychiatrist in the exercise of a power
27                              under section 519; or
28                       (ii) a person assisting the Chief Psychiatrist under
29                              section 519(3)(c)(iii).
30              Penalty: a fine of $6 000.
31      (2)     It is enough for a prosecution notice lodged against a person for
32              an offence under subsection (1)(b) or (c) to state that the


     page 348
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                   Administration        Part 23
                                                Chief Psychiatrist    Division 2
                                                                           s. 521



1             answer, information or document was false or misleading to the
2             person's knowledge without stating which.

3    521.     Directions to mental health services to disclose information
4       (1)   In this section --
5             relevant information means information that, in the Chief
6             Psychiatrist's opinion, is or is likely to be relevant to the
7             treatment or care that has been or is being provided to a person,
8             or the persons in a class of person, specified in section 513(1).
9       (2)   The Chief Psychiatrist may issue a written direction to the
10            person in charge of a mental health service that holds relevant
11            information requiring the person in charge to disclose the
12            information to the Chief Psychiatrist.
13      (3)   The person in charge of a mental health service to whom a
14            direction is issued under subsection (2) must comply with the
15            direction.
16            Penalty for an offence under this subsection: a fine of $5 000.

17                    Subdivision 4 -- Notifiable incidents

18   522.     Application of this Subdivision
19            This Subdivision applies in relation to --
20             (a) a person referred to in section 513(1); or
21             (b) a person who is, for the purposes of the Hospitals and
22                   Health Services Act 1927 Part IIIB, a resident of a
23                   private psychiatric hostel.

24   523.     Term used: notifiable incident
25            In this Subdivision --
26            notifiable incident, in respect of a person referred to in
27            section 522(a) or (b), means any of these events --
28              (a) the death of the person, wherever it occurs;



                                                                           page 349
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 23         Administration
     Division 2      Chief Psychiatrist
     s. 524



1                (b)    an error in any medication prescribed for, or
2                       administered or supplied to, the person that has had, or
3                       is likely to have, an adverse effect on the person;
4                 (c)   any other incident in connection with the provision of
5                       treatment or care to the person that has had, or is likely
6                       to have, an adverse effect on the person;
7                (d)    a reportable incident (as defined in section 254(1)) in
8                       relation to the person;
9                 (e)   any other event that the Chief Psychiatrist declares, by
10                      notice published in the Gazette, to be a notifiable
11                      incident for the purposes of this definition.

12   524.       Reporting notifiable incidents
13      (1)     This section applies if the person in charge of a mental health
14              service becomes aware of the occurrence of a notifiable incident
15              in respect of a person referred to in section 522(a) or (b) who is
16              being provided with treatment or care by the mental health
17              service.
18      (2)     The person in charge must, as soon as practicable, report the
19              occurrence to the Chief Psychiatrist in accordance with
20              subsection (3).
21              Penalty: a fine of $6 000.
22      (3)     The report must be in the approved form and must include these
23              things in relation to the notifiable incident --
24                (a) the date and time when the incident occurred;
25                (b) the location where the incident occurred;
26                (c) the name, and status under section 513(1) or 522(b), of
27                      the person in relation to whom the incident occurred;
28                (d) the names of any staff members of the mental health
29                      service who were involved in the incident;
30                (e) the names of any other people who were involved in the
31                      incident;


     page 350
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                  Administration        Part 23
                                               Chief Psychiatrist    Division 2
                                                                          s. 525



1               (f)   the names of any staff members of the mental health
2                     service who witnessed the incident;
3              (g)    the names of any other people who witnessed the
4                     incident;
5              (h)    a description of the incident and the circumstances in
6                     which it occurred;
7               (i)   any other information about the incident that the person
8                     in charge considers relevant to include.

9    525.     Action that Chief Psychiatrist may take
10      (1)   On receipt of a report under section 524 in relation to a
11            notifiable incident, the Chief Psychiatrist may do one of the
12            following --
13              (a) investigate the incident;
14              (b) refer the incident to all or any of the following --
15                       (i) the CEO;
16                      (ii) the CEO of the Health Department;
17                     (iii) a registration board;
18              (c) take no action in relation to the incident.
19      (2)   Despite having decided to investigate a notifiable incident under
20            subsection (1)(a), the Chief Psychiatrist may decide at any time
21            during the investigation to instead refer the incident to a person
22            or body under subsection (1)(b).

23   526.     Notification of decision to take action
24            The Chief Psychiatrist must advise the person in charge of the
25            mental health service in connection with which a notifiable
26            incident was reported under section 524(2) in writing of any
27            decision that the Chief Psychiatrist makes under section 525 in
28            respect of the incident.




                                                                       page 351
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 23         Administration
     Division 2      Chief Psychiatrist
     s. 527



1    527.       Chief Psychiatrist's powers of investigation
2       (1)     For the purpose of conducting an investigation under
3               section 525(1)(a), the Chief Psychiatrist may --
4                 (a) make any inquiries the Chief Psychiatrist considers
5                       appropriate; and
6                 (b) exercise any of the powers that the Chief Psychiatrist
7                       has under sections 519 and 521.
8       (2)     For the purpose of subsection (1)(b), sections 519, 520 and 521
9               apply with the necessary changes.

10   528.       Notification of outcome of investigation
11              On completing the investigation of a notifiable incident under
12              section 525(1)(a), the Chief Psychiatrist --
13                (a) must give the person in charge of the mental health
14                      service in connection with which the incident was
15                      reported under section 524(2) a written report about the
16                      outcome of the investigation; and
17                (b) may include in the report recommendations about that
18                      outcome.

19                       Subdivision 5 -- Staff and facilities

20   529.       Chief Psychiatrist's staff
21              Public service officers must be appointed under, or made
22              available under, the Public Sector Management Act 1994 Part 3
23              to assist the Chief Psychiatrist in performing his or her functions
24              under this Act or another written law.

25   530.       Use of government staff and facilities
26      (1)     The Chief Psychiatrist may, by arrangement, use (either
27              full-time or part-time) the services of any officer or employee
28              employed in the Public Service or a State agency or
29              instrumentality or employed otherwise in the service of the
30              State.

     page 352
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                  Administration        Part 23
                                               Chief Psychiatrist    Division 2
                                                                          s. 531



1       (2)   The Chief Psychiatrist may, by arrangement, use any facilities
2             of a department of the Public Service or a State agency or
3             instrumentality.
4       (3)   An arrangement under subsection (1) or (2) must be made on
5             terms agreed to by the parties.

6                       Subdivision 6 -- Annual reports

7    531.     Annual report: preparation
8       (1)   Within 3 months after 30 June in each year, the Chief
9             Psychiatrist must prepare and give to the Minister a report about
10            the performance during the financial year ending on that day of
11            the functions conferred on the Chief Psychiatrist by this Act or
12            another written law.
13      (2)   The report must include statistics about these matters --
14             (a) emergency electroconvulsive therapy approved during
15                   the year by the Chief Psychiatrist under
16                   section 199(2)(c);
17             (b) electroconvulsive therapy performed during the year and
18                   reported on under section 201(3);
19             (c) emergency psychiatric treatment provided during the
20                   year and reported on under section 204(1)(b);
21             (d) psychosurgery performed during the year and reported
22                   on under section 209(1)(a);
23             (e) seclusion imposed during the year and reported on under
24                   section 224(2)(a);
25              (f) bodily restraint applied during the year and reported on
26                   under section 240(2)(a);
27             (g) urgent non-psychiatric treatment provided during the
28                   year and reported on under section 242(3)(a);
29             (h) off-label treatment provided during the year and
30                   reported under section 304(3)(b);



                                                                      page 353
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 23         Administration
     Division 2      Chief Psychiatrist
     s. 532



1                 (i)   notifiable incidents occurring during the year and
2                       reported on under section 524(2) and the action taken
3                       under section 525 in relation to those incidents.

4    532.       Annual report: tabling
5       (1)     The Minister must cause a copy of a report referred to in
6               section 531(1) to be laid before each House of Parliament, or
7               dealt with under subsection (2), on or within 21 days after the
8               day on which the Minister receives the report.
9       (2)     The Minister must transmit a copy of the report to the Clerk of a
10              House of Parliament if --
11               (a) at the beginning of the 21-day period referred to in
12                     subsection (1), the House is not sitting; and
13               (b) in the Minister's opinion, the House will not sit during
14                     that period.
15      (3)     A copy of a report transmitted under subsection (2) to the Clerk
16              of a House is taken to have been laid before that House.
17      (4)     The laying of a copy of a report that is taken to have occurred
18              under subsection (3) must be recorded in the Minutes, or Votes
19              and Proceedings, of the House on the first sitting day of the
20              House after the receipt of the copy by the Clerk.

21                      Subdivision 7 -- Miscellaneous matters

22   533.       Request for information about patient or person detained
23      (1)     A person may request the Chief Psychiatrist to advise the person
24              whether or not a particular individual --
25               (a) is admitted by a mental health service as an inpatient; or
26               (b) is detained at a mental health service.
27      (2)     If, in the Chief Psychiatrist's opinion, the person making the
28              request has a sufficient interest in the matter, the Chief
29              Psychiatrist may provide the person with the following



     page 354
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                   Administration        Part 23
                                                Chief Psychiatrist    Division 2
                                                                           s. 534



1             information (as applicable) in relation to that admission or
2             detention --
3               (a) the date of the admission or detention;
4               (b) the date of the individual's discharge or release from the
5                     admission or detention;
6               (c) if the individual died while so admitted or detained --
7                     the date of death.

8    534.     Request for list of mentally impaired accused
9       (1)   The Chief Psychiatrist may request the Mentally Impaired
10            Accused Review Board in writing to give to the Chief
11            Psychiatrist a list of all mentally impaired accused required
12            under the MIA Act to be detained at an authorised hospital.
13      (2)   The Mentally Impaired Accused Review Board must comply
14            with any request made under subsection (1).

15   535.     Delegation by Chief Psychiatrist
16      (1)   The Chief Psychiatrist may delegate to another psychiatrist any
17            power or duty of the Chief Psychiatrist under another provision
18            of this Act or under another written law.
19      (2)   The delegation must be in writing signed by the Chief
20            Psychiatrist.
21      (3)   A person to whom a power or duty is delegated under this
22            section cannot delegate that power or duty.
23      (4)   A person exercising or performing a power or duty that has been
24            delegated to the person under this section is taken to do so in
25            accordance with the terms of the delegation unless the contrary
26            is shown.
27      (5)   This section does not limit the ability of the Chief Psychiatrist to
28            perform a function through an officer or agent.




                                                                        page 355
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 23         Administration
     Division 3      Mental health practitioners and authorised mental health
                     practitioners
     s. 536



1        Division 3 -- Mental health practitioners and authorised
2                      mental health practitioners
3    536.       Mental health practitioners
4               A mental health practitioner is a person who, as one of the
5               following, has at least 3 years' experience in the management of
6               people who have a mental illness --
7                 (a) a psychologist;
8                 (b) a nurse whose name is entered on Division 1 of the
9                      Register of Nurses kept under the Health Practitioner
10                     Regulation National Law (Western Australia) as a
11                     registered nurse;
12                (c) an occupational therapist;
13                (d) a social worker.

14   537.       Authorised mental health practitioners
15      (1)     The Chief Psychiatrist may, by order published in the Gazette,
16              designate a mental health practitioner as an authorised mental
17              health practitioner if satisfied that the practitioner has the
18              qualifications, training and experience appropriate for
19              performing the functions of an authorised mental health
20              practitioner under this Act.
21      (2)     The order may specify any limits within which, or any
22              conditions subject to which, those functions can be performed
23              by the authorised mental health practitioner designated as such
24              by the order.
25      (3)     The Chief Psychiatrist may, by order published in the Gazette,
26              amend or revoke an order published under subsection (1).
27      (4)     The regulations may provide for matters relating to authorised
28              mental health practitioners, including the following --
29               (a) the qualifications, training and experience to which the
30                     Chief Psychiatrist must have regard when deciding


     page 356
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                      Administration        Part 23
            Mental health practitioners and authorised mental health     Division 3
                                                        practitioners
                                                                              s. 538


1                      whether to make, amend or revoke an order under this
2                      section;
3                (b)   the performance by authorised mental health
4                      practitioners of their functions under this Act;
5                (c)   any matter about which an authorised mental health
6                      practitioner must notify the Chief Psychiatrist;
7                (d)   the grounds on which the designation of an authorised
8                      mental health practitioner must or may be revoked.
9       (5)    For subsection (4)(a), training includes training approved by the
10             Chief Psychiatrist.

11   538.      Register of authorised mental health practitioners
12      (1)    The Chief Psychiatrist must keep a register of persons who are,
13             or have been, designated under section 537 as authorised mental
14             health practitioners.
15      (2)    The register must be kept in the manner and form determined by
16             the Chief Psychiatrist.
17      (3)    The register must include the following particulars of each
18             person registered under subsection (1) --
19               (a) the person's name;
20               (b) the date on which the order designating the person as an
21                    authorised mental health practitioner was published in
22                    the Gazette;
23               (c) any limits within which, or any conditions subject to
24                    which, the person can perform the functions of an
25                    authorised mental health practitioner that were specified
26                    in the order referred to in paragraph (b);
27               (d) the date on which any order amending the order referred
28                    to in paragraph (b) was published in the Gazette and
29                    details of the amendments;
30               (e) the date on which any order revoking the order referred
31                    to in paragraph (b) was published in the Gazette.


                                                                          page 357
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 23         Administration
     Division 4      Authorised hospitals
     s. 539



1       (4)     The Chief Psychiatrist must ensure that the register is available
2               free of charge for inspection by members of the public --
3                 (a) from the office of the Chief Psychiatrist during the
4                       business hours of that office; and
5                 (b) on the Agency's website.

6                         Division 4 -- Authorised hospitals
7    539.       Authorised hospital: meaning
8               An authorised hospital is --
9                (a) a public hospital, or part of a public hospital, in respect
10                     of which an order is in force under section 540; or
11               (b) a private hospital the licence of which is endorsed under
12                     the Hospitals and Health Services Act 1927
13                     section 26DA(2).
14              Note for section 539:

15              The licence of a private hospital cannot be endorsed unless the Chief
16              Psychiatrist recommends the endorsement (see the Hospitals and Health
17              Services Act 1927 section 26DA(3A)).

18   540.       Authorisation of public hospitals
19      (1)     The Governor may, by order published in the Gazette, authorise
20              a public hospital, or a part of a public hospital, for --
21                (a) the reception of persons under this Act; and
22                (b) the admission of involuntary patients.
23      (2)     The Governor may, by order published in the Gazette, amend or
24              revoke an order made under subsection (1).
25      (3)     The Governor cannot make, amend or revoke an order under
26              this section unless the Chief Psychiatrist recommends that the
27              order be made, amended or revoked.




     page 358
                                                            Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                    Administration         Part 23
     Mental health services approved for electroconvulsive therapy      Division 5
                                                                             s. 541



1    541.     Patients to be transferred if hospital no longer authorised
2       (1)   This section applies if --
3              (a) an authorisation of a public hospital or a part of a public
4                    hospital is revoked under section 540(2); or
5              (b) the endorsement on the licence of a private hospital is
6                    cancelled under the Hospitals and Health Services
7                    Act 1927 section 26FA(1).
8       (2)   Every person received into, and every involuntary patient
9             admitted by, the hospital or that part of the hospital must be
10            transferred in accordance with the regulations to an authorised
11            hospital or other place.
12            Note for section 541:

13            The endorsement on the licence of a private hospital cannot be cancelled
14            unless the Chief Psychiatrist is consulted (see the Hospitals and Health
15            Services Act 1927 section 26FA(2A)).

16            Division 5 -- Mental health services approved for
17                        electroconvulsive therapy
18   542.     Chief Psychiatrist to approve mental health services
19      (1)   The Chief Psychiatrist may, by order published in the Gazette,
20            approve a mental health service as a mental health service at
21            which electroconvulsive therapy can be performed.
22      (2)   The order may specify any conditions subject to which
23            electroconvulsive therapy can be performed at the mental health
24            service specified in the order.
25      (3)   The Chief Psychiatrist may, by order published in the Gazette,
26            amend or revoke an order published under subsection (1).




                                                                                page 359
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 23         Administration
     Division 6      Approved forms
     s. 543



1                            Division 6 -- Approved forms
2    543.       Chief Psychiatrist to approve forms
3       (1)     The Chief Psychiatrist may approve forms for use under this
4               Act other than forms for use by police officers under Part 11
5               Division 2.
6       (2)     An approved form may be or include a statutory declaration.
7               Note for section 543:

8               The Commissioner of Police approves forms for use by police officers under
9               Part 11 Division 2 (see section 169).

10   544.       Publication of approved forms and related guidelines
11      (1)     The Chief Psychiatrist --
12               (a) must publish all approved forms; and
13               (b) may publish guidelines about how to complete any of
14                    the approved forms.
15      (2)     It is sufficient for compliance with subsection (1) if copies of
16              the forms and guidelines are published on a website maintained
17              by the Agency.

18                    Division 7 -- Guidelines and standards
19   545.       Publication of guidelines and standards
20      (1)     The Chief Psychiatrist must publish guidelines for each of these
21              purposes --
22                (a) making decisions about whether or not a person is in
23                     need of an inpatient treatment order or a community
24                     treatment order;
25               (b) making decisions under section 26(3)(a) about whether
26                     or not a place that is not an authorised hospital is an
27                     appropriate place to conduct an examination;




     page 360
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                   Administration        Part 23
                                        Guidelines and standards      Division 7
                                                                           s. 546



1               (c)   ensuring as far as practicable the independence of
2                     psychiatrists from whom further opinions referred to in
3                     section 121(5) or 182(2) are obtained;
4              (d)    making decisions under section 183(2) about whether or
5                     not to comply with requests made under section 182 for
6                     additional opinions;
7               (e)   the preparation, review and revision of treatment,
8                     support and discharge plans;
9               (f)   the performance of electroconvulsive therapy;
10             (g)    compliance with approved forms;
11             (h)    ensuring compliance with this Act by mental health
12                    services.
13      (2)   The Chief Psychiatrist must publish standards for the treatment
14            and care to be provided by mental health services to the persons
15            specified in section 513(1).
16      (3)   The Chief Psychiatrist may publish guidelines for such other
17            purposes relating to the treatment and care of persons who have
18            a mental illness as the Chief Psychiatrist considers appropriate.

19   546.     Application, adoption or incorporation of other documents
20            Guidelines or standards published under section 545 may apply,
21            adopt or incorporate (with or without changes) the whole or any
22            part of a document that is in force or existing at a particular time
23            or from time to time.

24   547.     Publication on Agency's website
25            It is sufficient for compliance with section 545 if a copy of the
26            guidelines or standards is published on a website maintained by
27            the Agency.




                                                                         page 361
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 23         Administration
     Division 8      Miscellaneous matters
     s. 548




1                      Division 8 -- Miscellaneous matters
2    548.       Delegation by Minister or CEO
3       (1)     The Minister may delegate to the CEO any power or duty of the
4               Minister under another provision of this Act.
5       (2)     The CEO may delegate to a public service officer who is
6               employed in, or seconded to, the Agency any power or duty of
7               the CEO under another provision of this Act.
8       (3)     A delegation under this section must be in writing signed by the
9               Minister or the CEO, as the case requires.
10      (4)     A person to whom a power or duty is delegated under this
11              section cannot delegate that power or duty.
12      (5)     A person exercising or performing a power or duty that has been
13              delegated to the person under this section is taken to do so in
14              accordance with the terms of the delegation unless the contrary
15              is shown.
16      (6)     This section does not limit the ability of the Minister or the
17              CEO to perform a function through an officer or agent.




     page 362
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                                         Interstate arrangements         Part 24
                                              Preliminary matters     Division 1
                                                                           s. 549



1                 Part 24 -- Interstate arrangements
2                     Division 1 -- Preliminary matters
3    549.     Terms used
4       (1)   In this Part --
5             corresponding law means a law of another State or a Territory
6             that is declared by the regulations to be a corresponding law for
7             the purposes of this Part;
8             intergovernmental agreement means --
9               (a) an agreement entered into under section 550(1); or
10              (b) an agreement in respect of which a declaration under
11                     section 550(2) is in force;
12            interstate community patient means a person who is under an
13            interstate community treatment order;
14            interstate community treatment order means an order made
15            under a corresponding law under which a person can be
16            provided with treatment in the community;
17            interstate inpatient means a person who is under an interstate
18            inpatient treatment order;
19            interstate inpatient treatment order means an order made under
20            a corresponding law under which a person can be admitted by a
21            hospital, and detained there, to enable the person to be provided
22            with treatment;
23            interstate mental health service means --
24              (a) a hospital or other place in another State or a Territory
25                     where a person can be detained, and provided with
26                     treatment, under an interstate inpatient treatment order;
27                     or
28              (b) a place in another State or a Territory where a person
29                     can be provided with treatment under an interstate
30                     community treatment order;



                                                                       page 363
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 24         Interstate arrangements
     Division 2      Intergovernmental agreements
     s. 550



1               State inpatient means a person who is under an inpatient
2               treatment order.
3       (2)     For section 553(1), a State inpatient is absent without leave
4               from a hospital if the inpatient is absent without leave from the
5               hospital as described in section 97(2).
6       (3)     For section 555(1), an interstate inpatient is absent without
7               leave from an interstate mental health service if the inpatient
8               leaves the interstate mental health service without lawful
9               authority.

10                Division 2 -- Intergovernmental agreements
11   550.       Agreements with other States and Territories
12      (1)     The Minister may enter into an agreement with a Minister
13              responsible for administering a corresponding law about any
14              matter in connection with the administration of this Part or the
15              corresponding law.
16      (2)     The Minister may, by notice published in the Gazette, declare
17              that an agreement entered into before the commencement of this
18              Part has effect for the purposes of this Part.
19      (3)     The Minister may, by notice published in the Gazette, revoke a
20              declaration made under subsection (2).

21   551.       Agreement must be in place
22              A person cannot perform a function under this Part in
23              connection with an interstate mental health service in, or an
24              interstate inpatient or interstate community patient in or from,
25              another State or a Territory unless there is an intergovernmental
26              agreement in relation to that State or Territory.

27   552.       Performance of functions under corresponding laws or
28              intergovernmental agreements
29              A person who is authorised to perform a function under this Act
30              may perform in the State or another State or a Territory any

     page 364
                                                              Mental Health Bill 2013
                                             Interstate arrangements         Part 24
                 Transfer to or from interstate mental health service     Division 3
                                                                               s. 553



1              similar function conferred on the person under a corresponding
2              law of, or an intergovernmental agreement in relation to, that
3              State or Territory.

4             Division 3 -- Transfer to or from interstate mental
5                              health service
6    553.      Transfer from hospital to interstate mental health service
7       (1)    The person in charge of a hospital may, with the written
8              approval of the Chief Psychiatrist, make an order (a transfer
9              order) authorising the transfer of a State inpatient who is
10             detained at, or who is absent without leave as described in
11             section 549(2) from, the hospital to the interstate mental health
12             service specified in the order.
13      (2)    The transfer order must be in the approved form and must
14             include the following --
15               (a) the State inpatient's name;
16               (b) the hospital from which the State inpatient is to be
17                     transferred;
18               (c) the interstate mental health service to which the State
19                     inpatient is to be transferred;
20               (d) the date and time when the order is made;
21               (e) the reasons for the transfer;
22                (f) the name, qualifications and signature of the person in
23                     charge of the hospital.
24      (3)    The person in charge of the hospital must, as soon as
25             practicable --
26               (a) file the approval and the transfer order and give a copy
27                     of each to the State inpatient; and
28               (b) transmit a copy of each to the person in charge of the
29                     interstate mental health service.
30      (4)    The making of a transfer order under subsection (1) is an event
31             to which Part 9 applies and the person in charge of the hospital

                                                                           page 365
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 24         Interstate arrangements
     Division 3      Transfer to or from interstate mental health service
     s. 554



1               is the person responsible under that Part for notification of that
2               event.

3    554.       Making transport order
4       (1)     The person in charge of the hospital may make a transport order
5               in respect of the State inpatient.
6       (2)     The person in charge of the hospital cannot make the transport
7               order unless satisfied that no other safe means of taking the
8               State inpatient to the interstate mental health service is
9               reasonably available.
10      (3)     Part 10 applies in relation to the transport order as if --
11                (a) the transport order were made under section 92(1); and
12               (b) a reference in section 92(2) to an authorised hospital
13                      were a reference to the interstate mental health service;
14                      and
15                (c) a reference in Part 10 to a police officer included a
16                      reference to a police officer of the State or Territory in
17                      which the interstate mental health service is located; and
18               (d) a reference in Part 10 to a transport officer included a
19                      reference to a person who is authorised under a
20                      corresponding law of, or an intergovernmental
21                      agreement in relation to, that State or Territory to
22                      perform functions similar to those of a transport officer.

23   555.       Transfer from interstate mental health service to hospital
24      (1)     The person in charge of a hospital may, with the written consent
25              of the Chief Psychiatrist, make an order (a transfer approval
26              order) approving the transfer of an interstate inpatient who is
27              detained at, or who is absent without leave as described in
28              section 549(3) from, an interstate mental health service to the
29              hospital.




     page 366
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                            Interstate arrangements         Part 24
                Transfer to or from interstate mental health service     Division 3
                                                                              s. 556



1       (2)   The transfer approval order must be in the approved form and
2             must include the following --
3              (a) the interstate patient's name;
4              (b) the interstate mental health service from which the
5                    interstate inpatient is to be transferred;
6              (c) the hospital to which the interstate inpatient is to be
7                    transferred;
8              (d) the date and time when the order is made;
9              (e) the reasons for the approval;
10              (f) the name, qualifications and signature of the person in
11                   charge of the hospital.
12      (3)   The person in charge of the hospital must, as soon as
13            practicable, transmit a copy of each of the consent and the
14            transfer approval order to the person in charge of the interstate
15            mental health service.
16      (4)   On the interstate inpatient's admission by the hospital as an
17            inpatient, the interstate inpatient treatment order is taken to be
18            an inpatient treatment order made under this Act.
19      (5)   The person in charge of the hospital must, as soon as practicable
20            after the interstate inpatient is admitted as an inpatient, file the
21            consent and the transfer approval order and give a copy of each
22            to the interstate inpatient.
23      (6)   The making of a transfer approval order under subsection (1) is
24            an event to which Part 9 applies and the person in charge of the
25            hospital is the person responsible under that Part for notification
26            of that event.

27   556.     Transport of interstate inpatient to hospital
28      (1)   This section applies in relation to an interstate inpatient under a
29            transfer approval order made under section 555(1).
30      (2)   A person who is authorised under a corresponding law or an
31            interstate agreement to transport the interstate inpatient from an

                                                                          page 367
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 24         Interstate arrangements
     Division 4      Community treatment orders
     s. 557



1               interstate mental health service to a hospital may exercise in the
2               State any of the powers the person has under the corresponding
3               law or interstate agreement for that purpose.

4                 Division 4 -- Community treatment orders
5    557.       Treatment interstate under State order
6               The terms of a community treatment order may include a
7               requirement that the involuntary community patient attend an
8               interstate mental health service to be provided with treatment.

9    558.       Making transport order
10      (1)     A medical practitioner or mental health practitioner may make a
11              transport order in respect of an involuntary community patient
12              who fails to comply with the requirement referred to in
13              section 557.
14      (2)     The practitioner cannot make the transport order unless satisfied
15              that no other safe means of ensuring the involuntary community
16              patient attends the interstate mental health service is reasonably
17              available.
18      (3)     Part 10 applies in relation to the transport order as if --
19                (a) the transport order were made under section 129(2); and
20               (b) a reference in section 129(3) to a place were a reference
21                      to an interstate mental health service; and
22                (c) a reference in Part 10 to a police officer included a
23                      reference to a police officer of the State or Territory in
24                      which the interstate mental health service is located; and
25               (d) a reference in Part 10 to a transport officer included a
26                      reference to a person who is authorised under a
27                      corresponding law of, or an intergovernmental
28                      agreement in relation to, that State or Territory to
29                      perform functions similar to those of a transport officer.




     page 368
                                                       Mental Health Bill 2013
                                      Interstate arrangements         Part 24
                                   Community treatment orders      Division 4
                                                                        s. 559



1    559.   Treatment in State under interstate order
2           An interstate community treatment order that includes a
3           requirement that the interstate community patient be provided
4           with treatment by a mental health service in the State is taken to
5           be a community treatment order that, despite any other
6           provision of this Act, has the same terms as and is in force for
7           the same period as the interstate community treatment order.

8    560.   Supervision in State under interstate order
9           A person who is authorised under a corresponding law of
10          another State or a Territory to perform a function in relation to
11          an interstate community treatment order made under the
12          corresponding law may perform that function in relation to the
13          order in the State.




                                                                      page 369
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 25         Ministerial inquiries

     s. 561



1                     Part 25 -- Ministerial inquiries
2    561.       Appointment of person to conduct inquiry
3               The Minister may appoint a person to inquire into, and report to
4               the Minister on, any matter relating to --
5                 (a) the treatment, care or other services provided (whether
6                      under this Act or otherwise) to a person, or the persons
7                      in a class of person, who has or may have a mental
8                      illness; or
9                 (b) the administration or enforcement of this Act.
10   562.       Powers of investigation
11              The person appointed under section 561 to conduct an inquiry
12              may, for the purpose of the inquiry --
13               (a) enter --
14                        (i) a mental health service at any time without
15                             notice; or
16                       (ii) any other premises at any reasonable time and at
17                             any other time with the owner's consent;
18                     and
19               (b) on entering any premises under paragraph (a), do any of
20                     these things --
21                        (i) inspect the premises and anything on the
22                             premises;
23                       (ii) require a person on the premises to answer
24                             questions, or provide information, that the person
25                             appointed under section 561 considers relevant to
26                             the inquiry;
27                      (iii) require a person on the premises to produce any
28                             documents that the person appointed under
29                             section 561 considers relevant to the inquiry;
30                      (iv) inspect, or take a copy of the whole or any part
31                             of any document produced under
32                             subparagraph (iii);

     page 370
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                                            Ministerial inquiries        Part 25

                                                                          s. 563



1                      (v)   require a person on the premises to give
2                            reasonable assistance to the person appointed
3                            under section 561 in the exercise of a power
4                            under this section.

5    563.     Interfering with investigation
6       (1)   A person commits an offence if the person --
7              (a) without reasonable excuse, proof of which is on the
8                    person, does not answer a question or provide
9                    information when required under section 562(b)(ii); or
10             (b) in purporting to comply with a requirement under
11                   section 562(b)(ii), gives an answer or provides
12                   information that the person knows is false or misleading
13                   in a material particular; or
14             (c) in purporting to comply with a requirement under
15                   section 562(b)(iii), makes available a document that the
16                   person knows is false or misleading in a material
17                   particular --
18                      (i) without indicating that the document is false or
19                           misleading and, to the extent the person can, how
20                           the document is false or misleading; and
21                     (ii) if the person has or can reasonably obtain the
22                           correct information -- without providing the
23                           correct information;
24                   or
25             (d) without reasonable excuse, proof of which is on the
26                   person, does not give reasonable assistance when
27                   required under section 562(b)(v); or
28             (e) without reasonable excuse, proof of which is on the
29                   person, obstructs or hinders --
30                      (i) a person appointed under section 561 in the
31                           exercise of a power under section 562; or




                                                                       page 371
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 25         Ministerial inquiries

     s. 564



1                        (ii)   a person assisting such a person under
2                               section 562(b)(v).
3               Penalty: a fine of $6 000.
4       (2)     It is enough for a prosecution notice lodged against a person for
5               an offence under subsection (1)(b) or (c) to state that the
6               answer, information or document was false or misleading to the
7               person's knowledge without stating which.

8    564.       Conduct of inquiry generally
9       (1)     An inquiry must be conducted with as little formality and
10              technicality, and with as much expedition, as a proper
11              consideration of the subject matter of the inquiry permits.
12      (2)     In conducting an inquiry, the person appointed under
13              section 561 to conduct the inquiry is bound by the rules of
14              natural justice.
15      (3)     Subject to this Part, the practice and procedure for conducting
16              an inquiry is as determined by the person appointed under
17              section 561 to conduct the inquiry.

18   565.       Evidence generally
19      (1)     A person appointed under section 561 to conduct an inquiry is
20              not bound by the rules of evidence but may inform himself or
21              herself of a matter relevant to the inquiry in any manner the
22              person considers appropriate.
23      (2)     Evidence in an inquiry may be given orally or in writing.
24      (3)     The person appointed under section 561 to conduct an inquiry
25              may require evidence in the inquiry to be given on oath or by
26              affidavit.
27      (4)     The person appointed under section 561 to conduct an inquiry
28              may direct a person appearing as a witness in the inquiry --
29               (a) to answer a question relevant to the inquiry; or
30               (b) to produce a document relevant to the inquiry.

     page 372
                                                           Mental Health Bill 2013
                                             Ministerial inquiries        Part 25

                                                                           s. 566



1       (5)   A person appearing as a witness in an inquiry has the same
2             protection and immunity as a witness has in a proceeding in the
3             Supreme Court.

4    566.     Summons to give evidence or produce documents
5             The person appointed under section 561 to conduct an inquiry
6             may, by issuing a signed summons and having the summons
7             served on the person to whom it is addressed, require the person
8             to attend at the time and place specified in the summons --
9               (a) to give evidence in the inquiry; or
10              (b) to produce a document relevant to the inquiry that is in
11                    the person's custody or control and is specified in the
12                    summons; or
13              (c) to do both of those things.

14   567.     Self-incrimination
15      (1)   A person is not excused from complying with a direction given
16            to the person under section 565(4), or a summons served on the
17            person under section 566, on the ground that the answer to a
18            question or the production of a document might tend to
19            incriminate the person or expose the person to a criminal
20            penalty.
21      (2)   However, any answer given or document produced by a person
22            in compliance with a direction given to the person under
23            section 565(4), or a summons served on the person under
24            section 566, is not admissible in evidence in any criminal
25            proceedings against the person other than proceedings for an
26            offence under section 569(1)(d) or (e).

27   568.     Powers in relation to documents produced
28            In relation to a document produced in an inquiry, the person
29            appointed under section 561 to conduct the inquiry may do any
30            of these things --
31              (a) inspect the document;


                                                                        page 373
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 25         Ministerial inquiries

     s. 569



1                (b)   retain the document for a reasonable period;
2                (c)   take a copy of the whole or any part of the document.

3    569.       Offences relating to evidence and documents
4       (1)     A person commits an offence if the person --
5                 (a) without reasonable excuse, proof of which is on the
6                      person, does not swear an oath or make an affirmation
7                      when required under section 565(3); or
8                (b) without reasonable excuse, proof of which is on the
9                      person, does not answer a question or produce a
10                     document when directed to do so under section 565(4);
11                     or
12                (c) without reasonable excuse, proof of which is on the
13                     person, does not attend as required by a summons served
14                     on the person under section 566; or
15               (d) gives an answer in an inquiry that the person knows is
16                     false or misleading in a material particular; or
17                (e) produces a document or provides any other information
18                     in an inquiry that the person knows is false or
19                     misleading in a material particular --
20                        (i) without indicating that the document or other
21                              information is false or misleading and, to the
22                              extent the person can, how the document or other
23                              information is false or misleading; and
24                       (ii) if the person has or can reasonably obtain the
25                              correct information -- without providing the
26                              correct information.
27              Penalty: a fine of $5 000.
28      (2)     It is enough for a prosecution notice lodged against a person for
29              an offence under subsection (1)(d) or (e) to state that the
30              answer, document or information was false or misleading to the
31              person's knowledge without stating which.



     page 374
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                      Information           Part 26
       Voluntary disclosure of information by public authorities and     Division 1
                                             mental health services
                                                                              s. 570


1                          Part 26 -- Information
2      Division 1 -- Voluntary disclosure of information by public
3                 authorities and mental health services
4    570.     Powers of Agency's CEO
5       (1)   In this section --
6             corresponding overseas authority means a person in another
7             country who has functions corresponding to the CEO's
8             functions under this Act;
9             interstate authority means --
10              (a) a department of the Public Service of the
11                     Commonwealth, another State or a Territory; or
12              (b) an agency or instrumentality of the Commonwealth,
13                     another State or a Territory; or
14              (c) a body (whether corporate or unincorporate), or the
15                     holder of an office, post or position, established or
16                     continued in existence for a public purpose under a law
17                     of the Commonwealth, another State or a Territory;
18            mental health service --
19              (a) includes --
20                       (i) a private psychiatric hostel; and
21                      (ii) an individual, a group of individuals or a body
22                             (whether corporate or unincorporate) that
23                             provides a service specifically for people who
24                             have or may have a mental illness, or the carers
25                             of people who have or may have a mental illness,
26                             wholly or partly from funds paid to the
27                             individual, group or body by the Agency;
28                     but
29              (b) does not include the carer of a person who has or may
30                     have a mental illness;



                                                                          page 375
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 26         Information
     Division 1      Voluntary disclosure of information by public authorities and
                     mental health services
     s. 570


1               relevant information means information (including personal
2               information) that, in the CEO's opinion, is or is likely to be
3               relevant to any of the following --
4                 (a) the treatment or care of a person, or the persons in a
5                       class of person, who has or may have a mental illness;
6                 (b) the health, safety or wellbeing of a person who has or
7                       may have a mental illness;
8                 (c) the safety of another person with respect to which there
9                       is a serious risk because of a person who has or may
10                      have a mental illness;
11                (d) the administration or enforcement of this Act;
12                (e) the implementation and evaluation of programmes
13                      managed by the Agency for the purpose of coordinating
14                      the care and support of people who have a mental
15                      illness;
16                 (f) the planning for, and evaluation of, mental health
17                      services;
18                (g) epidemiological analysis of mental illness and mental
19                      health research;
20              State authority means any of these persons or bodies --
21                (a) the Minister;
22                (b) a department of the Public Service;
23                (c) a State agency or instrumentality;
24                (d) a local government or regional local government;
25                (e) a body (whether corporate or unincorporate), or the
26                      holder of an office, post or position, established or
27                      continued for a public purpose under a written law.
28      (2)     The CEO may disclose relevant information to any of these
29              persons or bodies --
30                (a) a State authority;
31                (b) an interstate authority;
32                (c) a corresponding overseas authority;

     page 376
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                      Information           Part 26
       Voluntary disclosure of information by public authorities and     Division 1
                                             mental health services
                                                                              s. 571


1              (d)   a mental health service.
2       (3)   The CEO may request any of these persons or bodies to disclose
3             relevant information to the CEO --
4               (a) a State authority;
5               (b) an interstate authority;
6               (c) a corresponding overseas authority;
7               (d) a mental health service.

8    571.     Powers of CEOs of prescribed State authorities
9       (1)   In this section --
10            CEO, of a prescribed State authority, means --
11              (a) if the prescribed State authority is a body referred to in
12                     paragraph (a) of the definition of prescribed State
13                     authority -- the chief executive officer (however
14                     described) of that body; or
15              (b) if the prescribed State authority is a person referred to in
16                     paragraph (b) of the definition of prescribed State
17                     authority -- that person;
18            prescribed State authority means --
19              (a) a body (whether corporate or unincorporate) established
20                     or continued for a public purpose under a written law
21                     and prescribed by the regulations for this paragraph; or
22              (b) a person lawfully holding, acting in or performing the
23                     functions of an office, post or position established or
24                     continued for a public purpose under a written law and
25                     prescribed by the regulations for this paragraph;
26            relevant information means information (including personal
27            information) that, in the opinion of the disclosing CEO under
28            subsection (2) or the requesting CEO under subsection (3), is or
29            is likely to be relevant to --
30              (a) the treatment or care of a person, or the persons in a
31                     class of person, who has or may have a mental illness; or


                                                                          page 377
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 26         Information
     Division 1      Voluntary disclosure of information by public authorities and
                     mental health services
     s. 572


1                (b)   the health, safety or wellbeing of a person who has or
2                      may have a mental illness; or
3                (c)   the safety of another person with respect to which there
4                      is a risk because of a person who has or may have a
5                      mental illness; or
6                (d)   the performance of a function under this Act by the
7                      CEO's prescribed State authority.
8       (2)     The CEO of a prescribed State authority (the disclosing CEO)
9               may disclose relevant information to the CEO of another
10              prescribed State authority.
11      (3)     The CEO of a prescribed State authority (the requesting CEO)
12              may request the CEO of another prescribed State authority to
13              disclose relevant information to the requesting CEO.

14   572.       Powers of CEOs of mental health services
15      (1)     In this section --
16              CEO, of a mental health service, means the person in charge of
17              the mental health service;
18              mental health service --
19                (a) includes --
20                         (i) a private psychiatric hostel; and
21                        (ii) an individual, a group of individuals or a body
22                              (whether corporate or unincorporate) that
23                              provides a service specifically for people who
24                              have or may have a mental illness;
25                       but
26                (b) does not include the carer of a person who has or may
27                       have a mental illness;




     page 378
                                                             Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                      Information           Part 26
       Voluntary disclosure of information by public authorities and     Division 1
                                             mental health services
                                                                              s. 573


1             relevant information means information (including personal
2             information) that, in the opinion of the disclosing CEO under
3             subsection (2) or the requesting CEO under subsection (3), is or
4             is likely to be relevant to any of the following --
5               (a) the treatment or care of a person who has been, is being,
6                      or will or may be, provided with treatment or care by the
7                      CEO's mental health service;
8               (b) the health, safety or wellbeing of a person who has been,
9                      is being, or will or may be, provided with treatment or
10                     care by the CEO's mental health service;
11              (c) the safety of another person with respect to which there
12                     is a serious risk because of a person who has been, is
13                     being, or will or may be, provided with treatment or care
14                     by the CEO's mental health service.
15      (2)   The CEO of a mental health service (the disclosing CEO) may
16            disclose relevant information to the CEO of another mental
17            health service.
18      (3)   The CEO of a mental health service (the requesting CEO) may
19            request the CEO of another mental health service to disclose
20            relevant information to the requesting CEO.

21   573.     Delegation by CEO of prescribed State authority
22      (1)   This section applies to the CEO of a prescribed State authority
23            (as defined in section 571(1)) if the CEO does not have the
24            power under another provision of this Act to delegate any power
25            or duty of the CEO under section 571.
26      (2)   The CEO of a prescribed State authority may delegate to a
27            member of the prescribed State authority's staff any power or
28            duty of the CEO under section 571.
29      (3)   The delegation must be in writing signed by the CEO of the
30            prescribed State authority.
31      (4)   A person to whom a power or duty is delegated under this
32            section cannot delegate that power or duty.

                                                                          page 379
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 26         Information
     Division 2      Miscellaneous matters
     s. 574



1       (5)     A person exercising or performing a power or duty that has been
2               delegated to the person under this section is taken to do so in
3               accordance with the terms of the delegation unless the contrary
4               is shown.
5       (6)     This section does not limit the ability of the CEO of a
6               prescribed State authority to perform a function through an
7               officer or agent.

8                      Division 2 -- Miscellaneous matters
9    574.       Confidentiality
10      (1)     In this section --
11              relevant written law means any of these written laws --
12                (a) this Act;
13                (b) the Mental Health Act 1996;
14                (c) the Mental Health Act 1962.
15      (2)     A person must not (whether directly or indirectly) record,
16              disclose or use any information obtained by the person because
17              of --
18                (a) the person's office, position, employment or
19                      engagement under or for the purposes of a relevant
20                      written law; or
21                (b) any disclosure made to the person under this Act,
22                      including in response to a request made under
23                      section 446(1), 570(3), 571(3) or 572(3).
24              Penalty: a fine of $5 000.
25      (3)     Subsection (2) does not apply in relation to the recording,
26              disclosure or use of statistical or other information that is not
27              personal information.
28      (4)     A person does not commit an offence under subsection (2) if the
29              recording, disclosure or use of the information is authorised
30              under section 575(1).


     page 380
                                                          Mental Health Bill 2013
                                                    Information          Part 26
                                          Miscellaneous matters       Division 2
                                                                           s. 575



1    575.     Authorised recording, disclosure or use of information
2       (1)   For the purposes of this Act, the recording, disclosure or use of
3             information is authorised if the information is recorded,
4             disclosed or used in good faith in any of these circumstances --
5               (a) in the course of duty, whether under this Act or
6                     otherwise;
7               (b) under this Act, including in response to a request made
8                     under section 446(1), 570(3), 571(3) or 572(3);
9               (c) under another law;
10              (d) to a court or other person or body acting judicially in the
11                    course of proceedings before the court or other person or
12                    body;
13              (e) under an order of a court or other person or body acting
14                    judicially;
15               (f) for the purposes of the investigation of a suspected
16                    offence or disciplinary matter or the conduct of
17                    proceedings against a person for an offence or
18                    disciplinary matter;
19              (g) if the information recorded, disclosed or used is personal
20                    information -- with the consent of the individual, or
21                    each individual, to whom the personal information
22                    relates;
23              (h) any other circumstances prescribed by the regulations
24                    for this subsection.
25      (2)   Subsection (1)(d) and (e) apply subject to sections 330(7)
26            and (8), 331(6) and (7), 332(7), 461(2) and 567(2).
27      (3)   If the recording, disclosure or use of information is authorised
28            under subsection (1) --
29               (a) no civil or criminal liability is incurred in respect of the
30                     recording, disclosure or use; and




                                                                         page 381
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 26         Information
     Division 2      Miscellaneous matters
     s. 576



1                (b)   the recording, disclosure or use is not to be regarded
2                      as --
3                         (i) a breach of any duty of confidentiality or secrecy
4                              imposed by law; or
5                        (ii) a breach of professional ethics or standards or
6                              any principles of conduct applicable to a
7                              person's employment; or
8                       (iii) unprofessional conduct.

9    576.       Receipt and storage of, and access to, information disclosed
10      (1)     This section applies in relation to information disclosed in any
11              of these circumstances --
12                (a) in compliance with a direction issued by the Chief
13                      Psychiatrist under section 521(2);
14                (b) by the CEO under section 570(2) or in response to a
15                      request made by the CEO under section 570(3);
16                (c) by the CEO of a public authority under section 571(2) or
17                      in response to a request made by the CEO of a public
18                      authority under section 571(3);
19                (d) by the CEO of a mental health service under
20                      section 572(2) or in response to a request made by the
21                      CEO of a mental health service under section 572(3).
22      (2)     The regulations may provide for --
23               (a) the receipt and storage of information to which this
24                     section applies; or
25               (b) access to such information.




     page 382
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                           Miscellaneous matters        Part 27

                                                                            s. 577



1                  Part 27 -- Miscellaneous matters
2    577.     Restrictions on powers of medical practitioners and mental
3             health practitioners
4       (1)   In this section --
5             company means a company registered under the Corporations
6             Act 2001 (Commonwealth);
7             prescribed financial market has the meaning given in the
8             Corporations Act 2001 (Commonwealth) section 9;
9             related person, in relation to a medical practitioner or mental
10            health practitioner, means --
11              (a) a relative of the practitioner; or
12              (b) a company not listed on a prescribed financial market in
13                     Australia in respect of any share in which the
14                     practitioner, the practitioner's spouse or de facto partner
15                     or a child of the practitioner has a relevant interest; or
16              (c) a company listed on a prescribed financial market in
17                     Australia in which the aggregate of the interests of the
18                     practitioner, the practitioner's spouse or de facto partner
19                     and the practitioner's children amounts to a substantial
20                     holding; or
21              (d) the trustee of a trust in which the practitioner, the
22                     practitioner's spouse or de facto partner or a child of the
23                     practitioner has --
24                       (i) a beneficial interest, whether vested or
25                             contingent; or
26                      (ii) a potential beneficial interest because the trust is
27                             a discretionary trust;
28            relative, of a person, means a family member of the person
29            referred to in section 281(2);
30            relevant interest, in relation to a share, has the meaning given in
31            the Corporations Act 2001 (Commonwealth) section 9;



                                                                         page 383
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 27         Miscellaneous matters

     s. 578



1               substantial holding has the meaning given in the Corporations
2               Act 2001 (Commonwealth) section 9.
3       (2)     A medical practitioner or mental health practitioner cannot
4               exercise a power under this Act in respect of a person if the
5               practitioner is --
6                 (a) a relative of the person; or
7                 (b) the person's enduring guardian or guardian; or
8                 (c) in partnership with the person; or
9                 (d) the employer or employee of the person; or
10                (e) the person's supervisor or subordinate.
11      (3)     A person in charge of a ward at an authorised hospital cannot
12              exercise a power under this Act in respect of a patient in the
13              ward if the person in charge is --
14                (a) a relative of the patient; or
15                (b) the patient's enduring guardian or guardian; or
16                (c) in partnership with the patient; or
17                (d) the employer or employee of the patient; or
18                (e) the patient's supervisor or subordinate.
19      (4)     A medical practitioner or mental health practitioner cannot refer
20              a person under section 26(2) or (3)(a) for an examination to be
21              conducted by a psychiatrist at a private hospital the licence for
22              which is held by the practitioner or a related person.

23   578.       Obstructing or hindering person performing functions
24              A person who, without reasonable excuse (proof of which is on
25              the person) obstructs or hinders a person in the performance of,
26              or a person assisting another person in the performance of, a
27              function under this Act commits an offence.
28              Penalty: a fine of $6 000.




     page 384
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                           Miscellaneous matters        Part 27

                                                                           s. 579



1    579.     Amendment of referrals and orders
2       (1)   For this section, a referral or order made under this Act contains
3             a formal defect if it contains --
4               (a) a clerical error or an error because of an accidental
5                     omission; or
6               (b) an evident material error in the description of a person.
7       (2)   If a referral or order made under this Act contains a formal
8             defect --
9                (a) the validity of anything done or omitted to be done in
10                     reliance on the referral or order is not affected; but
11              (b) the person who does an act or makes an omission in
12                     reliance on the referral or order may request the person
13                     who made the referral or order to rectify the defect.
14      (3)   A person who makes a request under subsection (2)(b) to rectify
15            a referral or order may, by order (a revocation order), revoke
16            any involuntary treatment order made as a consequence of the
17            referral or order if the request is not complied with.
18      (4)   A revocation order has effect on and from the time specified in
19            the revocation order.
20      (5)   A revocation order does not prevent another referral or order
21            being made under this Act in respect of the person to whom the
22            revocation order relates, whether that referral or order is made
23            before or after the revocation order comes into effect.

24   580.     Medical record to be kept by mental health services
25      (1)   The person in charge of a mental health service must ensure that
26            a medical record is kept in respect of --
27              (a) each person who is admitted by the mental health
28                   service; and
29              (b) each person who is otherwise provided with treatment or
30                   care by the mental health service.



                                                                        page 385
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Part 27         Miscellaneous matters

     s. 581



1       (2)     The medical record must be in the approved form and must
2               include the following information --
3                 (a) the name, address and date of birth of the person;
4                 (b) the nature of any illness, or mental or physical disability,
5                       from which the person suffers;
6                 (c) particulars of --
7                          (i) any treatment provided to the person by the
8                               mental health service; and
9                         (ii) the authority for providing the treatment,
10                              including details of any order made under this
11                              Act under which the treatment was provided;
12                (d) if the person dies at the mental health service -- the date
13                      of death and, if known, the cause of death;
14                (e) any other information prescribed by the regulations for
15                      this subsection.

16   581.       Protection from liability when performing functions
17      (1)     An action in tort does not lie against a person other than the
18              State for anything that the person has done in good faith --
19                (a) in the performance or purported performance of a
20                      function under this Act; or
21                (b) in assisting another person in the performance or
22                      purported performance of a function under this Act.
23      (2)     The protection given by subsection (1) applies even though the
24              thing done as described in that provision may have been capable
25              of being done whether or not this Act had been enacted.
26      (3)     Despite subsection (1), the State is not relieved from any
27              liability that it might have for an act done by a person against
28              whom this section provides that an action does not lie.
29      (4)     In this section, a reference to the doing of anything includes a
30              reference to an omission to do anything.



     page 386
                                                         Mental Health Bill 2013
                                           Miscellaneous matters        Part 27

                                                                           s. 582



1    582.     Protection from liability when detaining person with mental
2             illness
3       (1)   This section applies if --
4              (a) a person has lawful charge of a person who has, or is
5                    reasonably suspected of having, a mental illness while
6                    that person is at a particular place; and
7              (b) the person who has, or is reasonably suspected of
8                    having, a mental illness does not have the capacity to
9                    decide whether or not to withdraw himself or herself
10                   from that lawful charge.
11      (2)   No civil or criminal liability is incurred because the person who
12            has that lawful charge detains, or continues the detention of, the
13            person who has, or is reasonably suspected of having, a mental
14            illness in order to prevent that person from leaving the particular
15            place.
16      (3)   The protection given by subsection (2) does not apply if the
17            person who has lawful charge of the person who has, or is
18            reasonably suspected of having, a mental illness uses bodily
19            restraint to prevent that person from leaving the particular place.
20      (4)   For subsection (3), the bodily restraint of a person is the
21            physical restraint or mechanical restraint, within the meaning of
22            those terms in section 227(2) and (3), of the person.

23   583.     Relationship with Freedom of Information Act 1992
24            This Act has effect despite the Freedom of Information
25            Act 1992.

26   584.     Regulations
27            The Governor may make regulations prescribing matters --
28             (a) required or permitted to be prescribed by this Act; or
29             (b) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for giving
30                  effect to this Act.


                                                                        page 387
    Mental Health Bill 2013
    Part 27         Miscellaneous matters

    s. 585



1   585.       Review of this Act after 5 years
2      (1)     The Minister must review the operation and effectiveness of this
3              Act as soon as practicable after the expiry of 5 years from the
4              commencement of section 10.
5      (2)     The Minister must, as soon as practicable --
6               (a) prepare a report about the outcome of the review; and
7               (b) cause a copy of the report to be laid before each House
8                    of Parliament.




    page 388
                                                      Mental Health Bill 2013
                       Charter of Mental Health Care Principles  Schedule 1




1    Schedule 1 -- Charter of Mental Health Care Principles
2                                  [s. 11, 12, 320(2)(f), 333(3)(d) and 351(1)(b)]
3      Purpose
4      A.    The Charter of Mental Health Care Principles is a rights-based set
5            of principles that mental health services must make every effort to
6            comply with in providing treatment, care and support to people
7            experiencing mental illness.
8      B.    The Charter is intended to influence the interconnected factors that
9            facilitate recovery from mental illness.
10     Principle 1: Attitude towards people experiencing mental illness
11     A mental health service must treat people experiencing mental illness
12     with dignity, equality, courtesy and compassion and must not
13     discriminate against or stigmatise them.
14     Principle 2: Human rights
15     A mental health service must protect and uphold the fundamental human
16     rights of people experiencing mental illness and act in accordance with
17     the national and international standards that apply to mental health
18     services.
19     Principle 3: Person-centred approach
20     3.1   A mental health service must uphold a person-centred focus with a
21           view to obtaining the best possible outcomes for people
22           experiencing mental illness, including by recognising life
23           experiences, needs, preferences, aspirations, values and skills,
24           while delivering goal-oriented treatment, care and support.
25     3.2   A mental health service must promote positive and encouraging
26           recovery focused attitudes towards mental illness, including that
27           people can and do recover, lead full and productive lives and make
28           meaningful contributions to the community.
29     Principle 4: Delivery of treatment, care and support
30     A mental health service must be easily accessible and safe and provide
31     people experiencing mental illness with timely treatment, care and



                                                                        page 389
     Mental Health Bill 2013
     Schedule 1      Charter of Mental Health Care Principles




1          support of high quality based on contemporary best practice to promote
2          recovery in the least restrictive manner that is consistent with their needs.
3          Principle 5: Choice and self-determination
4          A mental health service must involve people in decision-making and
5          encourage self-determination, cooperation and choice, including by
6          recognising people's capacity to make their own decisions.
7          Principle 6: Diversity
8          A mental health service must recognise, and be sensitive and responsive
9          to, diverse individual circumstances, including those relating to gender,
10         sexuality, age, family, disability, lifestyle choices and cultural and
11         spiritual beliefs and practices.
12         Principle 7: People of Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander descent
13         A mental health service must provide treatment and care to people of
14         Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander descent that is appropriate to, and
15         consistent with, their cultural and spiritual beliefs and practices and
16         having regard to the views of their families and, to the extent that it is
17         practicable and appropriate to do so, the views of significant members of
18         their communities, including elders and traditional healers, and
19         Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander mental health workers.
20         Principle 8: Co-occurring needs
21         A mental health service must address physical, medical and dental health
22         needs of people experiencing mental illness and other co-occurring health
23         issues, including physical and intellectual disability and alcohol and other
24         drug problems.
25         Principle 9: Factors influencing mental health and wellbeing
26         A mental health service must recognise the range of circumstances, both
27         positive and negative, that influence mental health and wellbeing,
28         including relationships, accommodation, recreation, education, financial
29         circumstances and employment.
30         Principle 10: Privacy and confidentiality
31         A mental health service must respect and maintain privacy and
32         confidentiality.



     page 390
                                                     Mental Health Bill 2013
                      Charter of Mental Health Care Principles  Schedule 1




1    Principle 11: Responsibilities and dependants
2    A mental health service must acknowledge the responsibilities and
3    commitments of people experiencing mental illness, particularly the
4    needs of their children and other dependants.
5    Principle 12: Provision of information about mental illness and
6    treatment
7    A mental health service must provide, and clearly explain, information
8    about the nature of the mental illness and about treatment (including any
9    risks, side effects and alternatives) to people experiencing mental illness
10   in a way that will help them to understand and to express views or make
11   decisions.
12   Principle 13: Provision of information about rights
13   A mental health service must provide, and clearly explain, information
14   about legal rights, including those relating to representation, advocacy,
15   complaints procedures, services and access to personal information, in a
16   way that will help people experiencing mental illness to understand,
17   obtain assistance and uphold their rights.
18   Principle 14: Involvement of other people
19   A mental health service must take a collaborative approach to decision
20   making, including respecting and facilitating the right of people
21   experiencing mental illness to involve their family members, carers and
22   other personal support persons in planning, undertaking, evaluating and
23   improving their treatment, care and support.
24   Principle 15: Accountability and improvement
25   A mental health service must be accountable, committed to continuous
26   improvement and open to solving problems in partnership with all people
27   involved in the treatment, care and support of people experiencing mental
28   illness, including their family members, carers and other personal and
29   professional support persons.




                                                                       page 391
    Mental Health Bill 2013
    Schedule 2      Notifiable events




1                     Schedule 2 -- Notifiable events
2                                                                        [s. 138(2)]
3                                       Table

      Provision       Description of event            Person responsible

      s. 28(8)     The making of an order         The practitioner who makes
                   under s. 28                    the order

      s. 28(12)    The release of a person        A medical practitioner or
                   because of s. 28(10) or (11)   authorised mental health
                                                  practitioner

      s. 29(4)     The making of a transport      The practitioner who makes
                   order under s. 29(1)           the order

      s. 31(7)     The release of a person        The practitioner who
                   because of s. 31(6)            revokes the referral

      s. 55(6)     The making of an order         The person in charge of the
                   under s. 55(1)                 authorised hospital

      s. 61(5)     The making of an order         The psychiatrist who makes
                   under s. 61(1)                 the order

      s. 66(5)     The making of a transfer       The treating psychiatrist
                   order under s. 66(1)

      s. 68(7)     The release of a person        The person in charge of the
                   because of s. 68(6)            authorised hospital

      s. 89(6)     The release of a person        The person in charge of the
                   because of an order made       hospital
                   under s. 89(2)(b) or (c)

      s. 90(5)     The making of an order         The psychiatrist who makes
                   under s. 90(1)                 the order




    page 392
                                                   Mental Health Bill 2013
                                          Notifiable events   Schedule 2




Provision       Description of event          Person responsible

s. 91(5)     The making of a transfer     The psychiatrist who makes
             order under s. 91(2)         the order

s. 93(4)     The expiry of an inpatient   The person in charge of the
             treatment order              hospital at which the
                                          involuntary inpatient was
                                          being detained

s. 97(3)     The absence of a person      The person in charge of the
             without leave from a         hospital or other place
             hospital or other place

s. 105(13)   The making of an order       The psychiatrist who makes
             under s. 105(1)              the order

s. 106(4)    The making of an order       The psychiatrist who makes
             under s. 106(1)              the order

s. 110(5)    The making of an order       The psychiatrist who makes
             under s. 110(2)              the order

s. 120(7)    The making of an order       The supervising psychiatrist
             under s. 120(2)

s. 123(8)    The making of an order       The supervising psychiatrist
             under s. 123(1)

s. 124(7)    The release of a person      The person in charge of the
             because of s. 124(6)         authorised hospital

s. 130(5)    The release of a person      The person in charge of the
             because of s. 130(4)         place

s. 131(8)    The making of an order       The supervising psychiatrist
             under s. 131(2)

s. 242(5)    The provision of urgent      The person in charge of the
             non-psychiatric treatment    authorised hospital


                                                                 page 393
Mental Health Bill 2013
Schedule 2      Notifiable events




  Provision       Description of event        Person responsible

  s. 553(4)    The making of a transfer   The person in charge of the
               order under s. 553(1)      hospital

  s. 555(6)    The making of a transfer   The person in charge of the
               approval order under       hospital
               s. 555(1)




page 394
                                                                                    Mental Health Bill 2013



                                                                                                   Defined Terms



                                         Defined terms
      [This is a list of terms defined and the provisions where they are defined.
                             The list is not part of the law.]
Defined term                                                                                              Provision(s)
admission .............................................................................................................. 4
adult ...................................................................................................................... 4
advance health directive ........................................................................................ 4
advocacy services officer ............................................................................. 374(1)
Agency .................................................................................................................. 4
application................................................................................................. 379, 491
apprehension and return order ....................................................................... 98(1)
approved form ............................................................................................... 4, 160
approved product information,..................................................................... 304(2)
authorised hospital ................................................................................................ 4
authorised mental health practitioner .................................................................... 4
authorised person .............................................................................................. 161
bodily restraint ...................................................................................................... 4
bodily restraint order ......................................................................................... 226
carer ...................................................................................................................... 4
Carers Charter ................................................................................................... 305
CEO .............................................................................................4, 571(1), 572(1)
CEO of the Health Department ............................................................................. 4
Charter of Mental Health Care Principles ............................................................. 4
Chief Mental Health Advocate ............................................................................. 4
Chief Psychiatrist .................................................................................................. 4
child ...................................................................................................................... 4
child and adolescent psychiatrist .......................................................................... 4
close family member ............................................................................................. 4
community mental health service ......................................................................... 4
community treatment order ........................................................................... 4, 113
company ....................................................................................................... 577(1)
complainant....................................................................................................... 305
complaint ............................................................................................. 305, 345(1)
Complaints Office ............................................................................................. 305
Complaints Office staff ..................................................................................... 305
complaints procedure ................................................................................... 308(1)
continuation order .......................................................................... 85, 113, 121(1)
corresponding law ........................................................................................ 549(1)
corresponding overseas authority................................................................. 570(1)
decision ........................................................................................ 379, 469(1), 491
decision or order .......................................................................................... 501(1)
decision-maker ............................................................................................. 453(1)
detention period .................................................................................................. 85


                                                                                                              page 395
Mental Health Bill 2013



Defined Terms



      Director ............................................................................................................. 305
      Director of the Complaints Office ........................................................................ 4
      discharge ............................................................................................................... 4
      disclosing CEO ................................................................................571(2), 572(2)
      document............................................................................................................... 4
      electroconvulsive therapy ..................................................................................... 4
      emergency psychiatric treatment .......................................................................... 4
      enduring guardian ................................................................................................. 4
      enduring power of guardianship ........................................................................... 4
      excluded mental health service .................................................................... 323(1)
      extension order............................................................................................. 152(3)
      file .........................................................................................................................4
      first treatment period .................................................................................... 118(1)
      further opinion .................................................................................121(5), 182(2)
      GAA Act ............................................................................................................... 4
      general hospital ..................................................................................................... 4
      guardian ................................................................................................................ 4
      Health Department ................................................................................................ 4
      Health Minister ..................................................................................................... 4
      hearing ...................................................................................................... 379, 491
      hospital .................................................................................................................. 4
      identified person ............................................................................................... 348
      information about a proceeding .......................................................466(1), 500(1)
      informed consent................................................................................................... 4
      initial review period ..................................................................................... 386(1)
      inpatient treatment order ....................................................................................... 4
      intergovernmental agreement....................................................................... 549(1)
      interstate authority ....................................................................................... 570(1)
      interstate community patient ........................................................................ 549(1)
      interstate community treatment order .......................................................... 549(1)
      interstate inpatient ........................................................................................ 549(1)
      interstate inpatient treatment order .............................................................. 549(1)
      interstate mental health service .................................................................... 549(1)
      investigation ...................................................................................................... 305
      involuntary community patient ..................................................................... 4, 113
      involuntary inpatient ............................................................................................. 4
      involuntary patient ................................................................................................ 4
      involuntary treatment order................................................................................... 4
      last review .................................................................................................... 387(1)
      last review day ............................................................................................. 387(1)
      lawyer ............................................................................................................... 379
      leave of absence ................................................................................................ 104
      legal practitioner ................................................................................................... 4
      long-term voluntary inpatient ........................................................................... 402
      maximum extension period .......................................................................... 389(1)

page 396
                                                                                   Mental Health Bill 2013



                                                                                                  Defined Terms



medical practitioner .............................................................................................. 4
member ............................................................................................................. 379
mental health advocate .......................................................................................... 4
mental health practitioner ..................................................................................... 4
mental health service ........................ 4, 12(1), 252, 305, 348, 505, 570(1), 572(1)
Mental Health Tribunal ......................................................................................... 4
mental illness ........................................................................................................ 4
mentally impaired accused .................................................................................... 4
Mentally Impaired Accused Review Board .......................................................... 4
metropolitan area .................................................................................................. 4
MIA Act ................................................................................................................ 4
Minister ................................................................................................................. 4
month ........................................................................................................... 201(2)
neurosurgeon......................................................................................................... 4
nominated person .................................................................................................. 4
nomination ............................................................................................................ 4
notifiable event ............................................................................................ 138(1)
notifiable incident ............................................................................................. 523
nurse...................................................................................................................... 4
occupational therapist ........................................................................................... 4
off-label treatment........................................................................................ 304(2)
oral authorisation ...................................................................................... 211, 226
order to attend .............................................................................................. 128(2)
parent or guardian ................................................................................................. 4
party .......................................................................................................... 379, 491
patient ................................................................................................................... 4
patient's psychiatrist ............................................................................................. 4
periodic review period ................................................................................. 387(1)
person concerned ...................................................................................... 379, 491
person's representative ................................................................................ 334(1)
personal information ............................................................................................. 4
personal possessions .................................................................................... 259(2)
personal support person ........................................................................................ 4
prejudicial conduct ....................................................................................... 345(1)
prescribed..................................................................................................... 309(1)
prescribed financial market .......................................................................... 577(1)
prescribed health professional............................................................. 48(1), 79(1)
prescribed number of days ........................................................................... 387(1)
prescribed period.......................................................................................... 389(1)
prescribed person .............................................................................317(1), 452(1)
prescribed provision .......................................................................................... 171
prescribed requirement ..................................................................................... 420
prescribed State authority ............................................................................ 571(1)
President of the Tribunal ................................................................................... 379
presiding member ............................................................................................. 379

                                                                                                             page 397
Mental Health Bill 2013



Defined Terms



      private hospital ...................................................................................................... 4
      private psychiatric hostel ...................................................................................... 4
      proceeding................................................................................................. 379, 491
      product information ..................................................................................... 304(2)
      psychiatrist ............................................................................................................ 4
      psychologist .......................................................................................................... 4
      psychosurgery ....................................................................................................... 4
      public hospital ....................................................................................................... 4
      publish..............................................................................................466(1), 500(1)
      question of law .................................................................................439(1), 493(1)
      registered service provider ........................................................................... 326(1)
      registered therapeutic goods ........................................................................ 304(2)
      registrar ............................................................................................................. 379
      registration board .................................................................................................. 4
      registry officer................................................................................................... 379
      related person ............................................................................................... 577(1)
      relative .............................................................................................316(1), 577(1)
      relevant decision .......................................................................................... 389(1)
      relevant document ............................................................................................. 247
      relevant information ................................... 334(1), 521(1), 570(1), 571(1), 572(1)
      relevant interest ............................................................................................ 577(1)
      relevant record ............................................................................................. 334(1)
      relevant written law ..................................................................................... 574(1)
      remuneration ......................................................................................................... 4
      reportable incident ....................................................................................... 254(1)
      requesting CEO ................................................................................571(3), 572(3)
      respondent ......................................................................................................... 305
      restricted information ................................................................................... 459(1)
      review period ...................................................................................118(1), 389(1)
      review proceeding ........................................................................................ 453(1)
      reviewable decision...................................................................................... 453(1)
      revocation order .................................................................. 101(1), 154(1), 579(3)
      seclusion ............................................................................................................... 4
      seclusion order .................................................................................................. 211
      serious adverse event ................................................................................... 201(2)
      service provider......................................................................................... 305, 420
      social worker ......................................................................................................... 4
      specified information ................................................................................... 314(1)
      staff member ......................................................................................................... 4
      State authority .............................................................................................. 570(1)
      State inpatient .............................................................................................. 549(1)
      substantial holding ....................................................................................... 577(1)
      supervising psychiatrist ................................................................................. 4, 113
      traditional healer ................................................................................................... 4
      transfer approval order ................................................................................. 555(1)

page 398
                                                                                  Mental Health Bill 2013



                                                                                                 Defined Terms



transfer order ........................................................................... 66(1), 91(2), 553(1)
transport officer............................................................................................. 4, 147
treating practitioner ........................................................................................... 113
treating psychiatrist ............................................................................................... 4
treatment ............................................................................................................... 4
treatment decision ................................................................................................. 4
treatment in the community .................................................................................. 4
treatment order .................................................................................................. 397
treatment period ................................................................................................ 113
treatment, support and discharge plan................................................................... 4
Tribunal............................................................................................................. 379
urgent non-psychiatric treatment ................................................................. 242(2)
voluntary inpatient ................................................................................................ 4
voluntary patient ................................................................................................... 4
witness .............................................................................................................. 379
youth advocate ............................................................................................. 350(2)




 


[Index] [Search] [Download] [Related Items] [Help]